Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES & EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-Q
 
     
þ
  QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
     
    For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2008
     
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number 001-32373
 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Nevada
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  27-0099920
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
3355 Las Vegas Boulevard South
Las Vegas, Nevada
(Address of principal executive offices)
  89109
(Zip Code)
 
(702) 414-1000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the Registrant’s classes of common stock, as of October 31, 2008.
 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
     
Class
 
Outstanding at October 31, 2008
 
Common Stock ($0.001 par value)
  355,476,161 shares
 


 

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
Table of Contents
 
                 
PART I
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
      Financial Statements (unaudited)        
        Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007     3  
        Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2007     4  
        Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 and 2007     5  
        Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements     6  
      Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     37  
      Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk     60  
      Controls and Procedures     62  
      Legal Proceedings     62  
      Risk Factors     62  
      Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     67  
      Other Information     67  
      Exhibits     68  
    69  
  EX-4.1
  EX-4.2
  EX-10.1
  EX-10.2
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.4
  EX-10.5
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32.1
  EX-32.2


2


Table of Contents

ITEM 1 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
    (Unaudited)
 
    (In thousands, except share data)  
 
ASSETS
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,275,975     $ 857,150  
Restricted cash
    239,144       232,944  
Accounts receivable, net
    333,176       187,195  
Inventories
    27,284       19,902  
Deferred income taxes
    83,871       32,471  
Prepaid expenses and other
    37,525       49,424  
                 
Total current assets
    1,996,975       1,379,086  
Property and equipment, net
    11,275,621       8,574,614  
Deferred financing costs, net
    172,186       107,338  
Restricted cash
          178,824  
Deferred income taxes
    1,821        
Leasehold interests in land, net
    1,077,487       1,069,609  
Other assets, net
    235,322       157,046  
                 
Total assets
  $ 14,759,412     $ 11,466,517  
                 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 96,345     $ 99,023  
Construction payables
    833,842       717,541  
Accrued interest payable
    13,305       11,465  
Other accrued liabilities
    679,176       610,911  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    99,314       54,333  
                 
Total current liabilities
    1,721,982       1,493,273  
Other long-term liabilities
    47,073       28,674  
Deferred income taxes
    7,145       1,553  
Deferred proceeds from sale of The Shoppes at The Palazzo
    243,928        
Deferred gain on sale of The Grand Canal Shoppes
    58,602       61,200  
Deferred rent from mall transactions
    151,195       103,546  
Long-term debt
    10,251,106       7,517,997  
                 
Total liabilities
    12,481,031       9,206,243  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
               
Stockholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 355,465,886 and 355,271,070 shares issued and outstanding
    355       355  
Capital in excess of par value
    1,116,755       1,064,878  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    15,975       (2,493 )
Retained earnings
    1,145,296       1,197,534  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    2,278,381       2,260,274  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 14,759,412     $ 11,466,517  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


3


Table of Contents

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
    (Unaudited)  
 
Revenues:
                               
Casino
  $ 805,258     $ 508,522     $ 2,404,973     $ 1,433,135  
Rooms
    188,794       96,718       575,172       289,588  
Food and beverage
    91,025       50,032       272,315       162,129  
Convention, retail and other
    123,233       39,058       290,791       113,397  
                                 
      1,208,310       694,330       3,543,251       1,998,249  
Less-promotional allowances
    (102,876 )     (33,380 )     (246,680 )     (96,155 )
                                 
Net revenues
    1,105,434       660,950       3,296,571       1,902,094  
                                 
Operating expenses:
                               
Casino
    580,755       341,975       1,639,849       904,440  
Rooms
    36,436       23,574       116,663       67,219  
Food and beverage
    46,035       28,485       136,578       79,011  
Convention, retail and other
    69,013       22,939       164,622       59,511  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    8,859       4,283       22,960       24,516  
General and administrative
    130,192       80,244       421,051       198,915  
Corporate expense
    23,390       23,444       82,529       66,657  
Rental expense
    8,437       8,136       25,573       23,141  
Pre-opening expense
    40,777       90,447       105,470       153,224  
Development expense
    1,153       3,621       11,504       7,227  
Depreciation and amortization
    132,239       54,309       364,753       121,262  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (47 )     287       6,977       526  
                                 
      1,077,239       681,744       3,098,529       1,705,649  
                                 
Operating income (loss)
    28,195       (20,794 )     198,042       196,445  
Other income (expense):
                               
Interest income
    3,215       26,890       11,813       60,906  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (90,535 )     (72,607 )     (293,709 )     (161,628 )
Other income
    7,209       17,052       11,624       7,715  
Loss on early retirement of debt
                (4,022 )     (10,705 )
                                 
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
    (51,916 )     (49,459 )     (76,252 )     92,733  
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    19,425       952       19,533       (15,928 )
Noncontrolling interest
    283             4,481        
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (32,208 )   $ (48,507 )   $ (52,238 )   $ 76,805  
                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.14 )   $ (0.15 )   $ 0.22  
                                 
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ (0.09 )   $ (0.14 )   $ (0.15 )   $ 0.22  
                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    355,393,259       354,856,121       355,344,306       354,716,730  
                                 
Diluted
    355,393,259       354,856,121       355,344,306       357,094,808  
                                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


4


Table of Contents

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands)
 
    (Unaudited)  
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ (52,238 )   $ 76,805  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Depreciation and amortization
    364,753       121,262  
Amortization of leasehold interests in land included in rental expense
    19,982       16,117  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount
    24,236       18,913  
Amortization of deferred gain and rent
    (3,792 )     (3,519 )
Deferred rent from mall transactions (Note 7)
    48,843        
Loss on early retirement of debt
    4,022       10,705  
Loss on disposal of assets
    6,977       526  
Stock-based compensation expense
    39,219       22,814  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    22,960       24,516  
Foreign exchange gain
    (20,432 )     (9,960 )
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
    (1,626 )     (5,865 )
Deferred income taxes
    (47,629 )     (14,761 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Accounts receivable
    (168,161 )     (3,140 )
Inventories
    (7,339 )     (3,623 )
Prepaid expenses and other
    (63,783 )     (97,908 )
Leasehold interests in land
    (19,060 )     (208,604 )
Accounts payable
    (2,883 )     17,080  
Accrued interest payable
    1,802       198  
Other accrued liabilities
    71,292       271,979  
Income taxes payable
          (14,292 )
                 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    217,143       219,243  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Changes in restricted cash
    174,297       694,682  
Capital expenditures
    (2,908,396 )     (2,722,067 )
Acquisition of gaming license included in other assets
          (50,000 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,734,099 )     (2,077,385 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    6,833       23,862  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
    1,626       5,865  
Proceeds from convertible senior notes from related party
    475,000        
Proceeds from long-term debt (Note 4)
    4,002,320       4,875,501  
Repayments on long-term debt (Note 4)
    (1,713,098 )     (1,766,189 )
Proceeds from the sale of The Shoppes at The Palazzo (Note 7)
    243,928        
Payments of deferred financing costs
    (92,547 )     (72,178 )
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    2,924,062       3,066,861  
                 
Effect of exchange rate on cash
    11,719       2,862  
                 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    418,825       1,211,581  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    857,150       468,066  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 1,275,975     $ 1,679,647  
                 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
               
Cash payments for interest
  $ 368,214     $ 311,516  
                 
Cash payments for taxes
  $ 290     $ 60,000  
                 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
               
Changes in construction payables
  $ 116,301     $ 392,963  
                 
Changes in other accrued liabilities related to property and equipment asset acquisitions
  $ 13,000     $ 62,313  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated financial statements.


5


Table of Contents

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OF COMPANY
 
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Current Report on Form 8-K of Las Vegas Sands Corp., a Nevada corporation (“LVSC”), and its subsidiaries (collectively the “Company”) filed on November 6, 2008. The year-end balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. In the opinion of management, all adjustments and normal recurring accruals considered necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim period have been included. The interim results reflected in the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are not necessarily indicative of expected results for the full year. The Company’s common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “LVS.”
 
Operations
 
The Company owns and operates The Venetian Resort Hotel Casino (“The Venetian Las Vegas”), a Renaissance Venice-themed resort; The Palazzo Resort Hotel Casino (“The Palazzo”), a resort featuring modern European ambience and design reminiscent of Italian affluent living; and an expo and convention center of approximately 1.2 million square feet (the “Sands Expo Center”). With the opening of The Palazzo in December 2007, these Las Vegas properties, situated on or near the Las Vegas Strip, form an integrated resort with approximately 7,100 suites; approximately 225,000 square feet of gaming space; a meeting and conference facility of approximately 1.1 million square feet; an enclosed retail, dining and entertainment complex located within The Venetian Las Vegas of approximately 440,000 net leasable square feet (“The Grand Canal Shoppes”), which was sold to General Growth Partners (“GGP”) in 2004; and an enclosed retail and dining complex located within The Palazzo of approximately 400,000 net leasable square feet (“The Shoppes at The Palazzo”), which was sold to GGP on February 29, 2008.
 
The Company also owns and operates the Sands Macao, the first Las Vegas-style casino in Macao, China, pursuant to a 20-year gaming subconcession. The Sands Macao offers over 229,000 square feet of gaming space and a 289-suite hotel tower, as well as several restaurants, VIP facilities, a theater, and other high-end services and amenities.
 
On August 28, 2007, the Company opened The Venetian Macao Resort Hotel (“The Venetian Macao”), which anchors the Cotai Strip tm , a master-planned development of resort properties in Macao, China. With a theme similar to that of The Venetian Las Vegas, The Venetian Macao includes a 39-floor luxury hotel with over 2,900 suites; a casino floor of approximately 550,000 square feet; an approximately 15,000-seat arena; retail and dining space of approximately 1.0 million square feet; and a convention center and meeting room complex of approximately 1.2 million square feet.
 
On August 28, 2008, the Company opened the Four Seasons Hotel Macao (the “Four Seasons Macao”), which is located adjacent to The Venetian Macao. The Four Seasons Macao features 360 rooms and suites managed by Four Seasons Hotel Inc.; approximately 70,000 square feet of gaming space; several food and beverage offerings; conference and banquet facilities; and retail space of approximately 211,000 square feet, which is connected to the mall at The Venetian Macao. The property will also feature 19 Paiza mansions and the Four Seasons Private Apartments Macao, Cotai Strip tm (the “Four Seasons Private Apartments”) consisting of approximately 1.0 million square feet of Four Seasons-serviced and -branded luxury apartment hotel units, which are currently expected to open in the third quarter 2009.
 
Development Projects
 
Given current conditions in the capital markets and the global economy and their impact on the Company’s ongoing operations, the Company has chosen to temporarily or indefinitely suspend portions of its development projects and will focus its development efforts on those projects with the highest rates of expected return on invested capital given the liquidity and capital resources available to the Company today. The continuing development plan, as outlined in further detail below, is dependent on the Company raising additional capital. If the Company is unable


6


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
to raise additional capital in the near term, the Company would need to consider further suspending portions, if not all, of its remaining global development projects.
 
United States Development Projects
 
St. Regis Residences
 
The Company has been constructing a St. Regis-branded high-rise residential condominium tower, the St. Regis Residences at The Venetian Palazzo (the “St. Regis Residences”), which is situated between The Palazzo and The Venetian Las Vegas on the Las Vegas Strip and is expected to feature approximately 400 luxury residences. On November 10, 2008, the Company announced the indefinite suspension of its construction activities for the project due to difficulties in the capital markets, reduced demand for Las Vegas Strip condominiums and the overall decline in general economic conditions. The Company will consider recommencing construction when these conditions improve and expects that it will take approximately 18 months from when construction recommences to complete the project. The cost to build the St. Regis Residences was expected to be approximately $600 million; however, the impact of the suspension on the estimated overall cost to build is currently not determinable. As of September 30, 2008, the Company has spent $86.0 million in construction costs and branding-related payments. The estimated cost to prepare the site for delay and to complete construction of the podium portion (which is part of The Shoppes at The Palazzo and includes already leased retail and entertainment space), which activities are expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2009, is approximately $95 million.
 
Sands Bethlehem
 
In August 2007, the Company’s indirect majority-owned subsidiary, Sands Bethworks Gaming LLC (“Sands Bethworks Gaming”), was issued a Pennsylvania gaming license by the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board. The Company is in the process of developing a gaming, hotel, retail and dining complex called Sands Casino Resort Bethlehem (“Sands Bethlehem”), located on the site of the Historic Bethlehem Steel Works in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, which is approximately 70 miles from midtown Manhattan, New York. Bethworks Now, LLC, the Company’s joint venture partner, contributed the land on which Sands Bethlehem is being developed to Sands Bethworks Gaming and Sands Bethworks Retail, LLC, the owner of the retail portion of Sands Bethlehem, in September 2008.
 
On November 10, 2008, the Company announced suspension of construction of a portion of Sands Bethlehem due to difficulties in the capital markets and the overall decline in general economic conditions. The Company will continue construction of the casino component of the 124-acre development, which will open with 3,000 slot machines (increasing to 5,000 six months after the opening date) and a variety of dining options, as well as the parking garage and surface parking. Construction activities on the remaining components, which include a 300-room hotel, an approximate 200,000-square-foot retail facility, a 50,000-square-foot multipurpose event center and a variety of additional dining options, have been suspended until capital markets and general economic conditions improve. The cost to build Sands Bethlehem was expected to be approximately $600 million (excluding furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”), pre-opening and other costs), of which $236.9 million had been spent as of September 30, 2008. The Company has spent an additional $79.5 million on other costs related to the project, which includes the gaming license and pre-opening and other costs, as of September 30, 2008. The Company expects to incur an additional $282 million to complete the construction of the casino and parking components, and to prepare the additional components for delay, which are expected to be completed during the second quarter of 2009. The Company also expects to incur $145 million of additional costs to open the casino component, including FF&E, pre-opening and other costs. The estimated cost to build the remaining components of the project is currently not determinable.
 
Macao Development Projects
 
The Company has submitted plans to the Macao government for its Cotai Strip developments, which represent five integrated resort developments, in addition to The Venetian Macao and the Four Seasons Macao on an area of approximately 200 acres (which are referred to as parcels 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8). The developments are expected to include hotels, exhibition and conference facilities, casinos, showrooms, shopping malls, spas, restaurants, entertainment


7


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
facilities and other amenities. The Company has commenced construction or pre-construction for these five parcels and plans to own and operate all of the casinos in these developments under its Macao gaming subconcession.
 
On November 10, 2008, the Company announced its revised development plans for these parcels due to difficulties in the capital markets and the overall decline in general economic conditions. The Company plans to temporarily suspend construction of phase I of parcels 5 and 6, which includes the Shangri-La and Traders tower and the first Sheraton tower, along with the podium that encompasses the casino, associated public areas, portions of the shopping mall and approximately 100,000 square feet of meeting space, while the Company pursues project-level financing. The Company is targeting to complete the financing within the next three to six months; however, there can be no assurance that such financing will be obtained. Once financing has been obtained, the Company expects it will take approximately nine months to complete construction of phase I. Construction of phase II of the project, which includes the second Sheraton tower and the St. Regis serviced luxury apartment hotel, has been suspended until conditions in the capital markets and general economic conditions improve. Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, the manager of the Sheraton hotels and St. Regis serviced luxury apartment hotel, has the right to terminate its management agreements if certain construction and opening obligations and deadlines are not met, and under the Company’s revised development plan, there is a significant risk that it will not meet at least some of these obligations and deadlines. The impact of the revised development plan on the estimated overall cost of the project is currently not determinable. The estimated total cost to build phase I and prepare the phase II components for delay is expected to be approximately $3.05 billion (excluding FF&E, pre-opening and other costs), of which $1.16 billion had been spent as of September 30, 2008. If the proposed project-level financing is unsuccessful, the Company expects to incur approximately $900 million in costs to prepare the project for delay. The Company has commenced pre-construction on parcels 7, 8 and 3, and will not commence construction until government approvals necessary to commence construction are obtained, regional and global economic conditions improve, future demand warrants and additional financing is obtained.
 
The impact of the delays or significant slow down of construction of the Cotai Strip developments on the Company’s overall estimated cost to build is currently not determinable. As of September 30, 2008, the Company has capitalized $4.33 billion in construction costs on the Cotai Strip, including The Venetian Macao and Four Seasons Macao. The Company will need to arrange additional financing to fund the balance of the Company’s Cotai Strip developments and there is no assurance that it will be able to obtain any of the additional financing required.
 
The Company has received a land concession from the Macao government to build on parcels 1, 2 and 3, including the sites on which The Venetian Macao (parcel 1) and Four Seasons Macao (parcel 2) are located. The Company does not own these land sites in Macao; however, the land concession, which has an initial term of 25 years and is renewable at the Company’s option, grants it the exclusive use of the land. As specified in the land concession, the Company is required to pay premiums, which are payable over four years or are due upon the completion of the corresponding resort, as well as annual rent for the term of the land concession. In October 2008, the Macao government amended the land concession to separate the retail mall and hotel portions of the Four Seasons Macao parcel, and allowed the Company to subdivide such parcel into four separate components, including the Four Seasons Private Apartments and retail mall portions. In consideration for the amendment, the Company paid an additional land premium of approximately $17.8 million and will pay adjusted annual rent over the remaining term of the concession, which increased slightly due to the revised allocation of parcel use.
 
The Company does not yet have all the necessary Macao government approvals that it will need in order to develop its planned Cotai Strip developments on parcels 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8. The Company has received a land concession for parcel 3, as previously noted, but has not yet been granted land concessions for parcels 5, 6, 7 and 8. The Company is in the process of negotiating with the Macao government to obtain the land concession for parcels 5 and 6, and will subsequently negotiate the land concession for parcels 7 and 8. Based on historical experience with the Macao government with respect to the Company’s land concessions for the Sands Macao and parcels 1, 2 and 3, management believes that the land concessions for parcels 5, 6, 7 and 8 will be granted; however, if the Company does not obtain these land concessions, it could forfeit all or a substantial part of its $1.45 billion in capitalized construction costs related to these developments as of September 30, 2008.


8


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Under its land concession for parcel 3, the Company is required to complete the development of this parcel by August 2011. If the Company is unable to meet the August 2011 deadline and that deadline is not extended, the Company could lose its right to continue to operate The Venetian Macao, Sands Macao, Four Seasons Macao or any other facility developed under its Macao gaming subconcession, and its investment to date on these developments could be lost. The Company believes that if it is not able to complete the development of parcel 3 by the deadline, it will be able to obtain an extension of the deadline; however, no assurances can be given that an extension will be granted by the Macao government.
 
Singapore Development Project
 
In August 2006, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Marina Bay Sands Pte. Ltd. (“MBS”), entered into a development agreement (the “Development Agreement”) with the Singapore Tourism Board (the “STB”) to build and operate an integrated resort called the Marina Bay Sands in Singapore. The Marina Bay Sands is expected to include three 50+ story hotel towers (totaling approximately 2,600 rooms), a casino, an enclosed retail, dining and entertainment complex of approximately 750,000 net leasable square feet, a convention center and meeting room complex of approximately 1.3 million square feet, theaters and a landmark iconic structure at the bay-front promenade that will contain an art/science museum. The Company is continuing to finalize various design aspects of the integrated resort and is in the process of finalizing its cost estimates for the project. The Company expects the cost to build the Marina Bay Sands will be approximately 7.15 billion Singapore Dollars (“SGD,” approximately $4.99 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008), which excludes FF&E, pre-opening and other costs but includes payments made in 2006 for land premium, taxes and other fees. As the Company has obtained Singapore-denominated financing and primarily pays its costs in Singapore Dollars, exposure to foreign exchange gains/losses is expected to be minimal. The Company has spent approximately SGD 2.59 billion (approximately $1.81 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) in construction costs as of September 30, 2008. Based on the Company’s current development plan, it intends to continue construction on its existing timeline with the majority of the project targeted to open in late 2009.
 
Hengqin Island Development Project
 
The Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent with the Zhuhai Municipal People’s Government of the People’s Republic of China to work together to create a master plan for, and develop, a leisure and convention destination resort on Hengqin Island, which is located within mainland China, approximately one mile from the Cotai Strip. In January 2007, the Company was informed that the Zhuhai Government established a Project Coordination Committee to act as a government liaison empowered to work directly with the Company to advance the development of the project. On November 10, 2008, the Company announced the indefinite suspension of the project because of the difficult global economic and credit market environment.
 
Other Development Projects
 
The Company is currently exploring the possibility of developing and operating additional properties, including integrated resorts, in other Asian and U.S. jurisdictions, and in Europe. In July 2008, the Company withdrew a previously submitted application to develop a casino resort in the Kansas City, Kansas, metropolitan area.
 
Development Financing Strategy
 
The Company held unrestricted and restricted cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1.28 billion and $239.1 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2008. As previously described, the Company has a number of significant development projects in the United States, Macao and Singapore, some of which it plans to temporarily or indefinitely suspend due to current conditions in the global capital markets and overall decline in general economic conditions, which have had an impact on the Company’s ongoing operations. Through September 30, 2008, the Company has principally funded its development projects through borrowings under the bank credit facilities of its operating subsidiaries, operating cash flows and proceeds from the disposition of non-core assets. In 2007, the Company began to execute its financing strategy to secure additional borrowing capacity to fund its existing and future development projects and operations in Asia, including Macao and Singapore, and the United


9


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
States. In the near term, the Company will seek to borrow significant amounts under its existing and potential future bank credit facilities, if available, or raise equity capital as the Company funds components of its revised development strategy and, as further described below, will require additional capital to fund the completion of its projects. If the Company is unable to raise additional capital in the near term, the Company would need to consider further suspending portions, if not all, of its remaining global development projects.
 
In April 2007, the Company increased the size of its Macao credit facility from $2.5 billion to $3.3 billion to continue funding the development of The Venetian Macao and the Four Seasons Macao as well as portions of its other Macao development projects. As of September 30, 2008, the Company has fully drawn the revolving facility of the Macao credit facility and had construction payables of approximately $385.5 million related to its Macao development projects. The Company expects to incur additional construction costs of $337 million to complete the Four Seasons Private Apartments and the remaining portions of the Four Seasons Macao by the third quarter of 2009. In addition, the Company expects to incur additional costs, including FF&E, pre-opening, land premium and other costs, of approximately $126 million (some of which relates to FF&E costs that will be recouped in connection with the sale of the Four Seasons Private Apartments). In the near term, cash balances at the Company’s Macao subsidiaries, operating cash flows from Sands Macao, The Venetian Macao and Four Seasons Macao, and cash from LVSC, if available, together with proceeds from borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility, if available, will be used to fund these amounts. The Company was in the process of arranging up to $5.25 billion of secured bank financing, the proceeds of which would have been used to refinance the amount currently outstanding under the Macao credit facility and to provide incremental borrowings to fund the Four Seasons Private Apartments, the completion of the Four Seasons Macao and the development of parcels 5 and 6, and to continue funding its other Cotai Strip development projects; however, given the conditions in the global credit markets, the Company was unable to reach arrangements with its prospective lenders. As a result, the Company plans to temporarily suspend construction on parcels 5 and 6, until project-level financing is obtained, which it is currently pursuing and targets to complete in the next three to six months; however, there can be no assurance that such financing will be obtained. Additional financing will be required to complete the development and construction of parcels 7, 8 and 3, once those construction activities commence.
 
In May 2007, the Company entered into a $5.0 billion U.S. senior secured credit facility with respect to its Las Vegas operations. A portion of the proceeds from this facility was used to refinance the indebtedness collateralized by the Company’s Las Vegas integrated resort, including The Venetian Las Vegas, The Palazzo, The Shoppes at The Palazzo and Sands Expo Center, and to fund the design, development and construction costs incurred in connection with the completion of The Palazzo, The Shoppes at The Palazzo, St. Regis Residences and Sands Bethlehem. As of September 30, 2008, the Company had approximately $601.1 million of available borrowing capacity, net of outstanding letters of credit but including approximately $7.7 million committed to be funded by Lehman Brothers Commercial Paper Inc. The U.S. senior secured credit facility permits the Company to make investments in certain of its subsidiaries and certain joint ventures not party to the U.S. senior secured credit facility, including its foreign subsidiaries and other development projects outside of Las Vegas, in an amount not to exceed $2.1 billion, and also permits the Company to invest in its Sands Bethlehem project so long as no more than 30% of any such investment is in the form of an equity contribution to the project, with the balance to be in the form of a secured intercompany loan. As of September 30, 2008, the Company has invested approximately $1.7 billion of the permitted $2.1 billion to fund a portion of its required equity contribution to the Marina Bay Sands project and investments with respect to its other development projects, including in Macao. As announced on November 10, 2008, with the delayed development of the St. Regis Residences and the Company’s focus on the construction of the casino and parking components of Sands Bethlehem, the Company expects to incur additional construction costs of approximately $95 million and $282 million, respectively. The Company also expects to incur $145 million of additional costs to open the casino component of Sands Bethlehem, including FF&E, pre-opening and other costs. The Company will continue to use excess operating cash flows, proceeds from the sale of non-core assets, such as The Shoppes at The Palazzo, cash contributed by LVSC, if available, and proceeds from borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility, if available, to fund its revised development strategy, as well as construction costs incurred in Macao and its required equity contributions to the Marina Bay Sands.


10


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In December 2007, the Company entered into a SGD 5.44 billion credit facility (approximately $3.80 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) to fund development and construction costs and expenses at the Marina Bay Sands, which closed and funded in January 2008. A portion of the proceeds from this facility, together with a portion of the Company’s initial SGD 800.0 million (approximately $558.4 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) equity contribution, were used to repay outstanding borrowings of $1.32 billion under the Company’s Singapore bridge facility. As of September 30, 2008, the Company had SGD 2.86 billion (approximately $2.0 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) available for borrowing under the Singapore credit facility, net of outstanding banker’s guarantees and undrawn amounts committed to be funded by Lehman Brothers Finance Asia Pte. Ltd., which will be used to fund a significant portion of the design, development and construction costs of the Marina Bay Sands project. Subsequent to September 30, 2008, the Company has drawn an additional SGD 161.5 million (approximately $112.7 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) under the Singapore credit facility and has contributed additional equity of SGD 100.0 million (approximately $69.8 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008). Under the terms of the Singapore credit facility, the Company is obligated to fund at least 20% of the total costs and expenses incurred in connection with the design, development and construction of the Marina Bay Sands project with equity contributions or subordinated intercompany loans, with the remaining 80% funded with debt, including debt under the Singapore credit facility. Through September 30, 2008, the Company has funded its equity contribution requirement through borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility and operating cash flows generated from the Company’s Las Vegas operations. Based on current development plans, the Company intends to continue construction on Marina Bay Sands on its existing timeline. Additional financings are planned to complete the development and construction of the Marina Bay Sands; however, there can be no assurance that such financing will be obtained when planned.
 
Commencing September 30, 2008, the U.S. senior secured credit facility and FF&E financings require the Company’s Las Vegas operations to comply with certain financial covenants at the end of each quarter, including to maintain a maximum leverage ratio of net debt, as defined, to trailing twelve-month adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as defined (“Adjusted EBITDA”). In order to comply with the maximum leverage ratio covenant as of December 31, 2008, and subsequent quarterly periods, the Company will need to (i) achieve increased levels of Adjusted EBITDA at its Las Vegas properties; (ii) decrease the rate of spending on its global development projects; (iii) obtain additional financing at the parent company level, the proceeds from which could be used to reduce the Company’s Las Vegas operations’ net debt; (iv) elect to contribute up to $50.0 million of capital from cash on hand to the Las Vegas operations (such contribution having the effect of increasing Adjusted EBITDA by up to $50.0 million per quarter for purposes of calculating maximum leverage (the “EBITDA true-up”)); or in some cases (v) a combination thereof.
 
As the Company’s Las Vegas properties did not achieve the levels of Adjusted EBITDA necessary to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio for the quarterly period ending September 30, 2008, the Company completed a private placement of $475.0 million in convertible senior notes with the Company’s principal stockholder and his family and used a portion of the proceeds to exercise the EBITDA true-up provision. The EBITDA true-up, by itself, would not have been sufficient to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio as of September 30, 2008. Accordingly, the entire proceeds from the offering were immediately contributed to Las Vegas Sands, LLC (“LVSLLC”) to reduce the net debt of the parties to the domestic credit facilities in order to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio for the quarterly period ending September 30, 2008.
 
Based upon current Las Vegas operating estimates for the quarter ending December 31, 2008 and quarterly periods during 2009, as well as the fact that the Company has continued to fund its development projects outside of Las Vegas, in whole or in part, with borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility, the Company expects the amount of its material domestic subsidiaries’ indebtedness will be beyond the level allowed under the maximum leverage ratio. If the Company’s Las Vegas Adjusted EBITDA levels do not increase sufficiently, reduced spending on the Company’s revised global development projects, as described above, is not sufficient, and the EBITDA true-up is not sufficient or available to enable the Company to maintain compliance under the maximum leverage ratio, the Company will need to obtain significant additional capital at the parent level. As previously announced, the Company has been working with its financial advisor to develop and implement a capital raising program that the Company believes would be sufficient to address the Company’s current and anticipated funding needs;


11


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
however, no assurance can be given that the program will be successful. If none of the foregoing occurs, the Company would need to obtain waivers or amendments under its domestic credit facilities, and no assurances can be given that the Company will be able to obtain these waivers or amendments. If the Company is unable to obtain waivers or amendments if and when necessary, the Company would be in default under its domestic credit facilities, which would trigger cross-defaults under its airplane financings and convertible senior notes. If such defaults or cross-defaults were to occur and the respective lenders chose to accelerate the indebtedness outstanding under these agreements, it would result in a default under the Company’s senior notes. Any defaults or cross-defaults under these agreements would allow the lenders, in each case, to exercise their rights and remedies as defined under their respective agreements. If the lenders were to exercise their right to accelerate the indebtedness outstanding, there can be no assurance that the Company would be able to refinance any amounts that may become accelerated under such agreements. Under the terms of the U.S. senior secured credit facility, if a default or a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement, were to occur or exist at the time of borrowing, it would preclude the Company’s domestic subsidiaries from accessing any available borrowings (including the $400.0 million under the Delayed Draw II Facility, which expires November 23, 2008, and $201.1 million under the Revolving Facility). If the Company is not able to access these borrowings and raise sufficient additional capital, (i) the Company will not be able to fund its ongoing equity contributions under its Singapore credit facility, and as a result, will not be able to borrow any additional amounts under that facility which may limit its ability to complete construction of the project, (ii) as the Company has fully drawn the revolving portion of its Macao credit facility, the Company will not be able to pay the remaining construction costs of the Four Seasons Macao and Four Seasons Private Apartments if free cash flow from the Sands Macao, The Venetian Macao and Four Season Macao is not sufficient to pay those costs, (iii) the Company may be unable to comply with the maximum leverage ratio covenant under its Macao credit facility at the end of the first quarter of 2009, which would result in a default under the agreement and would allow the lenders to exercise their rights and remedies under the agreement including acceleration of the indebtedness outstanding, (iv) the Company may not be able to continue providing working capital to its ferry operations, and (v) the Company would need to immediately suspend portions, if not all, of its remaining global development projects. These factors raise a substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements,” which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurement. SFAS No. 157 does not require any new fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. In January 2008, the FASB deferred the effective date for one year for certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The Company has adopted the provisions of this standard and such application did not have a material effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See “— Note 9 — Fair Value Measurements” for disclosures required by this standard.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.” Under SFAS No. 159, the Company may elect to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value, which are not otherwise currently required to be measured at fair value. The decision to measure items at fair value is made at specific election dates on an irrevocable instrument-by-instrument basis and requires recognition of the changes in fair value in earnings and expensing upfront costs and fees associated with the item for which the fair value option is elected. Fair value instruments for which the fair value option has been elected and similar instruments measured using another measurement attribute are to be distinguished on the face of the statement of financial position. SFAS No. 159 is


12


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
effective for financial statements beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company has adopted the provisions of this standard and did not elect the fair value option for eligible items that existed at January 1, 2008.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141R, “Business Combinations,” which requires an acquirer to recognize the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date, with limited exceptions specified in the statement. SFAS No. 141R applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2008. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard; however, the Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 141R will have a material effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — An Amendment of ARB No. 51,” which establishes accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. Specifically, this statement requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest (minority interest) as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent’s equity. The amount of net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest will be included in consolidated net income on the face of the income statement. SFAS No. 160 clarifies that changes in a parent’s ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. In addition, this statement requires that a parent recognize a gain or loss in net income when a subsidiary is deconsolidated and also requires expanded disclosures regarding the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard; however, the Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 160 will have a material effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” which requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities and thereby improves the transparency of financial reporting. The objective of the guidance is to provide users of financial statements with: an enhanced understanding of how and why an entity uses derivative instruments; how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for; and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. SFAS No. 161 also requires several added quantitative disclosures in financial statements. SFAS No. 161 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard; however, the Company does not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 161 will have a material effect on its disclosures.
 
In April 2008, FASB issued Staff Position (“FSP”) No. 142-3, “Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets,” which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” The intent of this FSP is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under SFAS No. 141R. FSP No. 142-3 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard; however, the Company does not expect the adoption of FSP No. 142-3 will have a material effect on its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In May 2008, FASB issued FSP Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 14-1, “Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement),” which applies to convertible debt instruments, that by their stated terms, may be settled in cash (or other assets) upon conversion, including partial cash settlement of the conversion option. FSP APB No. 14-1 requires bifurcation of the instrument into a debt component that is initially recorded at fair value and an equity component. The difference between the fair value of the debt component and the initial proceeds from issuance of the instrument is recorded as a component of equity. The liability component of the debt instrument is accreted to par using the effective yield method; accretion is reported as a component of interest expense. The equity component is not subsequently re-valued as long as it continues to qualify for equity treatment. FSP APB No. 14-1 must be applied retrospectively to


13


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
previously issued cash-settleable convertible instruments as well as prospectively to newly issued instruments. FSP APB No. 14-1 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of this standard.
 
Other First Quarter Charges
 
During the three months ended March 31, 2008, the Company recorded a net charge of $3.3 million to properly account for $3.9 million of convention, retail and other, pre-opening and general and administrative expenses that had not been accrued, offset by $0.6 million of convention, retail and other revenues that had not been recorded as of December 31, 2007. Because the amounts involved were not material to the Company’s financial statements in any individual prior period, and the cumulative amount is not material to the estimated results of operations for the year ending December 31, 2008, the Company recorded the cumulative effect of correcting these items during the three months ended March 31, 2008.
 
NOTE 2 — STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE
 
Changes in stockholders’ equity for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 2,260,274  
Net loss
    (52,238 )
Stock-based compensation
    43,413  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    6,833  
Tax benefit from stock-based compensation
    1,631  
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income
    18,468  
         
Balance at September 30, 2008
  $ 2,278,381  
         
 
At September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balance consisted solely of foreign currency translation adjustments. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, comprehensive loss amounted to $44.7 million and $33.8 million, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, comprehensive income (loss) amounted to $(43.7) million and $76.9 million, respectively.
 
The weighted average number of common and common equivalent shares used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share consisted of the following:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding (used in the calculation of basic earnings (loss) per share)
    355,393,259       354,856,121       355,344,306       354,716,730  
Potential dilution from stock options and restricted stock
                      2,378,078  
                                 
Weighted-average common and common equivalent shares (used in the calculations of diluted earnings (loss) per share)
    355,393,259       354,856,121       355,344,306       357,094,808  
                                 
Antidilutive stock options and restricted stock excluded from calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share
    10,580,996       6,974,935       10,580,996       965,900  
                                 


14


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 3 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Land and improvements
  $ 339,098     $ 297,678  
Building and improvements
    6,375,097       4,435,934  
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and leasehold improvements
    1,415,860       1,013,138  
Transportation
    316,235       176,897  
Construction in progress
    3,786,115       3,258,750  
                 
      12,232,405       9,182,397  
Less — accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (956,784 )     (607,783 )
                 
    $ 11,275,621     $ 8,574,614  
                 
 
Construction in progress consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
 
The Venetian Macao
  $ 27,782     $ 110,759  
Four Seasons Macao
    211,805       359,889  
Other Macao Development Projects (principally Cotai Strip parcels 5 and 6)
    1,657,261       714,701  
Marina Bay Sands
    1,189,218       552,850  
The Palazzo and The Shoppes at The Palazzo
    214,625       1,363,045  
Sands Bethlehem
    312,810       66,898  
St. Regis Residences
    71,768       5,436  
Other
    100,846       85,172  
                 
    $ 3,786,115     $ 3,258,750  
                 
 
As of September 30, 2008, portions of The Venetian Macao, The Palazzo and The Shoppes at The Palazzo remain under construction and are scheduled to be completed during 2008. Approximately $380.2 million in building and improvements, $30.2 million in furniture, fixtures, equipment and leasehold improvements (with total accumulated depreciation of $10.5 million) and $197.6 million in construction in progress as of September 30, 2008, related to The Shoppes at The Palazzo, which was sold to GGP (see “— Note 7 — Mall Sale”). The $100.8 million in other construction in progress consists primarily of projects in Las Vegas and airplane and other related refurbishment costs at corporate.
 
As of September 30, 2008, the cost of property and equipment that the Company is leasing to tenants as part of its Macao mall operations was $271.5 million with accumulated depreciation of $15.7 million.
 
During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, and the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, the Company capitalized interest expense of $38.4 million, $100.6 million, $64.2 million and $169.0 million, respectively.
 
As described in “— Note 1 — Organization and Business of Company,” on November 10, 2008, the Company announced its plan to temporarily or indefinitely suspend portions of its development projects given the current conditions in the capital markets and the global economy and their impact on the Company’s ongoing operations. If circumstances change, the Company may be required to record impairment charges related to these developments in the future.


15


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 4 — LONG-TERM DEBT
 
Long-term debt consists of the following (in thousands):
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Corporate and U.S. Related:
               
New Senior Secured Credit Facility — Term B
  $ 2,962,500     $ 2,985,000  
New Senior Secured Credit Facility — Delayed Draw I
    598,500        
New Senior Secured Credit Facility — Revolving
    775,860        
Convertible Senior Notes
    475,000        
6.375% Senior Notes
    248,551       248,380  
FF&E Financings
    150,300       61,416  
Airplane Financings
    86,719       89,484  
Other
    5,917       6,857  
Macao Related:
               
Macao Credit Facility — Term B
    1,800,000       1,800,000  
Macao Credit Facility — Term B Delayed
    700,000       700,000  
Macao Credit Facility — Revolving
    693,732       251,000  
Macao Credit Facility — Local Term
    100,408       100,000  
Ferry Financing
    176,739        
Other
    11,034       6,434  
Singapore Related:
               
Singapore Permanent Facility — A and B
    1,565,160        
Singapore Bridge Facility — Term Loan
          594,404  
Singapore Bridge Facility — Floating Rate Notes
          729,355  
                 
      10,350,420       7,572,330  
Less — current maturities
    (99,314 )     (54,333 )
                 
Total long-term debt
  $ 10,251,106     $ 7,517,997  
                 
 
Corporate and U.S. Related Debt
 
New Senior Secured Credit Facility
 
During the nine months ended September 30, 2008, the Company has drawn $775.9 million, net of repayments, under the Revolving Facility, which matures in May 2012 and has no interim amortization, and $598.5 million, net of repayments, under the Delayed Draw I Facility, which matures in May 2014 and is subject to quarterly principal amortization payments in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding and a balloon payment of $566.4 million due May 2014. As of September 30, 2008, the Company had $201.1 million of available borrowing capacity under the Revolving Facility, net of outstanding letters of credit and including approximately $7.7 million committed to be funded by Lehman Brothers Commercial Paper Inc. No amount has been drawn under the $400.0 million Delayed Draw II Facility, which is available until November 23, 2008. Refer to “— Note 1 — Organization and Business of Company” regarding potential limitations on future borrowings under the facility.
 
Convertible Senior Notes
 
In September 2008, the Company sold, in a private placement transaction, $475.0 million of its 6.5% convertible senior notes due 2013 (the “Convertible Senior Notes”). The Convertible Senior Notes are subject to quarterly interest payments, commencing January 1, 2009, and will mature on October 1, 2013, unless earlier converted or repurchased by the Company. The initial conversion rate is 20.141 shares of common stock per $1,000


16


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
principal amount (equivalent to a conversion price of approximately $49.65 per share of common stock). The initial conversation rate will be subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Following any fundamental change, as defined in the agreement, that occurs prior to the maturity date, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase the Convertible Senior Notes. The Company’s principal stockholder and his family were granted pre-emptive rights with respect to any future proposed issuance or sale by the Company of equity interests (including convertible or exchangeable securities), pursuant to which they will be able to purchase a portion of the offered equity interests based on their fully diluted common stock ownership in the Company.
 
The Convertible Senior Notes will not be convertible until all necessary approvals have been obtained, including listing of the Company’s common stock issuable upon conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes on the NYSE and until the stockholder approval of the issuance of the common stock upon conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes is effective. If the Company does not obtain all required approvals within 120 days of the issuance of the Convertible Senior Notes, the Company will pay a fee based on a rate of 2.0% per annum on the aggregate amount of Convertible Senior Notes outstanding thereafter and until the Company receives all required approvals.
 
The Convertible Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, which contains covenants that, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, limit the ability of the Company to enter into sale and leaseback transactions in respect of its principal properties, create liens on its principal properties and consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of its directly held assets and includes certain default and cross-default provisions.
 
Macao Related Debt
 
Ferry Financing
 
In January 2008, in order to finance the purchase of ten ferries, the Company entered into a 1.21 billion Hong Kong dollar (“HKD,” approximately $155.7 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) secured credit facility, which is available for borrowing for up to 18 months after closing. The proceeds from the secured credit facility were used to reimburse the Company for cash spent to date on the construction of the ferries and to finance the completion of the remaining ferries. The facility is collateralized by the ferries and is guaranteed by Venetian Macau Limited (“VML”). The facility matures in January 2018 and is subject to 34 quarterly payments commencing at the end of the 18-month availability period. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at the Hong Kong Interbank Offer Rate (“HIBOR”) plus 2.0% if borrowings are made in Hong Kong Dollars (5.7% as of September 30, 2008) or the London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.0% if borrowings are made in U.S. Dollars. All borrowings under the facility, which was fully drawn as of September 30, 2008, were made in Hong Kong Dollars.
 
In July 2008, the Company exercised the accordion option on the secured credit facility agreement that financed the Company’s original ten ferries and executed a supplement to the secured credit facility agreement. The supplement increased the secured credit facility by an additional HKD 561.6 million (approximately $72.3 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008), of which the Company has drawn HKD 163.3 million (approximately $21.0 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) as of September 30, 2008. The proceeds from this supplemental facility are being used to reimburse the Company for cash spent to date on construction of four additional ferries and to finance the remaining progress payments on those ferries. The supplemental facility is secured by the additional ferries and is guaranteed by VML.
 
Singapore Related Debt
 
MBS entered into the Singapore bridge facility in August 2006 to pay the land premium to the STB under the Development Agreement and to commence construction of the Marina Bay Sands. As the facility was to mature in August 2008, the Company entered into the Singapore permanent facility agreement in December 2007. Upon closing in January 2008, a portion of the borrowings under the Singapore permanent facilities, as well as equity contributions made by the Company to MBS, were used to repay the outstanding balances on the Singapore bridge facility, and to pay fees, costs and expenses related to entering into the Singapore permanent facility agreement. The Company incurred a charge of approximately $4.0 million for loss on early retirement of debt in January 2008 as a result of refinancing the Singapore bridge facility.


17


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Singapore Permanent Facilities
 
In December 2007, MBS signed a facility agreement (the “Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement”) providing for a SGD 2.0 billion (approximately $1.40 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) term loan (“Singapore Permanent Facility A”) that was funded in January 2008, a SGD 2.75 billion (approximately $1.92 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) term loan (“Singapore Permanent Facility B”) that is available on a delayed draw basis until December 31, 2010, a SGD 192.6 million (approximately $134.4 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) banker’s guarantee facility (“Singapore Permanent Facility C”) to provide the bankers’ guarantees in favor of the STB required under the Development Agreement that was fully drawn in January 2008, and a SGD 500.0 million (approximately $349.0 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) revolving credit facility (“Singapore Permanent Facility D” and collectively, the “Singapore Permanent Facilities”) that is available until February 28, 2015. As of September 30, 2008, the Company had SGD 2.86 billion (approximately $2.0 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) available for borrowing, net of outstanding banker’s guarantees and undrawn amounts committed to be funded by Lehman Brothers Finance Asia Pte. Ltd., under the Singapore Permanent Facilities.
 
The indebtedness under the Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement is collateralized by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of MBS’s assets, other than capital stock and similar ownership interests, certain furniture, fixtures, fittings and equipment and certain other excluded assets.
 
The Singapore Permanent Facilities mature on March 31, 2015, with MBS required to repay or prepay the Singapore Permanent Facilities under certain circumstances. Commencing March 31, 2011, and at the end of each quarter thereafter, MBS is required to repay the outstanding Singapore Permanent Facility A and Facility B loans on a pro rata basis in an aggregate amount equal to SGD 125.0 million (approximately $87.2 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) per quarter. In addition, commencing at the end of the third full quarter of operations of the Marina Bay Sands, MBS is required to further prepay the outstanding Singapore Permanent Facility A and Facility B loans on a pro rata basis with a percentage of excess free cash flow (as defined by the Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement).
 
Borrowings under the Singapore Permanent Facilities bear interest at the Singapore Swap Offer Rate plus a spread of 2.25% per annum (3.5% as of September 30, 2008). MBS is required to pay standby interest fees of 1.125% per annum and 0.90% per annum on the undrawn amounts under Singapore Permanent Facility B and Facility D, respectively. MBS is required to pay a commission of 2.25% per annum on the bankers’ guarantees outstanding under the Singapore Permanent Facilities for the period during which any banker’s guarantees are outstanding.
 
To meet the requirements of the Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement, the Company entered into three interest rate cap agreements in June 2008, with notional amounts of $300.0 million, $235.0 million and $150.0 million, all of which expire in June 2011. The Company entered into four additional interest rate cap agreements in July and August 2008, with notional amounts of $200.0 million, $175.0 million, $175.0 million and $75.0 million, which expire in July or August 2011. The provisions of the interest rate cap agreements entitle the Company to receive from the counterparties the amounts, if any, by which the selected market interest rates exceed the strike rate (which range from 4.0% to 5.0%) as stated in such agreements. There was no net effect on interest expense as a result of the interest rate cap agreements for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
The Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for such financings, including, but not limited to, limitations on liens, annual capital expenditures other than project costs, indebtedness, loans and guarantees, investments, acquisitions and asset sales, restricted payments, affiliate transactions and use of proceeds from the Singapore Permanent Facilities. The Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement also requires MBS to comply with financial covenants as of the end of the first full quarter beginning not less than 183 days after the commencement of operations of the Marina Bay Sands, including maximum ratios of total indebtedness to Adjusted EBITDA, minimum ratios of Adjusted EBITDA to interest expense, minimum Adjusted EBITDA requirements and maintaining a positive net worth. The Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement also contains events of default customary for such financings.


18


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
Cash flows from financing activities related to long-term debt are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2008     2007  
 
Proceeds from Singapore Permanent Facility
  $ 1,558,091     $  
Proceeds from Singapore Bridge Facility
          332,002  
Proceeds from New Senior Secured Credit Facility — Term B and Delayed Draw I
    600,000       3,000,000  
Proceeds from New Senior Secured Credit Facility — Revolving
    1,075,860        
Proceeds from Macao Credit Facility
    442,732       1,300,000  
Proceeds from Ferry Financing
    176,739        
Proceeds from FF&E Financings and Other Long-Term Debt
    148,898       37,249  
Proceeds from Airplane Financings
          92,250  
Proceeds from Senior Secured Credit Facility — Revolving
          62,000  
Proceeds from The Shoppes at The Palazzo Construction Loan
          52,000  
                 
    $ 4,002,320     $ 4,875,501  
                 
Repayments on Singapore Bridge Facility
  $ (1,329,737 )   $  
Repayments on New Senior Secured Credit Facility — Revolving
    (300,000 )      
Repayments on New Senior Secured Credit Facility — Term B and Delayed Draw I
    (24,000 )     (7,500 )
Repayments on FF&E Financings and Other Long-Term Debt
    (56,596 )     (7,349 )
Repayments on Airplane Financings
    (2,765 )     (1,844 )
Repayment on Senior Secured Credit Facility — Term B and Term B Delayed
          (1,170,000 )
Repayment on Senior Secured Credit Facility — Revolving
          (322,128 )
Repayment on The Shoppes at The Palazzo Construction Loan
          (166,500 )
Repayments on Sands Expo Center Mortgage Loan
          (90,868 )
                 
    $ (1,713,098 )   $ (1,766,189 )
                 
 
NOTE 5 — INCOME TAXES
 
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The Company is subject to federal, state and local, or foreign income tax examinations by tax authorities for years after 2002. The Internal Revenue Service is currently examining the U.S. federal income tax returns for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. To date, there are no proposed adjustments that the Company believes will have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax positions in the provision for income taxes on the statement of operations. At September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, the Company had approximately $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively, of interest accrued. No penalties were accrued for at September 30, 2008 or December 31, 2007.


19


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
NOTE 6 — STOCK-BASED EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION
 
Stock-based compensation activity was as follows for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007 (in thousands, except weighted average grant date fair values):
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Compensation expense:
                               
Stock options
  $ 14,586     $ 9,139     $ 36,999     $ 21,117  
Restricted shares
    800       683       2,220       1,697  
                                 
    $ 15,386     $ 9,822     $ 39,219     $ 22,814  
                                 
Compensation cost capitalized as part of property and equipment
  $ 1,623     $ 1,045     $ 4,194     $ 2,326  
                                 
Stock options granted
    288       193       4,443       3,102  
                                 
Weighted average grant date fair value
  $ 18.49     $ 38.88     $ 29.82     $ 31.67  
                                 
Restricted shares granted
                27       51  
                                 
Weighted average grant date fair value
  $     $     $ 71.67     $ 86.56  
                                 
 
The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Weighted average volatility
    35.85 %     30.17 %     35.85 %     30.67 %
Expected term (in years)
    6.7       6.0       6.3       6.0  
Risk-free rate
    2.96 %     4.75 %     2.96 %     4.53 %
Expected dividends
                       
 
NOTE 7 — MALL SALE
 
The Shoppes at The Palazzo opened on January 18, 2008, with some tenants not yet open and with construction of certain portions of the mall not yet completed. The Company contracted to sell The Shoppes at The Palazzo to GGP pursuant to a purchase and sale agreement dated as of April 12, 2004, as amended (the “Amended Agreement”). The total purchase price to be paid by GGP for The Shoppes at The Palazzo is determined by taking The Shoppes at The Palazzo’s net operating income, as defined in the Amended Agreement, for months 19 through 30 of its operations (assuming that the rent and other periodic payments due from all tenants in month 30 was actually due in each of months 19 through 30, provided that this 12-month period can be delayed if certain conditions are satisfied) divided by a capitalization rate. The capitalization rate is 0.06 for every dollar of net operating income up to $38.0 million and 0.08 for every dollar of net operating income above $38.0 million. On the closing date of the sale, February 29, 2008, GGP made its initial purchase price payment of $290.8 million based on projected net operating income for the first 12 months of operations (only taking into account tenants open for business or paying rent as of February 29, 2008). Pursuant to the Amended Agreement, periodic adjustments to the purchase price (up or down, but never to less than $250.0 million) are to be made based on projected net operating income for the then upcoming 12 months. Subject to adjustments for certain audit and other issues, the final adjustment to the purchase price will be made on the 30-month anniversary of the closing date (or later if certain conditions are satisfied) and will be based on the previously described formula. For all purchase price and purchase price adjustment calculations, “net operating income” will be calculated by using the “accrual” method of


20


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
accounting. Pursuant to the Amended Agreement, the Company received an additional $4.6 million in June 2008, representing the adjustment payment at the fourth month after closing. There was another required purchase price adjustment on October 15, 2008; however, no payment was made by GGP, and GGP and the Company disagree on this adjustment calculation and whether it results in an increase or a decrease (in which case the Company would owe money to GGP) in the purchase price. GGP and the Company are in discussions to attempt to resolve their disagreement. Due to the general downturn in national and local retail, economic and market conditions, there can be no assurance of what the final purchase price will be, although the Company currently believes that it will be in excess of costs incurred in constructing The Shoppes at The Palazzo; however, if circumstances change, the Company may be required to record an impairment charge in the future. Based on GGP’s current financial condition, there can be no assurance that GGP will make its future periodic payments.
 
In the Amended Agreement, the Company agreed to lease certain restaurant and retail space on the casino level of The Palazzo to GGP pursuant to a master lease agreement (the “Master Lease”). Under the Master Lease, which was executed concurrently with, and as a part of, the closing on the sale of The Shoppes at The Palazzo to GGP on February 29, 2008, The Palazzo leased nine restaurant and retail spaces on the casino level of The Palazzo, currently occupied by various tenants, to GGP for 89 years with annual rent of one dollar per year, and GGP assumed the various tenant operating leases for those spaces. Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Master Lease does not qualify as a sale of the real property covered by the Master Lease, which real property was not separately legally demised. Accordingly, $41.8 million of the mall sale transaction has been deferred as prepaid operating lease payments to The Palazzo, which is amortized into income on a straight-line basis over the 89-year lease term. An additional $7.0 million of the total proceeds from the mall sale transaction has been deferred as unearned revenues as of September 30, 2008. This balance will increase as additional purchase price proceeds are received.
 
In addition, the Company agreed with GGP to lease certain spaces located within The Shoppes at The Palazzo for a period of 10 years with total fixed minimum rents of $0.7 million per year, subject to extension options for a period of up to 10 years and automatic increases beginning on the second lease year. Under generally accepted accounting principles, a gain on the sale has not been recorded as the Company has continuing involvement in the transaction related to the completion of construction on the remainder of The Shoppes at The Palazzo, certain activities to be performed on behalf of GGP and the uncertainty of the final sales price, which will be determined in 2010 as previously described. Therefore, $243.9 million of the mall sale transaction has been recorded as deferred proceeds from the sale as of September 30, 2008, which accrues interest at an imputed interest rate offset by (i) imputed rental income and (ii) rent payments made to GGP related to those spaces leased back from GGP. The property sold to GGP will remain as assets of the Company (of which $597.5 million has been capitalized as of September 30, 2008) with depreciation continuing to be recorded until the final sales price determination has been made.
 
NOTE 8 — LAS VEGAS RESTAURANT JOINT VENTURES
 
The Company has entered into various joint venture agreements with independent third parties; whereby these third parties will operate a variety of restaurants in The Venetian Las Vegas and The Palazzo. The operations of these restaurants have been consolidated by the Company in accordance with FASB Interpretation (“FIN”) No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.” The Company evaluates its investments in joint ventures to assess the appropriateness of their consolidation into the Company when events have occurred that would trigger such an analysis.


21


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The joint ventures had total current assets of $5.2 million and fixed assets of $53.6 million as of September 30, 2008. The following is summarized income statement data for our consolidated joint ventures for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 (in thousands):
 
         
Net revenues
  $ 37,458  
Operating expenses
    36,237  
Pre-opening expense
    3,442  
Depreciation and amortization
    3,797  
         
Operating loss
    (6,018 )
Interest expense, net
    (398 )
Noncontrolling interest
    4,481  
         
Net loss
  $ (1,935 )
         
 
NOTE 9 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
As discussed in “— Note 1 — Organization and Business of Company,” the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157 with respect to fair value measurements of (a) nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the Company’s financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually) and (b) all financial assets and liabilities. Under SFAS No. 157, fair value is defined as the exit price, or the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants as of the measurement date. SFAS No. 157 also establishes a valuation hierarchy for inputs in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs (inputs market participants would use based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company) and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs (inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions based upon the best information available in the circumstances) by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs (other than quoted prices) that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the assets or liabilities. Categorization within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
The following table provides the assets carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2008 (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Total Carrying
  Fair Value Measurements at September 30, 2008 Using:
    Value at
  Quoted Market
  Significant Other
  Significant
    September 30,
  Prices in Active
  Observable Inputs
  Unobservable Inputs
    2008   Markets (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
 
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
  $ 706,827     $ 706,827     $     $  
Interest rate caps(2)
  $ 2,932     $     $ 2,932     $  
 
 
(1) The Company has short-term investments classified as cash and cash equivalents as the original maturities are less than 90 days.
 
(2) The Company has twelve interest rate cap agreements with an aggregate fair value of approximately $2.9 million, based on quoted market values from the institutions holding the agreements as of September 30, 2008.
 
NOTE 10 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company is involved in other litigation in addition to those noted below, arising in the normal course of business. Management has made certain estimates for potential litigation costs based upon consultation with legal


22


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
counsel. Actual results could differ from these estimates; however, in the opinion of management, such litigation and claims will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
The Palazzo Construction Litigation
 
Lido Casino Resort, LLC (“Lido”), formerly a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and now merged into Venetian Casino Resort, LLC (“VCR”), and its construction manager, Taylor International Corp. (“Taylor”), filed suit in March 2006 in the United States District Court for the District of Nevada (the “District Court”) against Malcolm Drilling Company, Inc. (“Malcolm”), the contractor on The Palazzo project responsible for completing certain foundation work (the “District Court Case”). Lido and Taylor claim in the District Court Case that Malcolm was in default of its contract for performing defective work, failing to correct defective work, failing to complete its work and causing delay to the project. Malcolm responded by filing a Notice of a Lien with the Clerk of Clark County, Nevada in March 2006 in the amount of approximately $19.0 million (the “Lien”). In April 2006, Lido and Taylor moved in the District Court Case to strike or, in the alternative, to reduce the amount of, the Lien, claiming, among other things, that the Lien was excessive for including claims for disruption and delay, which Lido and Taylor claim are not lienable under Nevada law (the “Lien Motion”). Malcolm responded in April 2006 by filing a complaint against Lido and Taylor in District Court of Clark County, Nevada seeking to foreclose on the Lien against Taylor, claiming breach of contract, a cardinal change in the underlying contract, unjust enrichment against Lido and Taylor and bad faith and fraud against Taylor (the “State Court Case”), and simultaneously filed a motion in the District Court Case, seeking to dismiss the District Court Case on abstention grounds (the “Abstention Motion”). In response, in June 2006, Lido filed a motion to dismiss the State Court Case based on the principle of the “prior pending” District Court Case (the “Motion to Dismiss”). In June 2006, the Abstention Motion was granted in part by the United States District Court, the District Court Case was stayed pending the outcome of the Motion to Dismiss in the State Court Case and the Lien Motion was denied without prejudice. In January 2008, the parties agreed to the dismissal of the District Court Case without prejudice. Prior to agreeing on that dismissal, Lido and Malcolm entered into a stipulation under which Lido withdrew the Motion to Dismiss, and in July 2006 filed a replacement lien motion in the State Court Case. The lien motion in the State Court Case was denied in August 2006 and Lido and Taylor filed a permitted interlocutory notice of appeal to the Supreme Court of Nevada in September 2006. In April 2007, Malcolm filed an Amended Notice of Lien with the Clerk of Clark County, Nevada in the amount of approximately $16.7 million plus interest, costs and attorney’s fees. In August 2007, Malcolm filed a motion for partial summary judgment, seeking the dismissal of the counterclaim filed in the State Court Case by Lido to the extent the claim sought lost profits. After argument, the motion for partial summary judgment was denied without prejudice on October 23, 2007, and a conforming order was entered in December 2007. Argument on the appeal of the denial of the lien motion in the State Court was heard by the Supreme Court in March 2008, but a decision has not yet been issued. In January 2008, Malcolm filed a series of three motions and again sought summary judgment on the counterclaim filed in the State Court Case and VCR, as successor in interest to Lido, and Taylor sought summary judgment on certain of Malcolm’s claims. The motions for summary judgment were all denied without prejudice except that claims of Malcolm totaling approximately $675,000 were dismissed. In May 2008, the Supreme Court vacated the order denying the motion to strike the mechanic’s lien and remanded to the trial court for a decision on the lien during the upcoming trial. The trial commenced in June 2008, was adjourned in early July 2008 and resumed on November 3, 2008. Management has determined that based on proceedings to date, an adverse outcome is not probable. VCR, as successor in interest to Lido, intends to defend itself against the claims pending in the State Court Case.
 
Litigation Relating to Macao Operations
 
On October 15, 2004, Richard Suen and Round Square Company Limited filed an action against LVSC, Las Vegas Sands, Inc. (“LVSI”), Sheldon G. Adelson and William P. Weidner in the District Court of Clark County, Nevada, asserting a breach of an alleged agreement to pay a success fee of $5.0 million and 2.0% of the net profit from the Company’s Macao resort operations to the plaintiffs as well as other related claims. In March 2005, LVSC was dismissed as a party without prejudice based on a stipulation to do so between the parties. On May 17, 2005, the plaintiffs filed their first amended complaint. On February 2, 2006, defendants filed a motion for partial summary


23


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
judgment with respect to plaintiffs’ fraud claims against all the defendants. On March 16, 2006, an order was filed by the court granting defendants’ motion for partial summary judgment. Pursuant to the order filed March 16, 2006, plaintiffs’ fraud claims set forth in the first amended complaint were dismissed with prejudice as against all defendants. The order also dismissed with prejudice the first amended complaint against defendants Sheldon G. Adelson and William P. Weidner. On May 24, 2008, the jury returned a verdict for the plaintiffs in the amount of $43.8 million. On June 30, 2008, a judgment was entered in this matter in the amount of $58.6 million (including pre-judgment interest). The Company has begun the appeals process, including its filings on July 15, 2008, with the trial court of a motion for judgment as a matter of law or in the alternative, a new trial and a motion to strike, alter and/or amend the judgment. The grounds for these motions include (1) insufficient evidence that Suen conferred a benefit on LVSI, (2) the improper admission of testimony, (3) the Court’s refusal to give jury instructions that the law presumes that government officials have performed their duties regularly, and that the law has been obeyed, and (4) jury instructions that improperly permitted the plaintiff to recover for the services of others. These motions were scheduled to be heard on September 29, 2008, but have been postponed to December 8, 2008. If the Company is unsuccessful in obtaining the relief sought from the trial court, it intends to continue to vigorously pursue available appeals. The Company believes that it has valid bases in law and fact to overturn or appeal the verdict. As a result, the Company believes that the likelihood that the amount of the judgment will be affirmed is not probable, and, accordingly, that the amount of any loss cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. Because the Company believes that this potential loss is not probable or estimable, it has not recorded any reserves or contingencies related to this legal matter. In the event that the Company’s assumptions used to evaluate this matter as neither probable nor estimable change in future periods, it may be required to record a liability for an adverse outcome.
 
On January 26, 2006, Clive Basset Jones, Darryl Steven Turok (a/k/a Dax Turok) and Cheong Jose Vai Chi (a/k/a Cliff Cheong), filed an action against LVSC, LVSLLC, Venetian Venture Development, LLC (“Venetian Venture Development”) and various unspecified individuals and companies in the District Court of Clark County, Nevada. The plaintiffs assert breach of an agreement to pay a success fee in an amount equal to 5% of the ownership interest in the entity that owns and operates the Macao gaming subconcession as well as other related claims. In April 2006, LVSC was dismissed as a party without prejudice based on a stipulation to do so between the parties. Discovery has begun in this matter and the case is currently set for trial in late spring or early summer 2009. Management believes that the plaintiff’s case against the Company is without merit. The Company intends to defend this matter vigorously.
 
On February 5, 2007, Asian American Entertainment Corporation, Limited (“AAEC”) filed an action against LVSI, VCR, Venetian Venture Development, William P. Weidner and David Friedman in the United States District Court for the District of Nevada. The plaintiffs assert breach of contract by LVSI, VCR and Venetian Venture Development of an agreement under which AAEC would work to obtain a gaming license in Macao and, if successful, AAEC would jointly operate a casino, hotel and related facilities in Macao with Venetian Venture Development and Venetian Venture Development would receive fees and a minority equity interest in the venture and breach of fiduciary duties by all of the defendants. The plaintiffs have requested an unspecified amount of actual, compensatory and punitive damages, and disgorgement of profits related to our Macao gaming license. The Company filed a motion to dismiss on July 11, 2007. On August 1, 2007, the Court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint against all defendants without prejudice. The plaintiffs have appealed this decision. Management believes that the plaintiff’s case against the Company is without merit. The Company intends to defend this matter vigorously.
 
Singapore Development Project
 
On August 23, 2006, the Company entered into the Development Agreement with the STB, which requires the Company to construct and operate the Marina Bay Sands in accordance with the Company’s proposal for the integrated resort and in accordance with the agreement. The Company is continuing to finalize various design aspects of the integrated resort and is in the process of finalizing its cost estimates for the project. The cost to build the Marina Bay Sands is expected to be in excess of $4.5 billion, which is inclusive of the land premium, taxes and other fees previously paid. As discussed in “— Note 4 — Long-Term Debt — Singapore Related Debt — Singapore Permanent Facilities,” the Company entered into the SGD 5.44 billion (approximately $3.80 billion at


24


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement to fund a significant portion of the construction, operating and other development costs of the Marina Bay Sands.
 
Other Commitments
 
In January 2008, the Company entered into agreements to purchase an additional four ferries at an aggregate cost of approximately $72.0 million to be built for the Company’s Macao operations. As of September 30, 2008, the Company was obligated to make future payments of $52.3 million.
 
NOTE 11 — SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company’s principal operating and developmental activities occur in three geographic areas: Las Vegas, Macao and Singapore. The Company reviews the results of operations for each of its key operating segments: The Venetian Las Vegas, which includes the Sands Expo Center; The Palazzo; Sands Macao; The Venetian Macao; Four Seasons Macao; and Other Asia (comprised primarily of the ferry operations). The Company also reviews construction and development activities for each of its primary projects: The Venetian Las Vegas; The Palazzo; Sands Macao; The Venetian Macao; Four Seasons Macao; Other Asia (comprised of the ferry operations and various other operations that are ancillary to the Company’s properties in Macao); Marina Bay Sands in Singapore; Other Development Projects (on Parcels 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of the Cotai Strip); and Corporate and Other (comprised primarily of the airplanes, St. Regis Residences and Sands Bethlehem). The Venetian Las Vegas and The Palazzo operating segments are managed as a single integrated resort and have been aggregated as one reportable segment, the Las Vegas Operating Properties, considering their similar economic characteristics, types of customers, types of service and products, the regulatory business environment of the operations within each segment and the Company’s organizational and management reporting structure. The information as of December 31, 2007, and


25


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2007, has been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The Company’s segment information is as follows (in thousands):
 
                                 
    Three Months Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Net Revenues
                               
Las Vegas Operating Properties
  $ 307,965     $ 212,103     $ 1,007,942     $ 725,459  
Macao:
                               
Sands Macao
    248,444       298,756       784,943       1,026,544  
The Venetian Macao
    522,409       150,091       1,471,823       150,091  
Four Seasons Macao
    20,303             20,303        
Other Asia
    6,313             11,560        
                                 
Total net revenues
  $ 1,105,434     $ 660,950     $ 3,296,571     $ 1,902,094  
                                 
Adjusted EBITDAR(1)
                               
Las Vegas Operating Properties
  $ 73,316     $ 60,183     $ 302,497     $ 255,506  
Macao:
                               
Sands Macao
    42,591       77,574       162,283       296,463  
The Venetian Macao
    135,737       26,520       386,227       26,520  
Four Seasons Macao
    2,963             2,963        
Other Asia
    (10,848 )           (34,086 )      
                                 
Total adjusted EBITDAR
    243,759       164,277       819,884       578,489  
                                 
Other Operating Costs and Expenses
                               
Stock-based compensation expense
    (9,615 )     (4,827 )     (25,036 )     (10,007 )
Corporate expense
    (23,390 )     (23,444 )     (82,529 )     (66,657 )
Rental expense
    (8,437 )     (8,136 )     (25,573 )     (23,141 )
Pre-opening expense
    (40,777 )     (90,447 )     (105,470 )     (153,224 )
Development expense
    (1,153 )     (3,621 )     (11,504 )     (7,227 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (132,239 )     (54,309 )     (364,753 )     (121,262 )
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
    47       (287 )     (6,977 )     (526 )
                                 
Operating income (loss)
    28,195       (20,794 )     198,042       196,445  
Other Non-Operating Costs and Expenses
                               
Interest income
    3,215       26,890       11,813       60,906  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (90,535 )     (72,607 )     (293,709 )     (161,628 )
Other income
    7,209       17,052       11,624       7,715  
Loss on early retirement of debt
                (4,022 )     (10,705 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    19,425       952       19,533       (15,928 )
Noncontrolling interest
    283             4,481        
                                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (32,208 )   $ (48,507 )   $ (52,238 )   $ 76,805  
                                 
 
 
(1) Adjusted EBITDAR is net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, pre-opening expense, development expense, other income, loss on early retirement of debt, (gain) loss on disposal of assets, rental expense, corporate expense, stock-based compensation expense included in general and administrative expense, and noncontrolling interest. Adjusted EBITDAR is used by management as the primary measure of operating performance of the Company’s properties and to compare the operating performance of the Company’s properties with those of its competitors.
 


26


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended,
 
    September 30,  
    2008     2007  
 
Capital Expenditures
               
Corporate and Other
  $ 269,260     $ 96,161  
Las Vegas Operating Properties
    543,162       905,437  
Macao:
               
Sands Macao
    30,192       86,503  
The Venetian Macao
    109,114       883,427  
Four Seasons Macao
    471,955       128,023  
Other Asia
    58,021       97,341  
Other Development Projects
    851,929       306,242  
Singapore
    574,763       218,933  
                 
Total capital expenditures
  $ 2,908,396     $ 2,722,067  
                 
 
                 
    September 30,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2007  
 
Total Assets
               
Corporate and Other
  $ 653,301     $ 447,556  
Las Vegas Operating Properties
    5,135,133       4,139,040  
Macao:
               
Sands Macao
    603,731       550,479  
The Venetian Macao
    3,137,546       3,158,091  
Four Seasons Macao
    872,563       391,506  
Other Asia
    368,244       218,419  
Other Development Projects
    1,839,197       645,138  
Singapore
    2,149,697       1,916,288  
                 
Total assets
  $ 14,759,412     $ 11,466,517  
                 
 
NOTE 12 — CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
LVSC is the obligor of the 6.375% Senior Notes (the “Senior Notes”) due 2015, issued on February 10, 2005. LVSLLC, VCR, Mall Intermediate Holding Company, LLC, Venetian Venture Development, Venetian Transport, LLC, Venetian Marketing, Inc., Lido Intermediate Holding Company, LLC and Lido Casino Resort Holding Company, LLC (collectively, the “Original Guarantors”), have jointly and severally guaranteed the Senior Notes on a full and unconditional basis. Effective May 23, 2007, in conjunction with entering into the New Senior Secured Credit Facility, LVSC, the Original Guarantors and the trustee entered into a supplemental indenture related to the Senior Notes, whereby the following subsidiaries were added as full and unconditional guarantors on a joint and several basis: Interface Group-Nevada Inc., Palazzo Condo Tower, LLC, Sands Pennsylvania, Inc., Phase II Mall Holding, LLC and Phase II Mall Subsidiary, LLC (collectively with the Original Guarantors, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). On February 29, 2008, all of the capital stock of Phase II Mall Subsidiary, LLC was sold to GGP and in connection therewith, it was released as a guarantor under the Senior Notes. As described in “— Note 7 — Mall Sale,” the sale of The Shoppes at The Palazzo is not complete from an accounting perspective due to the Company’s continuing involvement in the transaction related to the completion of construction on the remainder of The Shoppes at The Palazzo, certain activities to be performed on behalf of GGP and the uncertainty of the final sales price. Certain of the assets, liabilities, operating results and cash flows related to the ownership and operation of the mall by Phase II Subsidiary, LLC subsequent to the sale will continue to be accounted for by the Guarantor

27


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Subsidiaries until the final sales price has been determined, and therefore are included in the “Guarantor Subsidiaries” columns in the following condensed consolidating financial information. As a result, net assets of $350.9 million (consisting of $597.5 million of fixed assets, offset by $246.6 million of liabilities consisting primarily of deferred proceeds from the sale) and capital expenditures of $194.7 million as of September 30, 2008 and a net loss of $4.0 million and $9.1 million (consisting primarily of depreciation expense) for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008, respectively, related to the mall and are being accounted for by the Guarantor Subsidiaries; however, these balances and amounts are not collateral for the Senior Notes and should not be considered as credit support for the guarantees of the Senior Notes.
 
As a result of the supplemental indenture related to the Senior Notes and the sale of the Phase II Mall Subsidiary, LLC, there has been a change in the group of subsidiaries that are the Guarantor Subsidiaries. Accordingly, the Company has reclassified prior periods to conform to the current presentation of the Guarantor Subsidiaries.


28


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The condensed consolidating financial information of LVSC, the Guarantor Subsidiaries and the non-guarantor subsidiaries on a combined basis as of September 30, 2008 and December 31, 2007, and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, is as follows (in thousands):
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
September 30, 2008
 
                                         
                      Consolidating/
       
    Las Vegas
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Eliminating
       
    Sands Corp.     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Entries     Total  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4,660     $ 743,844     $ 527,471     $     $ 1,275,975  
Restricted cash
          4,683       234,461             239,144  
Intercompany receivables
    24,104       2,731       9,312       (36,147 )      
Accounts receivable, net
    2,173       126,743       207,519       (3,259 )     333,176  
Inventories
    970       13,475       12,839             27,284  
Deferred income taxes
    19,061       61,826       2,984             83,871  
Prepaid expenses and other
    3,968       7,784       26,088       (315 )     37,525  
                                         
Total current assets
    54,936       961,086       1,020,674       (39,721 )     1,996,975  
Property and equipment, net
    164,231       4,122,202       6,989,188             11,275,621  
Investment in subsidiaries
    2,747,277       1,609,607             (4,356,884 )      
Deferred financing costs, net
    6,339       50,234       115,613             172,186  
Intercompany receivables
    79,129       1,196,062             (1,275,191 )      
Intercompany notes receivable
    74,119       93,876             (167,995 )      
Deferred income taxes
    5,707       1,667       172       (5,725 )     1,821  
Leasehold interests in land, net
                1,077,487             1,077,487  
Other assets, net
    3,152       32,533       199,637             235,322  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 3,134,890     $ 8,067,267     $ 9,402,771     $ (5,845,516 )   $ 14,759,412  
                                         
Accounts payable
  $ 8,545     $ 46,152     $ 44,907     $ (3,259 )   $ 96,345  
Construction payables
          112,493       721,349             833,842  
Intercompany payables
    2,731       9,312       24,104       (36,147 )      
Accrued interest payable
    2,230       1,893       9,182             13,305  
Other accrued liabilities
    6,197       186,386       486,593             679,176  
Income taxes payable
                315       (315 )      
Current maturities of long-term debt
    3,688       57,399       38,227             99,314  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    23,391       413,635       1,324,677       (39,721 )     1,721,982  
Other long-term liabilities
    26,536       9,999       10,538             47,073  
Deferred income taxes
          12,870             (5,725 )     7,145  
Deferred amounts related to mall transactions
          453,725                   453,725  
Intercompany payables
                1,275,191       (1,275,191 )      
Intercompany notes payable
                167,995       (167,995 )      
Long-term debt
    806,582       4,429,761       5,014,763             10,251,106  
                                         
Total liabilities
    856,509       5,319,990       7,793,164       (1,488,632 )     12,481,031  
                                         
Stockholders’ equity
    2,278,381       2,747,277       1,609,607       (4,356,884 )     2,278,381  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 3,134,890     $ 8,067,267     $ 9,402,771     $ (5,845,516 )   $ 14,759,412  
                                         


29


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets
December 31, 2007
 
                                         
                      Consolidating/
       
    Las Vegas
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Eliminating
       
    Sands Corp.     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Entries     Total  
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 73,489     $ 129,684     $ 653,977     $     $ 857,150  
Restricted cash
          5,088       227,856             232,944  
Intercompany receivables
    195,675       520,761             (716,436 )      
Accounts receivable, net
    1,995       113,638       71,562             187,195  
Inventories
    132       10,086       9,684             19,902  
Deferred income taxes
    1,368       11,879       19,224             32,471  
Prepaid expenses and other
    19,960       15,792       14,004       (332 )     49,424  
                                         
Total current assets
    292,619       806,928       996,307       (716,768 )     1,379,086  
Property and equipment, net
    160,524       3,360,340       5,053,750             8,574,614  
Investment in subsidiaries
    2,105,436       1,516,585             (3,622,021 )      
Deferred financing costs, net
    1,556       58,584       47,198             107,338  
Restricted cash
                178,824             178,824  
Intercompany notes receivable
    73,562       55,992             (129,554 )      
Deferred income taxes
                1,581       (1,581 )      
Leasehold interests in land, net
                1,069,609             1,069,609  
Other assets, net
    116       26,885       130,045             157,046  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 2,633,813     $ 5,825,314     $ 7,477,314     $ (4,469,924 )   $ 11,466,517  
                                         
Accounts payable
  $ 4,881     $ 49,020     $ 45,122     $     $ 99,023  
Construction payables
          151,238       566,303             717,541  
Intercompany payables
          108,707       607,729       (716,436 )      
Accrued interest payable
    6,350       3,289       1,826             11,465  
Other accrued liabilities
    8,141       186,985       415,785             610,911  
Income taxes payable
                332       (332 )      
Current maturities of long-term debt
    3,688       36,141       14,504             54,333  
                                         
Total current liabilities
    23,060       535,380       1,651,601       (716,768 )     1,493,273  
Other long-term liabilities
    15,532       7,114       6,028             28,674  
Deferred income taxes
    770       2,364             (1,581 )     1,553  
Deferred amounts related to mall transactions
          164,746                   164,746  
Intercompany notes payable
                129,554       (129,554 )      
Long-term debt
    334,177       3,010,274       4,173,546             7,517,997  
                                         
Total liabilities
    373,539       3,719,878       5,960,729       (847,903 )     9,206,243  
                                         
Stockholders’ equity
    2,260,274       2,105,436       1,516,585       (3,622,021 )     2,260,274  
                                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,633,813     $ 5,825,314     $ 7,477,314     $ (4,469,924 )   $ 11,466,517  
                                         


30


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2008
 
                                         
                      Consolidating/
       
    Las Vegas
    Guarantor
    Non-Guarantor
    Eliminating
       
    Sands Corp.     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Entries     Total  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Casino
  $     $ 113,175     $ 692,083     $     $ 805,258  
Rooms
          130,487       58,307             188,794  
Food and beverage
          46,067       44,958             91,025  
Convention, retail and other
          45,768       79,262       (1,797 )     123,233  
                                         
            335,497       874,610       (1,797 )     1,208,310  
Less-promotional allowances
    (224 )     (44,115 )     (57,780 )     (757 )     (102,876 )
                                         
Net revenues
    (224 )     291,382       816,830       (2,554 )     1,105,434  
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Casino
          80,057       501,309       (611 )     580,755  
Rooms
          29,093       7,343             36,436  
Food and beverage
          20,933       26,856       (1,754 )     46,035  
Convention, retail and other
          19,936       49,077             69,013  
Provision for doubtful accounts
          4,799       4,060             8,859  
General and administrative
          68,486       61,895       (189 )     130,192  
Corporate expense
    13,537       90       9,763             23,390  
Rental expense
          1,746       6,691             8,437  
Pre-opening expense
    595       1,637       38,545             40,777  
Development expense
    (343 )           1,496             1,153  
Depreciation and amortization
    2,633       58,460       71,146             132,239  
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
          (63 )     16             (47 )
                                         
      16,422       285,174       778,197       (2,554 )     1,077,239  
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (16,646 )     6,208       38,633             28,195  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    1,274       2,486       1,807       (2,352 )     3,215  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (6,836 )     (50,424 )     (35,627 )     2,352       (90,535 )
Other income (expense)
          (873 )     8,082             7,209  
Income (loss) from equity investment in subsidiaries
    (12,200 )     13,519             (1,319 )      
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (34,408 )     (29,084 )     12,895       (1,319 )     (51,916 )
Benefit for income taxes
    2,200       16,884       341             19,425  
Noncontrolling interest
                283             283  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (32,208 )   $ (12,200 )   $ 13,519     $ (1,319 )   $ (32,208 )
                                         


31


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Three Months Ended September 30, 2007
 
                                         
                Non-
    Consolidating/
       
    Las Vegas
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
    Eliminating
       
    Sands Corp.     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Entries     Total  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Casino
  $     $ 83,094     $ 425,428     $     $ 508,522  
Rooms
          83,027       13,691             96,718  
Food and beverage
          27,300       22,915       (183 )     50,032  
Convention, retail and other
    12,924       28,309       11,300       (13,475 )     39,058  
                                         
      12,924       221,730       473,334       (13,658 )     694,330  
Less-promotional allowances
    (211 )     (18,674 )     (14,495 )           (33,380 )
                                         
Net revenues
    12,713       203,056       458,839       (13,658 )     660,950  
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Casino
          46,487       295,625       (137 )     341,975  
Rooms
          20,524       3,050             23,574  
Food and beverage
          15,129       13,908       (552 )     28,485  
Convention, retail and other
          15,180       7,759             22,939  
Provision for doubtful accounts
          3,298       985             4,283  
General and administrative
          58,070       35,143       (12,969 )     80,244  
Corporate expense
    23,225       82       137             23,444  
Rental expense
          1,881       6,255             8,136  
Pre-opening expense
    2,272       3,720       84,455             90,447  
Development expense
    2,731             890             3,621  
Depreciation and amortization
    1,894       25,213       27,202             54,309  
Gain (loss) on disposal of assets
          (32 )     319             287  
                                         
      30,122       189,552       475,728       (13,658 )     681,744  
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (17,409 )     13,504       (16,889 )           (20,794 )
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    2,602       16,622       9,464       (1,798 )     26,890  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (5,730 )     (36,475 )     (32,200 )     1,798       (72,607 )
Other income (expense)
          (601 )     17,653             17,052  
Loss from equity investment in subsidiaries
    (24,751 )     (20,174 )           44,925        
                                         
Loss before income taxes
    (45,288 )     (27,124 )     (21,972 )     44,925       (49,459 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    (3,219 )     2,373       1,798             952  
                                         
Net loss
  $ (48,507 )   $ (24,751 )   $ (20,174 )   $ 44,925     $ (48,507 )
                                         


32


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008
 
                                         
                Non-
    Consolidating/
       
    Las Vegas
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
    Eliminating
       
    Sands Corp.     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Entries     Total  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Casino
  $     $ 387,495     $ 2,017,478     $     $ 2,404,973  
Rooms
          409,153       166,019             575,172  
Food and beverage
          145,428       126,887             272,315  
Convention, retail and other
          133,290       162,198       (4,697 )     290,791  
                                         
            1,075,366       2,472,582       (4,697 )     3,543,251  
Less-promotional allowances
    (1,437 )     (105,516 )     (137,645 )     (2,082 )     (246,680 )
                                         
Net revenues
    (1,437 )     969,850       2,334,937       (6,779 )     3,296,571  
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Casino
          235,777       1,405,858       (1,786 )     1,639,849  
Rooms
          93,371       23,292             116,663  
Food and beverage
          67,178       73,873       (4,473 )     136,578  
Convention, retail and other
          61,831       102,791             164,622  
Provision for doubtful accounts
          17,948       5,012             22,960  
General and administrative
          203,428       218,143       (520 )     421,051  
Corporate expense
    67,913       562       14,054             82,529  
Rental expense
          5,591       19,982             25,573  
Pre-opening expense
    2,716       7,827       94,927             105,470  
Development expense
    1,621             9,883             11,504  
Depreciation and amortization
    7,230       160,517       197,006             364,753  
Loss on disposal of assets
          5,915       1,062             6,977  
                                         
      79,480       859,945       2,165,883       (6,779 )     3,098,529  
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (80,917 )     109,905       169,054             198,042  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    3,995       7,485       6,200       (5,867 )     11,813  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (15,389 )     (150,953 )     (133,234 )     5,867       (293,709 )
Other income (expense)
    (39 )     (1,305 )     12,968             11,624  
Loss on early retirement of debt
                (4,022 )           (4,022 )
Income from equity investment in subsidiaries
    41,848       57,759             (99,607 )      
                                         
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (50,502 )     22,891       50,966       (99,607 )     (76,252 )
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    (1,736 )     18,957       2,312             19,533  
Noncontrolling interest
                4,481             4,481  
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ (52,238 )   $ 41,848     $ 57,759     $ (99,607 )   $ (52,238 )
                                         


33


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007
 
                                         
                Non-
    Consolidating/
       
    Las Vegas
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
    Eliminating
       
    Sands Corp.     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Entries     Total  
 
Revenues:
                                       
Casino
  $     $ 288,125     $ 1,145,010     $     $ 1,433,135  
Rooms
          272,381       17,207             289,588  
Food and beverage
          105,057       57,451       (379 )     162,129  
Convention, retail and other
    38,909       100,018       14,566       (40,096 )     113,397  
                                         
      38,909       765,581       1,234,234       (40,475 )     1,998,249  
Less-promotional allowances
    (658 )     (55,241 )     (40,256 )           (96,155 )
                                         
Net revenues
    38,251       710,340       1,193,978       (40,475 )     1,902,094  
                                         
Operating expenses:
                                       
Casino
          142,619       762,105       (284 )     904,440  
Rooms
          63,985       3,234             67,219  
Food and beverage
          52,983       27,216       (1,188 )     79,011  
Convention, retail and other
          50,068       9,443             59,511  
Provision for doubtful accounts
          23,643       873             24,516  
General and administrative
          167,408       70,510       (39,003 )     198,915  
Corporate expense
    66,119       229       309             66,657  
Rental expense
          6,158       16,983             23,141  
Pre-opening expense
    2,272       6,366       144,586             153,224  
Development expense
    4,237             2,990             7,227  
Depreciation and amortization
    4,494       66,901       49,867             121,262  
Loss on disposal of assets
          158       368             526  
                                         
      77,122       580,518       1,088,484       (40,475 )     1,705,649  
                                         
Operating income (loss)
    (38,871 )     129,822       105,494             196,445  
Other income (expense):
                                       
Interest income
    7,127       35,074       23,983       (5,278 )     60,906  
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
    (13,258 )     (83,344 )     (70,304 )     5,278       (161,628 )
Other income (expense)
    (6 )     (727 )     8,448             7,715  
Loss on early retirement of debt
          (10,332 )     (373 )           (10,705 )
Income from equity investment in subsidiaries
    115,766       70,011             (185,777 )      
                                         
Income before income taxes
    70,758       140,504       67,248       (185,777 )     92,733  
Benefit (provision) for income taxes
    6,047       (24,738 )     2,763             (15,928 )
                                         
Net income
  $ 76,805     $ 115,766     $ 70,011     $ (185,777 )   $ 76,805  
                                         


34


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008
 
                                         
                Non-
    Consolidating/
       
    Las Vegas
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
    Eliminating
       
    Sands Corp.     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Entries     Total  
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 9,241     $ 71,747     $ 136,155     $     $ 217,143  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Change in restricted cash
          405       173,892             174,297  
Capital expenditures
    (10,937 )     (555,589 )     (2,341,870 )           (2,908,396 )
Intercompany notes receivable to non-guarantor subsidiaries
          (35,317 )           35,317        
Intercompany receivables to Guarantor Subsidiaries
    (35,000 )                 35,000        
Intercompany receivables to non-guarantor subsidiaries
    (25,000 )     (1,094,467 )           1,119,467        
Repayment of receivables from Guarantor Subsidiaries
    92,108                   (92,108 )      
Repayment of receivables from non-guarantor subsidiaries
          34,018             (34,018 )      
Capital contributions to subsidiaries
    (575,000 )     (9,201 )           584,201        
                                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (553,829 )     (1,660,151 )     (2,167,978 )     1,647,859       (2,734,099 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    6,833                         6,833  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
    1,626                         1,626  
Capital contributions received
          575,000       9,201       (584,201 )      
Borrowings from Las Vegas Sands Corp. 
          35,000       25,000       (60,000 )      
Borrowings from Guarantor Subsidiaries
                1,129,784       (1,129,784 )      
Repayments on borrowings from Las Vegas Sands Corp. 
          (92,108 )           92,108        
Repayments on borrowings from Guarantor Subsidiaries
                (34,018 )     34,018        
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes from a related party
    475,000                         475,000  
Proceeds from Singapore permanent facility
                1,558,091             1,558,091  
Proceeds from new senior secured credit facility-delayed draw I
          600,000                   600,000  
Proceeds from new senior secured credit facility-revolving
          1,075,860                   1,075,860  
Proceeds from Macao credit facility
                442,732             442,732  
Proceeds from ferry financing
                176,739             176,739  
Proceeds from FF&E financings and other long-term debt
          105,584       43,314             148,898  
Repayments on Singapore bridge facility
                (1,329,737 )           (1,329,737 )
Repayments on new senior secured credit facility-revolving
          (300,000 )                 (300,000 )
Repayments on new senior secured credit facility-term B
          (24,000 )                 (24,000 )
Repayments on FF&E financings and other long-term debt
          (16,700 )     (39,896 )           (56,596 )
Repayments on airplane financings
    (2,765 )                       (2,765 )
Proceeds from the sale of The Shoppes at The Palazzo
          243,928                   243,928  
Payments of deferred financing costs
    (4,935 )           (87,612 )           (92,547 )
                                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    475,759       2,202,564       1,893,598       (1,647,859 )     2,924,062  
                                         
Effect of exchange rate on cash
                11,719             11,719  
                                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (68,829 )     614,160       (126,506 )           418,825  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    73,489       129,684       653,977             857,150  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 4,660     $ 743,844     $ 527,471     $     $ 1,275,975  
                                         


35


Table of Contents

 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007
 
                                         
                Non-
    Consolidating/
       
    Las Vegas
    Guarantor
    Guarantor
    Eliminating
       
    Sands Corp.     Subsidiaries     Subsidiaries     Entries     Total  
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (104,696 )   $ (168,614 )   $ 492,553     $     $ 219,243  
                                         
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Change in restricted cash
    50,076       410,703       233,903             694,682  
Capital expenditures
    (82,095 )     (733,507 )     (1,906,465 )           (2,722,067 )
Acquisition of gaming license included in other assets
                (50,000 )           (50,000 )
Intercompany receivable to Guarantor Subsidiaries
    (79,902 )                 79,902        
Intercompany receivable to non-guarantor subsidiaries
    (32,068 )     (78,990 )           111,058        
Repayment of receivable from Guarantor Subsidiaries
    65,974                   (65,974 )      
Repayment of receivable from non-guarantor subsidiaries
    125,464       58,521             (183,985 )      
Capital contributions to subsidiaries
          (704 )           704        
                                         
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    47,449       (343,977 )     (1,722,562 )     (58,295 )     (2,077,385 )
                                         
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    23,862                         23,862  
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation
    5,865                         5,865  
Capital contributions received
                704       (704 )      
Borrowings from Las Vegas Sands Corp. 
          79,902       32,068       (111,970 )      
Borrowings from Guarantor Subsidiaries
                78,990       (78,990 )      
Repayment on borrowings from Las Vegas Sands Corp. 
          (65,974 )     (125,464 )     191,438        
Repayment on borrowings from Guarantor Subsidiaries
                (58,521 )     58,521        
Proceeds from Macao credit facility
                1,300,000             1,300,000  
Proceeds from Singapore credit facility
                332,002             332,002  
Proceeds from new senior secured credit facility-term B
          3,000,000                   3,000,000  
Proceeds from senior secured credit facility-revolving
          62,000                   62,000  
Proceeds from airplane financings
    92,250                         92,250  
Proceeds from The Shoppes at The Palazzo construction loan
                52,000             52,000  
Proceeds from FF&E credit facility and other long-term debt
          23,834       13,415             37,249  
Repayments on senior secured credit facility-term B and term B delayed
          (1,170,000 )                 (1,170,000 )
Repayment on senior secured credit facility-revolving
          (322,128 )                 (322,128 )
Repayment on The Shoppes at The Palazzo construction loan
                (166,500 )           (166,500 )
Repayments on airplane financings
    (1,844 )                       (1,844 )
Repayments on the Sands Expo Center mortgage loan
          (90,868 )                 (90,868 )
Repayment on new senior secured credit facility-term B
          (7,500 )                 (7,500 )
Repayments on other long-term debt
          (7,335 )     (14 )           (7,349 )
Payments of deferred financing costs
    (575 )     (54,824 )     (16,779 )           (72,178 )
                                         
Net cash provided by financing activities
    119,558       1,447,107       1,441,901       58,295       3,066,861  
                                         
Effect of foreign exchange rate on cash
                2,862             2,862  
                                         
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
    62,311       934,516       214,754             1,211,581  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    69,100       94,146       304,820             468,066  
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 131,411     $ 1,028,662     $ 519,574     $     $ 1,679,647  
                                         


36


Table of Contents

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
ITEM 2 — MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the condensed consolidated financial statements, and the notes thereto and other financial information included in this Form 10-Q. Certain statements in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” are forward-looking statements. See “— Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
 
Operations
 
We view each of our casino properties as an operating segment. The Venetian Resort Hotel Casino (“The Venetian Las Vegas”) and The Palazzo Resort Hotel Casino (“The Palazzo”) operating segments are managed as a single integrated resort and have been aggregated into our Las Vegas Operating Properties, considering their similar economic characteristics, types of customers, types of service and products, the regulatory business environment of the operations within each segment and the Company’s organizational and management reporting structure. Our Macao operating segments consist of the Sands Macao, The Venetian Macao Resort Hotel (“The Venetian Macao”), the Four Seasons Hotel Macao (the “Four Seasons Macao”) and other ancillary operations in that region (“Other Asia”).
 
Las Vegas
 
Our Las Vegas Operating Properties, situated on or near the Las Vegas Strip, consist of The Venetian Las Vegas, a Renaissance Venice-themed resort; The Palazzo, a resort featuring modern European ambience and design reminiscent of Italian affluent living; and an expo and convention center of approximately 1.2 million square feet (the “Sands Expo Center”). With the opening of The Palazzo in December 2007, our Las Vegas Operating Properties represent the world’s largest integrated resort with approximately 7,100 suites and approximately 225,000 square feet of gaming space. Our Las Vegas Operating Properties also feature a meeting and conference facility of approximately 1.1 million square feet; Canyon Ranch SpaClub facilities; Paiza Club tm offering services and amenities to premium customers, including luxurious VIP suites, spa facilities and private VIP gaming room facilities; an entertainment center; an enclosed retail, dining and entertainment complex located within The Venetian Las Vegas of approximately 440,000 net leasable square feet (“The Grand Canal Shoppes”), which was sold to General Growth Partners (“GGP”) in 2004; and an enclosed retail and dining complex located within The Palazzo of approximately 400,000 net leasable square feet (“The Shoppes at The Palazzo”), which was sold to GGP on February 29, 2008.
 
We have received proceeds of $295.4 million from the sale of The Shoppes at The Palazzo as of September 30, 2008. This purchase price will be periodically adjusted after closing with a final adjustment based on net operating income of The Shoppes at The Palazzo for months 19 through 30 (see “Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 7 — Mall Sale”). Due to the general downturn in national and local retail, economic and market conditions, there can be no assurance of what the final purchase price will be, although we currently believe that it will be in excess of costs incurred in constructing The Shoppes at The Palazzo; however, if circumstances change, we may be required to record an impairment charge in the future. Based on GGP’s current financial condition, there can be no assurance that GGP will make its future periodic payments.
 
Approximately 65.3% and 63.1% of gross revenue at our Las Vegas Operating Properties for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, was derived from room revenues, food and beverage services, and other non-gaming sources, and 34.7% and 36.9%, respectively, was derived from gaming activities. The percentage of non-gaming revenue reflects the integrated resort’s emphasis on the group convention and trade show business and the resulting high occupancy and room rates throughout the week, including during mid-week periods.
 
Macao
 
We own and operate the Sands Macao, the first Las Vegas-style casino in Macao, pursuant to a 20-year gaming subconcession. The Sands Macao includes approximately 229,000 square feet of gaming space; a 289-suite hotel tower; several restaurants; a spacious Paiza Club; a theater; and other high-end services and amenities. Approximately 92.4% and 95.4% of the gross revenue at the Sands Macao for the nine months ended September 30, 2008


37


Table of Contents

and 2007, respectively, was derived from gaming activities, with the remainder primarily derived from room revenues and food and beverage services.
 
On August 28, 2007, we opened The Venetian Macao, the anchor property of our master-planned development of integrated resort properties that we refer to as the Cotai Strip tm in Macao. The Venetian Macao, with a theme similar to that of The Venetian Las Vegas, features a 39-floor luxury hotel tower with over 2,900 suites; a casino floor of approximately 550,000 square feet; approximately 1.0 million square feet of retail and dining offerings; a convention center and meeting room complex of approximately 1.2 million square feet; an approximately 15,000-seat arena that has hosted a wide range of entertainment and sporting events; and an 1,800-seat theater that features an original production from Cirque du Soleil. Approximately 79.7% and 85.2% of the gross revenue at The Venetian Macao for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and the period ending September 30, 2007, respectively, was derived from gaming activities, with the remainder derived from room revenues, food and beverage services, and other non-gaming sources.
 
On August 28, 2008, the Company opened the Four Seasons Hotel Macao (the “Four Seasons Macao”) which is adjacent to The Venetian Macao. The Four Seasons Macao, features 360 rooms and suites managed by Four Seasons Inc.; approximately 70,000 square feet of gaming space; several food and beverage offerings; conference and banquet facilities; and retail space of approximately 211,000 square feet, which is connected to the mall at The Venetian Macao. The property will also feature 19 Paiza mansions and the Four Seasons Private Apartments Macao, Cotai Strip TM (the “Four Seasons Private Apartments”) consisting of approximately 1.0 million square feet of Four Seasons-serviced and -branded luxury apartment hotel units, which are currently expected to open in spring 2009. Approximately 69.1% of the gross revenue at the Four Seasons Macao for the period ended September 30, 2008, was derived from gaming activities, with the remainder primarily derived from retail and other non-gaming sources.
 
Development Projects
 
Given current conditions in the capital markets and the global economy and their impact on our ongoing operations, we have chosen to temporarily or indefinitely suspend portions of our development projects and will focus our development efforts on those projects with the highest rates of expected return on invested capital given the liquidity and capital resources available to us today. The continuing development plan, as outlined in further detail below, is dependent on our raising additional capital. If we are unable to raise additional capital in the near term, we would need to consider suspending portions, if not all, of our remaining global development projects.
 
United States Development Projects
 
St. Regis Residences
 
We have been constructing a St. Regis-branded high-rise residential condominium tower, the St. Regis Residences at The Venetian Palazzo (the “St. Regis Residences”), which is situated between The Palazzo and The Venetian Las Vegas on the Las Vegas Strip and is expected to feature approximately 400 luxury residences. On November 10, 2008, we announced the indefinite suspension of our construction activities for the project due to difficulties in the capital markets, reduced demand for Las Vegas Strip condominiums and the overall decline in general economic conditions. We will consider recommencing construction when these conditions improve and expect that it will take approximately 18 months from when construction recommences to complete the project. The cost to build the St. Regis Residences was expected to be approximately $600 million; however, the impact of the suspension on the estimated overall cost to build is currently not determinable. As of September 30, 2008, we have spent $86.0 million in construction costs and branding-related payments. The estimated cost to prepare the site for delay and to complete construction of the podium portion (which is part of The Shoppes at The Palazzo and includes already leased retail and entertainment space), which activities are expected to be completed during the first quarter of 2009, is approximately $95 million.
 
Sands Bethlehem
 
In August 2007, our indirect majority-owned subsidiary, Sands Bethworks Gaming LLC (“Sands Bethworks Gaming”), was issued a Pennsylvania gaming license by the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board. We are in the process of developing a gaming, hotel, retail and dining complex called Sands Casino Resort Bethlehem (“Sands Bethlehem”), located on the site of the Historic Bethlehem Steel Works in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, which is approximately 70 miles from midtown Manhattan, New York. Sands Bethlehem is also expected to be home to the


38


Table of Contents

National Museum of Industrial History, an arts and cultural center, and the broadcast home of the local PBS affiliate. We own 86% of the economic interest of the gaming, hotel and entertainment portion of the property through our ownership interest in Sands Bethworks Gaming and more than 35% of the economic interest of Sands Bethworks Retail, LLC (“Sands Bethworks Retail”), the owner of the retail portion of Sands Bethlehem. Bethworks Now, LLC, our joint venture partner, contributed the land on which Sands Bethlehem is being developed to Sands Bethworks Gaming and Sands Bethworks Retail in September 2008.
 
On November 10, 2008, we announced suspension of construction of a portion of Sands Bethlehem due to difficulties in the capital markets and the overall decline in general economic conditions. We will continue construction of the casino component of the 124-acre development, which will open with 3,000 slot machines (increasing to 5,000 six months after the opening date) and a variety of dining options, as well as the parking garage and surface parking. Construction activities on the remaining components, which include a 300-room hotel, an approximate 200,000-square-foot retail facility, a 50,000-square-foot multipurpose event center and a variety of additional dining options, have been suspended until capital markets and general economic conditions improve. The cost to build Sands Bethlehem was expected to be approximately $600 million (excluding furniture, fixtures and equipment (“FF&E”), pre-opening and other costs), of which $236.9 million had been spent as of September 30, 2008. We have spent an additional $79.5 million on other costs related to the project, which includes the gaming license and pre-opening and other costs, as of September 30, 2008. We expect to incur an additional $282 million to complete construction of the casino and parking components, and to prepare the additional components for delay, which are expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2009. We also expect to incur $145 million of additional costs to open the casino component, including FF&E, pre-opening and other costs. The estimated cost to build the remaining components of the project is currently not determinable.
 
Macao Development Projects
 
We have submitted plans to the Macao government for our Cotai Strip developments, which represent five integrated resort developments, in addition to The Venetian Macao and the Four Seasons Macao on an area of approximately 200 acres (which we refer to as parcels 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8). The developments are expected to include hotels, exhibition and conference facilities, casinos, showrooms, shopping malls, spas, restaurants, entertainment facilities and other amenities. We have commenced construction or pre-construction for these five parcels and plan to own and operate all of the casinos in these developments under our Macao gaming subconcession. In addition, we are completing the development of some public areas surrounding our Cotai Strip properties on behalf of the Macao government. We intend to develop our other Cotai Strip properties as follows:
 
  •  Parcels 5 and 6 are intended to include multi-hotel complexes with a total of approximately 6,400 luxury and mid-scale hotel rooms, a casino, a shopping mall and approximately 320 serviced luxury apartment hotel units. We will own the entire development and have entered into management agreements with Shangri-La Hotels and Resorts to manage two hotels under its Shangri-La and Traders brands, and Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide (“Starwood”) to manage hotels under its Sheraton brand and a hotel and serviced luxury apartment hotel under its St. Regis brand. On November 10, 2008, we announced our revised development plan to sequence the construction of the project due to difficulties in the capital markets and the overall decline in general economic conditions. Phase I of the project which includes the Shangri-La and Traders tower and the first Sheraton tower, along with the podium that encompasses the casino, associated public areas, portions of the shopping mall and approximately 100,000 square feet of meeting space. We plan to temporarily suspend construction of phase I while we pursue project-level financing, which we target to complete within the next three to six months; however, there can be no assurance that such financing will be obtained. Once financing has been obtained, we expect it will take approximately nine months to complete construction of phase I. Construction of phase II of the project, which includes the second Sheraton tower and the St. Regis serviced luxury apartment hotel, has been suspended until conditions in the capital markets and general economic conditions improve. Starwood has the right to terminate its management agreements if certain construction and opening obligations and deadlines are not met. Under our revised development plan, there can be no assurance that we will meet all of these obligations and deadlines. The impact of the revised development plan on the estimated overall cost of the project is currently not determinable. The estimated total cost to build phase I and prepare the phase II components for delay is expected to be approximately $3.05 billion (excluding FF&E, pre-opening and other costs), of which $1.16 billion had been spent as of September 30, 2008. If the proposed


39


Table of Contents

  project-level financing is unsuccessful, we expect to incur approximately $900 million in costs to prepare the project for delay.
 
  •  Parcels 7 and 8 are intended to include multi-hotel complexes with a total of approximately 6,150 luxury and mid-scale hotel rooms, a casino, shopping malls and approximately 450 serviced luxury apartment hotel units that are physically connected to the hotel complexes. We will own the entire development and have entered into non-binding agreements with Hilton Hotels to manage Hilton and Conrad brand hotels and serviced luxury apartment hotels on parcel 7, and Fairmont Raffles Holdings to manage Fairmont and Raffles brand hotels and serviced luxury apartment hotels on parcel 8. We are currently negotiating definitive agreements with Hilton Hotels and Fairmont Raffles Holdings. We have commenced pre-construction and have capitalized approximately $122.4 million as of September 30, 2008, but will not commence construction until government approvals necessary to commence construction are obtained, regional and global economic conditions improve, future demand warrants and additional financing is obtained.
 
  •  For parcel 3, we have signed a non-binding memorandum of agreement with an independent developer. We are currently negotiating the definitive agreement pursuant to which we will partner with the developer to build a multi-hotel complex, which may include a Cosmopolitan hotel. In addition, we have signed a non-binding letter of intent with Intercontinental Hotels Group to manage hotels under the Intercontinental and Holiday Inn International brands, and approximately 205 serviced luxury apartment hotel units under the Intercontinental brand, on this site. We are currently negotiating definitive agreements with Intercontinental Hotels Group. In total, the multi-hotel complex is intended to include approximately 3,940 hotel rooms, a casino, a shopping mall and serviced luxury apartment hotels. We have commenced pre-construction and have capitalized approximately $37.2 million as of September 30, 2008, but will not commence construction until government approvals necessary to commence construction are obtained, regional and global economic conditions improve, future demand warrants and additional financing is obtained.
 
The impact of the delays or significant slow down of construction of our Cotai Strip developments on our overall estimated cost to build is currently not determinable. As of September 30, 2008, we have capitalized $4.33 billion in construction costs on the Cotai Strip, including The Venetian Macao and Four Seasons Macao. We will need to arrange additional financing to fund the balance of our Cotai Strip developments and there is no assurance that we will be able to obtain any of the additional financing required.
 
We have received a land concession from the Macao government to build on parcels 1, 2 and 3, including the sites on which The Venetian Macao (parcel 1) and Four Seasons Macao (parcel 2) are located. We do not own these land sites in Macao; however, the land concession, which has an initial term of 25 years and is renewable at our option, grants us exclusive use of the land. As specified in the land concession, we are required to pay premiums, which are payable over four years or are due upon the completion of the corresponding resort, as well as annual rent for the term of the land concession. In October 2008, the Macao government amended the land concession to separate the retail mall and hotel portions of the Four Seasons Macao parcel, and allowed us to subdivide such parcel into four separate components, including the Four Seasons Private Apartments and retail mall portions. In consideration for the amendment, we paid an additional land premium of approximately $17.8 million and will pay adjusted annual rent over the remaining term of the concession, which increased slightly due to the revised allocation of parcel use.
 
We do not yet have all the necessary Macao government approvals that we will need in order to develop our planned Cotai Strip developments on parcels 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8. We have received a land concession for parcel 3, as previously noted, but have not yet been granted land concessions for parcels 5, 6, 7 and 8. We are in the process of negotiating with the Macao government to obtain the land concession for parcels 5 and 6, and will subsequently negotiate the land concession for parcels 7 and 8. Based on historical experience with the Macao government with respect to our land concessions for the Sands Macao and parcels 1, 2 and 3, management believes that the land concessions for parcels 5, 6, 7 and 8 will be granted; however, if we do not obtain these land concessions, we could forfeit all or a substantial part of our $1.45 billion in capitalized construction costs related to these developments as of September 30, 2008.
 
Under our land concession for parcel 3, we are required to complete the development of this parcel by August 2011. If we are unable to meet the August 2011 deadline and that deadline is not extended, we could lose our right to continue to operate The Venetian Macao, Sands Macao, Four Seasons Macao or any other facility developed under


40


Table of Contents

our Macao gaming subconcession, and our investment to date on these developments could be lost. We believe that if we are not able to complete the development of parcel 3 by the deadline, we will be able to obtain an extension of the deadline; however, no assurances can be given that an extension will be granted by the Macao government.
 
Singapore Development Project
 
In August 2006, our wholly-owned subsidiary, Marina Bay Sands Pte. Ltd. (“MBS”), entered into a development agreement (the “Development Agreement”) with the Singapore Tourism Board (the “STB”) to build and operate an integrated resort called the Marina Bay Sands in Singapore. The Marina Bay Sands is expected to include three 50+ story hotel towers (totaling approximately 2,600 rooms), a casino, an enclosed retail, dining and entertainment complex of approximately 750,000 net leasable square feet, a convention center and meeting room complex of approximately 1.3 million square feet, theaters and a landmark iconic structure at the bay-front promenade that will contain an art/science museum. We are continuing to finalize various design aspects of the integrated resort and are in the process of finalizing our cost estimates for the project. We expect the cost to build the Marina Bay Sands will be approximately 7.15 Singapore Dollars (“SGD,” approximately $4.99 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008), which excludes FF&E, pre-opening and other costs but includes payments made in 2006 for land premium, taxes and other fees. As we have obtained Singapore-denominated financing and primarily pay our costs in Singapore Dollars, our exposure to foreign exchange gains/losses is expected to be minimal. We have spent approximately SGD 2.59 billion (approximately $1.81 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) in construction costs as of September 30, 2008. Based on our current development plan, we intend to continue construction on our existing timeline with the majority of the project targeted to open in late 2009.
 
Hengqin Island Development Project
 
We have entered into a non-binding letter of intent with the Zhuhai Municipal People’s Government of the People’s Republic of China to work together to create a master plan for, and develop, a leisure and convention destination resort on Hengqin Island, which is located within mainland China, approximately one mile from the Cotai Strip. In January 2007, we were informed that the Zhuhai Government established a Project Coordination Committee to act as a government liaison empowered to work directly with us to advance the development of the project. On November 10, 2008, we announced the indefinite suspension of the project because of the difficult global economic and credit market environment.
 
Other Development Projects
 
We are currently exploring the possibility of developing and operating additional properties, including integrated resorts, in additional Asian and U.S. jurisdictions, and in Europe. In July 2008, we withdrew our previously submitted application to develop a casino resort in the Kansas City, Kansas, metropolitan area.
 
Recent Developments
 
Recent Corporate Governance Changes
 
On October 29, 2008, certain members of our management team, including Sheldon G. Adelson, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, William P. Weidner, President and Chief Operating Officer, Bradley H. Stone, Executive Vice President, and Robert G. Goldstein, Senior Vice President (the “Senior Management Members”), recommended to our board of directors that it institute additional corporate policies and procedures. Upon such recommendation, our board of directors formed an executive committee (the “Executive Committee”) comprised of Irwin Chafetz, Michael A. Leven and Irwin A. Siegel, with Mr. Leven being the Chairman of the Executive Committee. The role of the Executive Committee is to exercise the powers of the board of directors in between scheduled board meetings, including the power to resolve disagreements among management. Also, the board of directors gave Mr. Stone the additional responsibilities of President of Construction and Operations. The board of directors adopted these measures to address governance concerns raised by the Senior Management Members, address a number of outstanding differences between our Chief Executive Officer and other Senior Management Members and in response to a loss of confidence by certain Senior Management Members in the management of the Company and our governance process.


41


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires our management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. These estimates are based on historical information, information that is currently available to us and on various other assumptions that management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary from those estimates and we may change our estimates and assumptions in future evaluations. Changes in these estimates and assumptions may have a material effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We believe that these critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our condensed consolidated financial statements. For a discussion of our significant accounting policies and estimates, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” presented in our 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 29, 2008, and “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” presented in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 6, 2008.
 
There were no newly identified significant accounting estimates in the nine months ended September 30, 2008, nor were there any material changes to the critical accounting policies and estimates discussed in our 2007 Annual Report, with the exception of judgments related to the Suen litigation (see related disclosure at “Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 10 — Commitments and Contingencies.”
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
See related disclosure at “Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 1 — Organization and Business of Company.”
 
Summary Financial Results
 
The following table summarizes our results of operations:
 
                                                 
    Three Months Ended September 30,     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
                Percent
                Percent
 
    2008     2007     Change     2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Net revenues
  $ 1,105,434     $ 660,950       67.2 %   $ 3,296,571     $ 1,902,094       73.3 %
Operating expenses
    1,077,239       681,744       58.0 %     3,098,529       1,705,649       81.7 %
Operating income (loss)
    28,195       (20,794 )     (235.6 )%     198,042       196,445       0.8 %
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
    (51,916 )     (49,459 )     5.0 %     (76,252 )     92,733       (182.2 )%
Net income (loss)
    (32,208 )     (48,507 )     (33.6 )%     (52,238 )     76,805       (168.0 )%
 
                                 
    Percent of Net Revenues  
    Three Months Ended
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2008     2007     2008     2007  
 
Operating expenses
    97.4 %     103.1 %     94.0 %     89.7 %
Operating income (loss)
    2.6 %     (3.1 )%     6.0 %     10.3 %
Income (loss) before income taxes and noncontrolling interest
    (4.7 )%     (7.5 )%     (2.3 )%     4.9 %
Net income (loss)
    (2.9 )%     (7.3 )%     (1.6 )%     4.0 %
 
Operating Results
 
Key operating revenue measurements
 
Operating revenues at our Las Vegas properties, The Venetian Macao and Four Seasons Macao are dependent upon the volume of customers who stay at the hotel, which affects the price that can be charged for hotel rooms and the volume of table games and slot machine play. Hotel revenues are not material for the Sands Macao as its revenues are principally driven by casino customers who visit the casino on a daily basis. Visitors to our Macao


42


Table of Contents

properties arrive by ferry, automobile, bus, airplane or helicopter from Hong Kong, cities in China, and other Southeast Asian cities in close proximity to Macao and elsewhere.
 
The following are the key measurements we use to evaluate operating revenue:
 
Casino revenue measurements for Las Vegas:   Table games drop (“drop”) and slot handle (“handle”) are volume measurements. Win or hold percentage represents the percentage of drop or handle that is won by the casino and recorded as casino revenue. Table games drop represents the sum of markers issued (credit instruments) less markers paid at the table, plus cash deposited in the table drop box. Slot handle is the gross amount wagered or coin placed into slot machines in aggregate for the period cited. Based upon our mix of table games, our table games produce a statistical average win percentage (calculated before discounts) as measured as a percentage of drop of 20.0% to 22.0% and slot machines produce a statistical average win percentage (calculated before slot club cash incentives) as measured as a percentage of handle generally between 6.0% and 7.0%.
 
Casino revenue measurements for Macao:   Macao table games are segregated into two groups, consistent with the Macao market’s convention: Rolling Chip play (all VIP play) and Non-Rolling Chip play (mostly non-VIP players). The volume measurement for Rolling Chip play is non-negotiable gaming chips wagered. The volume measurement for Non-Rolling Chip play is table games drop as previously described. Rolling Chip volume and Non-Rolling Chip volume are not equivalent as Rolling Chip volume is a measure of amounts wagered versus dropped. Rolling Chip volume is substantially higher than table games drop. Slot handle is the gross amount wagered or coins placed into slot machines in aggregate for the period cited.
 
We view Rolling Chip table games win as a percentage of Rolling Chip volume and Non-Rolling Chip table games win as a percentage of drop. Win or hold percentage represents the percentage of Rolling Chip volume, Non-Rolling Chip drop or slot handle that is won by the casino and recorded as casino revenue. Based upon our mix of table games in Macao, our Rolling Chip table games win percentage (calculated before discounts and commissions) as measured as a percentage of Rolling Chip volume is expected to be 3.0% and our Non-Rolling Chip table games are expected to produce a statistical average win percentage as measured as a percentage of drop of 18.0% to 20.0%. Similar to Las Vegas, our Macao slot machines produce a statistical average win percentage as measured as a percentage of handle of generally between 6.0% and 7.0%.
 
Actual win may vary from the statistical average.   Generally, slot machine play is conducted on a cash basis. Credit-based wagering for our Las Vegas properties was approximately 55.8% of table games revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008. Table games play at our Macao properties is conducted primarily on a cash basis with only 16.4% credit-based wagering for the nine months ended September 30, 2008.
 
Hotel revenue measurements:   Hotel occupancy rate, which is the average percentage of available hotel rooms occupied during a period, and average daily room rate, which is the average price of occupied rooms per day, are used as performance indicators. Revenue per available room represents a summary of hotel average daily room rates and occupancy. Because not all available rooms are occupied, average daily room rates are normally higher than revenue per available room. Reserved rooms where the guests do not show up for their stay and lose their deposit may be re-sold to walk-in guests. These rooms are considered to be occupied twice for statistical purposes due to obtaining the original deposit and the walk-in guest revenue. In cases where a significant number of rooms are resold, occupancy rates may be in excess of 100% and revenue per available room may be higher than the average daily room rate.


43


Table of Contents

Three Months Ended September 30, 2008 compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2007
 
Operating Revenues
 
Our net revenues consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended September 30,  
                Percent
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Casino
  $ 805,258     $ 508,522       58.4 %
Rooms
    188,794       96,718       95.2 %
Food and beverage
    91,025       50,032       81.9 %
Convention, retail and other
    123,233       39,058       215.5 %
                         
      1,208,310       694,330       74.0 %
Less — promotional allowances
    (102,876 )     (33,380 )     208.2 %
                         
Total net revenues
  $ 1,105,434     $ 660,950       67.2 %
                         
 
Consolidated net revenues were $1.11 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $444.5 million compared to $661.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in net revenues was due primarily to an increase in casino revenues and a 34-day operating period in the prior year due to the opening of the Venetian Macao in August 2007.


44


Table of Contents

Casino revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008, increased $296.7 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. Of the increase, $301.6 million was attributable to The Venetian Macao, $30.1 million to our Las Vegas Operating Properties due primarily to the opening of The Palazzo, offset by a lower than expected table games win percentage, and $15.9 million attributable to the opening of Four Seasons Macao, offset by a decrease of $50.9 million at Sands Macao due primarily to increased competition, cannibalization by The Venetian Macao and lower rolling chip win as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. The following table summarizes the results of our casino revenue activity:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Sands Macao
                       
Total casino revenues
  $ 243,524     $ 294,467       (17.3 )%
Non-Rolling Chip table games drop
  $ 652,252     $ 812,385       (19.7 )%
Non-Rolling Chip table games win percentage
    17.9 %     18.7 %     (0.8 )pts
Rolling Chip volume
  $ 7,256,360     $ 6,287,371       15.4 %
Rolling Chip win percentage
    2.35 %     2.85 %     (0.50 )pts
Slot handle
  $ 273,126     $ 297,910       (8.3 )%
Slot hold percentage
    7.3 %     6.6 %          0.7pts  
The Venetian Macao
                       
Total casino revenues
  $ 432,628     $ 130,962       230.3 %
Non-Rolling Chip table games drop
  $ 930,621     $ 257,089       262.0 %
Non-Rolling Chip table games win percentage
    19.7 %     16.7 %     3.0 pts
Rolling Chip volume
  $ 9,778,702     $ 4,727,325       106.8 %
Rolling Chip win percentage
    3.06 %     2.44 %     0.62 pts
Slot handle
  $ 549,895     $ 123,211       346.3 %
Slot hold percentage
    7.8 %     6.6 %     1.2 pts
Four Seasons Macao
                       
Total casino revenues
  $ 15,931     $       %
Non-Rolling Chip table games drop
  $ 16,748     $       %
Non-Rolling Chip table games win percentage
    18.4 %     %     pts
Rolling Chip volume
  $ 165,155     $       %
Rolling Chip win percentage
    8.33 %     %     pts
Slot handle
  $ 7,903     $       %
Slot hold percentage
    6.4 %     %     pts
Las Vegas Operating Properties
                       
Total casino revenues
  $ 113,175     $ 83,093       36.2 %
Table games drop
  $ 477,182     $ 356,353       33.9 %
Table games win percentage
    13.8 %     14.7 %     (0.9 )pts
Slot handle
  $ 976,577     $ 619,845       57.6 %
Slot hold percentage
    6.0 %     6.2 %     (0.2 )pts
 
In our experience, average win percentages remain steady when measured over extended periods of time, but can vary considerably within shorter time periods as a result of the statistical variances that are associated with games of chance in which large amounts are wagered.
 
Room revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008, increased $92.1 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007, due primarily to the openings of The Venetian Macao and The Palazzo. The increase at our Las Vegas Operating Properties was offset as the ADR and occupancy rate were negatively impacted by a reduction of room rates in order to increase visitation to The Palazzo and excess suite inventory as the new resort ramps up its operations, respectively, and the overall decline in general economic conditions. The suites at Sands Macao are primarily provided to casino patrons on a complimentary basis and therefore revenues of


45


Table of Contents

$6.7 million and $1.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and related statistics have not been included in the following table, which summarizes the results of our room revenue activity.
 
                         
    Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2008     2007     Change  
    (Room revenues in thousands)  
 
Las Vegas Operating Properties
                       
Total room revenues
  $ 130,486     $ 83,027       57.2 %
Average daily room rate
  $ 218     $ 234       (6.8 )%
Occupancy rate
    93.1 %     99.6 %     (6.5 )pts
Revenue per available room
  $ 202     $ 233       (13.3 )%
The Venetian Macao
                       
Total room revenues
  $ 51,085     $ 12,092       322.5 %
Average daily room rate
  $ 211     $ 208       1.4 %
Occupancy rate
    92.1 %     77.5 %     14.6 pts
Revenue per available room
  $ 194     $ 161       20.5 %
Four Seasons Macao
                       
Total room revenues
  $ 517     $       %
Average daily room rate
  $ 440     $       %
Occupancy rate
    31.4 %     %     pts
Revenue per available room
  $ 138     $       %
 
Food and beverage revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008, increased $41.0 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $13.2 million at The Venetian Macao and $26.8 million at the Las Vegas Operating Properties, driven primarily by the opening of The Palazzo and several joint venture restaurants that opened in 2008.
 
Convention, retail and other revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2008, increased $84.2 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase of $44.9 million at The Venetian Macao, which consisted primarily of rental revenues from the mall, $18.5 million at the Las Vegas Operating Properties, driven primarily by the opening of The Palazzo and $15.3 million in Other Asia, driven primarily by our passenger ferry operations.
 
Operating Expenses
 
The breakdown of operating expenses is as follows:
 
                         
    Three Months Ended September 30,  
                Percent
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Casino
  $ 580,755     $ 341,975       69.8 %
Rooms
    36,436       23,574       54.6 %
Food and beverage
    46,035       28,485       61.6 %
Convention, retail and other
    69,013       22,939       200.9 %
Provision for doubtful accounts
    8,859       4,283       106.8 %
General and administrative
    130,192       80,244       62.2 %
Corporate expense
    23,390       23,444       (0.2 )%
Rental expense
    8,437       8,136       3.7 %
Pre-opening expense
    40,777       90,447       (54.9 )%
Development expense
    1,153       3,621       (68.2 )%
Depreciation and amortization
    132,239       54,309       143.5 %
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (47 )     287       (116.4 )%
                         
Total operating expenses
  $ 1,077,239     $ 681,744       58.0 %
                         
 
Operating expenses were $1.08 billion for the three months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $395.5 million as compared to $681.7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in operating expenses was primarily attributable to the higher operating revenues associated with the openings of The


46


Table of Contents

Venetian Macao, Four Seasons Macao and The Palazzo, growth of our operating businesses in Las Vegas, and depreciation and amortization costs, as more fully described below.
 
Casino expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2008, increased $238.8 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. Of the increase, $142.7 million was due to the 39.0% gross win tax on casino revenues of The Venetian Macao, offset by a decrease in gross win tax at the Sands Macao of $17.4 million due to the decrease in casino revenues as noted above. An additional $68.1 million in casino-related expenses (exclusive of the aforementioned 39.0% gross win tax) were attributable to The Venetian Macao, primarily related to payroll-related expenses and commissions paid under the Rolling Chip program. Casino expenses at our Las Vegas Operating Properties increased $33.1 million primarily due to the opening of The Palazzo, consisting principally of payroll-related expenses, gaming-related taxes and an increase in costs of providing promotional allowances.
 
Rooms expense increased $12.9 million and food and beverage expense increased $17.6 million, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. These increases were primarily due to openings of The Venetian Macao and The Palazzo, and the associated increases in the related revenue categories described above.
 
Convention, retail and other expense increased $46.1 million, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007, of which $18.9 million was attributable to The Venetian Macao and the remaining increase primarily attributable to our passenger ferry service operations.
 
The provision for doubtful accounts was $8.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2008, compared to $4.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The amount of this provision can vary over short periods of time because of factors specific to the customers who owe us money from gaming activities at any given time. We believe that the amount of our provision for doubtful accounts in the future will depend upon the state of the economy, our credit standards, our risk assessments and the judgment of our employees responsible for granting credit.
 
General and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2008, increased $49.9 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was attributable to the growth of our operating businesses in Las Vegas and Macao, with $23.1 million of the increase being incurred at our Las Vegas Operating Properties and $28.0 million being incurred at The Venetian Macao.
 
Pre-opening and development expenses were $40.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2008, as compared to $90.4 million and $3.6 million, respectively, for the three months ended September 30, 2007. Pre-opening expense represents personnel and other costs incurred prior to the opening of new ventures, which are expensed as incurred. Pre-opening expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2008, were primarily related to activities at our other Cotai Strip properties, Marina Bay Sands and Sands Bethlehem. Development expenses include the costs associated with the Company’s evaluation and pursuit of new business opportunities, which are also expensed as incurred. Development expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2008, were primarily related to our activities in Asia, Europe and the U.S.
 
Depreciation and amortization expense for the three months ended September 30, 2008, increased $77.9 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was primarily the result of the openings of The Venetian Macao (totaling $32.2 million), The Palazzo (totaling $35.2 million) and Four Seasons Macao (totaling $4.9 million).


47


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDAR
 
Adjusted EBITDAR is used by management as the primary measure of the operating performance of our segments. Adjusted EBITDAR is net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, pre-opening expense, development expense, other income, loss on early retirement of debt, (gain) loss on disposal of assets, rental expense, corporate expense, stock-based compensation expense included in general and administrative expense, and noncontrolling interest. The following table summarizes activity related to our segments (see “Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 11 — Segment Information” for discussion of our operating segments and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDAR to net income (loss)):
 
                         
    Three Months Ended September 30,  
                Percent
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Las Vegas Operating Properties
  $ 73,316     $ 60,183       21.8 %
Macao:
                       
Sands Macao
    42,591       77,574       (45.1 )%
The Venetian Macao
    135,737       26,520       411.8 %
Four Seasons Macao
    2,963             %
Other Asia
    (10,848 )           %
                         
Total adjusted EBITDAR
  $ 243,759     $ 164,277       48.4 %
                         
 
With the opening of The Palazzo, adjusted EBITDAR at our Las Vegas Operating Properties increased $13.1 million, or 21.8%, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $95.9 million in net revenue, offset by an increase of $34.2 million in payroll-related expenses, increased operating expenses when compared with the related revenue categories, driven by lower table game win percentages and lower occupancy rates, and an increase in general and administrative expenses to support the growth of the Las Vegas Operating Properties.
 
Adjusted EBITDAR at Sands Macao decreased $35.0 million, or 45.1%, as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007. As previously described, the decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in casino revenues of $50.9 million, offset by a $17.4 million decrease in gross win tax on reduced casino revenues.
 
Adjusted EBITDAR at The Venetian Macao, Four Seasons Macao and our Other Asia segments do not have comparable prior-year periods. Results of the operations of The Venetian Macao and Four Seasons Macao are as previously described. Our Other Asia segment is composed primarily of our passenger ferry service between Macao and Hong Kong, which initiated evening sailings and increased its frequency of sailings during peak hours in June 2008.
 
Interest Expense
 
The following table summarizes information related to interest expense on long-term debt:
 
                 
    Three Months Ended September 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Interest cost (which includes the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount)
  $ 128,896     $ 136,819  
Less — capitalized interest
    (38,361 )     (64,212 )
                 
Interest expense, net
  $ 90,535     $ 72,607  
                 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 128,254     $ 139,306  
Average total debt balance
  $ 9,247,382     $ 7,202,564  
Weighted average interest rate
    5.6 %     7.6 %


48


Table of Contents

Interest cost decreased $7.9 million as compared to the three months ended September 30, 2007, resulting from the decrease in our weighted average interest rate, offset by the increase in our average debt balance. The proceeds from long-term debt were primarily used to fund our various development projects. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further detail of our financing activities. Interest cost was offset by the capitalization of $38.4 million of interest during the three months ended September 30, 2008, as compared to $64.2 million of capitalized interest during the three months ended September 30, 2007. The decrease in capitalized interest is due primarily to the openings of The Venetian Macao and The Palazzo in 2007. Leasehold interest in land payments made in Macao and Singapore are not considered qualifying assets and as such, are not included in the base amount used to determine capitalized interest.
 
Other Factors Effecting Earnings
 
Interest income for the three months ended September 30, 2008, was $3.2 million, a decrease of $23.7 million as compared to $26.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The decrease was attributable to a reduction in invested cash balances, primarily from our borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility and the Macao credit facility, which were spent on construction-related activities.
 
Other income for the three months ended September 30, 2008, was $7.2 million as compared to $17.1 million for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The income was primarily attributable to the foreign exchange gains/losses associated with U.S. denominated debt held in Macao, offset by the change in fair value of our Singapore interest rate caps entered into in 2008.
 
Our reported income tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2008, was (37.4%) as compared to (1.9%) for the three months ended September 30, 2007. The reported income tax rate changed due to geographic income mix and the temporary income tax exemption in Macao on gaming operations, which is set to expire at the end of 2013.
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2008 compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007
 
Operating Revenues
 
Our net revenues consisted of the following:
 
                         
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
                Percent
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Casino
  $ 2,404,973     $ 1,433,135       67.8 %
Rooms
    575,172       289,588       98.6 %
Food and beverage
    272,315       162,129       68.0 %
Convention, retail and other
    290,791       113,397       156.4 %
                         
      3,543,251       1,998,249       77.3 %
Less — promotional allowances
    (246,680 )     (96,155 )     156.5 %
                         
Total net revenues
  $ 3,296,571     $ 1,902,094       73.3 %
                         
 
Consolidated net revenues were $3.30 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $1.39 billion compared to $1.90 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in net revenues was due primarily to an increase in casino revenues and the openings of The Venetian Macao and The Palazzo in August 2007 and December 2007, respectively.


49


Table of Contents

Casino revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, increased $971.8 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Of the increase, $1.10 billion was primarily attributable to The Venetian Macao and $99.4 million to our Las Vegas Operating Properties due primarily to the opening of The Palazzo, offset by a decrease of $243.9 million at Sands Macao due primarily to increased competition, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The following table summarizes the results of our casino revenue activity:
 
                         
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Sands Macao
                       
Total casino revenues
  $ 770,113     $ 1,014,049       (24.1 )%
Non-Rolling Chip table games drop
  $ 2,033,529     $ 2,750,121       (26.1 )%
Non-Rolling Chip table games win percentage
    19.2 %     18.6 %     0.6  pts
Rolling Chip volume
  $ 19,046,137     $ 20,406,862       (6.7 )%
Rolling Chip win percentage
    2.56 %     3.04 %     (0.48 )pts
Slot handle
  $ 787,118     $ 912,364       (13.7 )%
Slot hold percentage
    7.9 %     6.9 %     1.0 pts
The Venetian Macao
                       
Total casino revenues
  $ 1,231,434     $ 130,962       840.3 %
Non-Rolling Chip table games drop
  $ 2,662,242     $ 257,089       935.5 %
Non-Rolling Chip table games win percentage
    19.8 %     16.7 %     3.1 pts
Rolling Chip volume
  $ 28,378,526     $ 4,727,325       500.3 %
Rolling Chip win percentage
    3.01 %     2.44 %     0.57 pts
Slot handle
  $ 1,369,832     $ 123,211       1,011.8 %
Slot hold percentage
    8.1 %     6.6 %     1.5 pts
Four Seasons Macao
                       
Total casino revenues
  $ 15,931     $       %
Non-Rolling Chip table games drop
  $ 16,748     $       %
Non-Rolling Chip table games win percentage
    18.4 %     %     pts
Rolling Chip volume
  $ 165,155     $       %
Rolling Chip win percentage
    8.33 %     %     pts
Slot handle
  $ 7,903     $       %
Slot hold percentage
    6.4. %     %     pts
Las Vegas Operating Properties
                       
Total casino revenues
  $ 387,495     $ 288,124       34.5 %
Table games drop
  $ 1,341,985     $ 990,460       35.5 %
Table games win percentage
    19.8 %     21.4 %     (1.6 )pts
Slot handle
  $ 2,708,860     $ 1,771,085       52.9 %
Slot hold percentage
    5.8 %     6.1 %     (0.3 )pts
 
In our experience, average win percentages remain steady when measured over extended periods of time, but can vary considerably within shorter time periods as a result of the statistical variances that are associated with games of chance in which large amounts are wagered.
 
Room revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, increased $285.6 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007, due primarily to the openings of The Venetian Macao and The Palazzo. The increase at our Las Vegas Operating Properties was offset as the ADR and occupancy rate were negatively impacted by a reduction of room rates in order to increase visitation to The Palazzo and excess suite inventory as the new resort ramps up its operations, respectively, and the overall decline in general economic conditions. The suites at Sands Macao are primarily provided to casino patrons on a complimentary basis and therefore revenues of


50


Table of Contents

$20.2 million and $5.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and related statistics have not been included in the following table, which summarizes the results of our room revenue activity.
 
                         
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2008     2007     Change  
    (Room revenues in thousands)  
 
Las Vegas Operating Properties
                       
Total room revenues
  $ 409,152     $ 272,381       50.2 %
Average daily room rate
  $ 241     $ 259       (6.9 )%
Occupancy rate
    90.5 %     99.7 %     (9.2 )pts
Revenue per available room
  $ 218     $ 258       (15.5 )%
The Venetian Macao
                       
Total room revenues
  $ 145,258     $ 12,092       1,101.3 %
Average daily room rate
  $ 222     $ 208       6.7 %
Occupancy rate
    83.7 %     77.5 %     6.2 pts
Revenue per available room
  $ 186     $ 161       15.5 %
Four Seasons Macao
                       
Total room revenues
  $ 517     $       %
Average daily room rate
  $ 440     $       %
Occupancy rate
    31.4 %     %     pts
Revenue per available room
  $ 138     $       %
 
Food and beverage revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, increased $110.2 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $43.3 million at The Venetian Macao and $66.5 million at the Las Vegas Operating Properties, driven primarily by the opening of The Palazzo and several of our joint venture restaurants that opened in 2008.
 
Convention, retail and other revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, increased $177.4 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase of $114.6 million at The Venetian Macao, which consisted primarily of rental revenues from the mall, and $34.3 million at the Las Vegas Operating Properties, driven primarily by the opening of The Palazzo.
 
Operating Expenses
 
The breakdown of operating expenses is as follows:
 
                         
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
                Percent
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Casino
  $ 1,639,849     $ 904,440       81.3 %
Rooms
    116,663       67,219       73.6 %
Food and beverage
    136,578       79,011       72.9 %
Convention, retail and other
    164,622       59,511       176.6 %
Provision for doubtful accounts
    22,960       24,516       (6.3 )%
General and administrative
    421,051       198,915       111.7 %
Corporate expense
    82,529       66,657       23.8 %
Rental expense
    25,573       23,141       10.5 %
Pre-opening expense
    105,470       153,224       (31.2 )%
Development expense
    11,504       7,227       59.2 %
Depreciation and amortization
    364,753       121,262       200.8 %
Loss on disposal of assets
    6,977       526       1,226.4 %
                         
Total operating expenses
  $ 3,098,529     $ 1,705,649       81.7 %
                         
 
Operating expenses were $3.10 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, an increase of $1.39 billion as compared to $1.71 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in operating


51


Table of Contents

expenses was primarily attributable to the higher operating revenues associated with the openings of The Venetian Macao and The Palazzo, growth of our operating businesses in Las Vegas, and depreciation and amortization costs, as more fully described below.
 
Casino expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, increased $735.4 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Of the increase, $530.2 million was due to the 39.0% gross win tax on casino revenues of The Venetian Macao, offset by a decrease in gross win tax at the Sands Macao of $101.6 million due to the decrease in casino revenues as noted above. An additional $214.1 million in casino-related expenses (exclusive of the aforementioned 39.0% gross win tax) were attributable to The Venetian Macao, primarily related to payroll-related expenses and commissions paid under the Rolling Chip program. Casino expenses at our Las Vegas Operating Properties increased $91.8 million primarily due to the opening of The Palazzo, consisting principally of payroll-related expenses, gaming-related taxes and an increase in costs of providing promotional allowances.
 
Rooms expense increased $49.4 million and food and beverage expense increased $57.6 million, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. These increases were primarily due to openings of The Venetian Macao and The Palazzo and the associated increases in the related revenue categories described above.
 
Convention, retail and other expense increased $105.1 million, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007, of which $54.0 million was attributable to The Venetian Macao and the remaining increase primarily attributable to our passenger ferry service operations.
 
The provision for doubtful accounts was $23.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, compared to $24.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The amount of this provision can vary over short periods of time because of factors specific to the customers who owe us money from gaming activities at any given time. We believe that the amount of our provision for doubtful accounts in the future will depend upon the state of the economy, our credit standards, our risk assessments and the judgment of our employees responsible for granting credit.
 
General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, increased $222.1 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was attributable to the growth of our operating businesses in Las Vegas and Macao, with $74.9 million of the increase being incurred at our Las Vegas Operating Properties and $128.0 million being incurred at The Venetian Macao.
 
Corporate expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, increased $15.9 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was attributable to increases of $8.7 million in payroll-related expenses, $4.3 million in professional fees and $2.9 million of other corporate general and administrative costs as we continue to build our corporate infrastructure to support our current and planned growth.
 
Pre-opening and development expenses were $105.5 million and $11.5 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, as compared to $153.2 million and $7.2 million, respectively, for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Pre-opening expense represents personnel and other costs incurred prior to the opening of new ventures, which are expensed as incurred. Pre-opening expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, were primarily related to activities at our other Cotai Strip properties, Marina Bay Sands, Sands Bethlehem, The Palazzo, St. Regis Residences and our joint venture restaurants. Development expenses include the costs associated with the Company’s evaluation and pursuit of new business opportunities, which are also expensed as incurred. Development expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, were primarily related to our activities in Hengqin Island, Asia, Europe and the U.S.
 
Depreciation and amortization expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, increased $243.5 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase was primarily the result of the openings of The Venetian Macao (totaling $125.4 million) and The Palazzo (totaling $92.0 million).
 
Adjusted EBITDAR
 
Adjusted EBITDAR is used by management as the primary measure of the operating performance of our segments. Adjusted EBITDAR is net income (loss) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, pre-opening expense, development expense, other income, loss on early retirement of debt, (gain) loss on disposal of assets, rental expense, corporate expense, stock-based compensation expense included in general and administrative expense, and noncontrolling interest. The following table summarizes information related to our segments


52


Table of Contents

(see “Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 11 — Segment Information” for discussion of our operating segments and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDAR to net income (loss)):
 
                         
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
                Percent
 
    2008     2007     Change  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Las Vegas Operating Properties
  $ 302,497     $ 255,506       18.4 %
Macao:
                       
Sands Macao
    162,283       296,463       (45.3 )%
The Venetian Macao
    386,227       26,520       1,356.4 %
Four Seasons Macao
    2,963             %
Other Asia
    (34,086 )           %
                         
Total adjusted EBITDAR
  $ 819,884     $ 578,489       41.7 %
                         
 
With the opening of The Palazzo, adjusted EBITDAR at our Las Vegas Operating Properties increased $47.0 million, or 18.4%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase of $282.5 million in net revenue, offset by an increase of $127.4 million in payroll-related expenses, increases in operating expenses associated with the increase in the related revenue categories and an increase in general and administrative expenses to support the growth of the Las Vegas Operating Properties.
 
Adjusted EBITDAR at Sands Macao decreased $134.2 million, or 45.3%, as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007. As previously described, the decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in casino revenues of $243.9 million, offset by an $101.6 million decrease in gross win tax on reduced casino revenues.
 
Adjusted EBITDAR at The Venetian Macao, Four Seasons Macao and our Other Asia segments do not have comparable prior-year periods. Results of the operations of The Venetian Macao and Four Seasons Macao are as previously described. Our Other Asia segment is composed primarily of our passenger ferry service between Macao and Hong Kong, which initiated evening sailings and increased its frequency of sailings during peak hours in June 2008.
 
Interest Expense
 
The following table summarizes information related to interest expense on long-term debt:
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended September 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands, except for percentages)  
 
Interest cost (which includes the amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount)
  $ 394,290     $ 330,627  
Less — capitalized interest
    (100,581 )     (168,999 )
                 
Interest expense, net
  $ 293,709     $ 161,628  
                 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 368,214     $ 311,516  
Average total debt balance
  $ 8,639,652     $ 5,729,785  
Weighted average interest rate
    6.1 %     7.7 %
 
Interest cost increased $63.7 million as compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2007, resulting from the substantial increase in our average long-term debt balances, which was partially offset by the decrease in our weighted average interest rate. The proceeds from long-term debt were primarily used to fund our various development projects. See “— Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further detail of our financing activities. The increase in interest cost was offset by the capitalization of $100.6 million of interest during the nine months ended September 30, 2008, as compared to $169.0 million of capitalized interest during the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The decrease in capitalized interest is due primarily to the opening of The Venetian Macao and The Palazzo in 2007. Leasehold interest in land payments made in Macao and Singapore are not considered qualifying assets and as such, are not included in the base amount used to determine capitalized interest.


53


Table of Contents

Other Factors Effecting Earnings
 
Interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, was $11.8 million, a decrease of $49.1 million as compared to $60.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The decrease was attributable to a reduction in invested cash balances, primarily from our borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility and the Macao credit facility, which was spent on construction-related activities.
 
Other income for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, was $11.6 million, an increase of $3.9 million as compared to other income of $7.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The income was primarily attributable to foreign exchange gains/losses associated with U.S. denominated debt held in Macao, offset by the change in fair value of our Singapore interest rate caps entered into in 2008.
 
Our reported income tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, was (25.6%) as compared to 17.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The reported income tax rate changed due to geographic income mix and the temporary income tax exemption in Macao on gaming operations, which is set to expire at the end of 2013.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Cash Flows — Summary
 
Our cash flows consisted of the following:
 
                 
    Nine Months Ended
 
    September 30,  
    2008     2007  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net cash provided by operations
  $ 217,143     $ 219,243  
                 
Investing cash flows:
               
Change in restricted cash
    174,297       694,682  
Capital expenditures
    (2,908,396 )     (2,722,067 )
Acquisition of gaming license included in other assets
          (50,000 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (2,734,099 )     (2,077,385 )
                 
Financing cash flows:
               
Proceeds from convertible senior notes from related party
    475,000        
Proceeds from long term-debt
    4,002,320       4,875,501  
Repayments of long-term debt
    (1,713,098 )     (1,766,189 )
Other
    159,840       (42,451 )
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    2,924,062       3,066,861  
                 
Effect of exchange rate on cash
    11,719       2,862  
                 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 418,825     $ 1,211,581  
                 
 
Cash Flows — Operating Activities
 
Table games play at our Las Vegas properties is conducted on a cash and credit basis while table games play at our Macao properties is conducted primarily on a cash basis. Slot machine play is primarily conducted on a cash basis. The retail hotel rooms business is generally conducted on a cash basis, the group hotel rooms business is conducted on a cash and credit basis, and banquet business is conducted primarily on a credit basis resulting in operating cash flows being generally affected by changes in operating income and accounts receivable. Net cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, was $217.1 million, a slight decrease of $2.1 million as compared with $219.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The primary factors contributing to this decrease was the significant increase in our accounts receivables (due to the gaming activity at our Las Vegas Operations and an increase in our granting of casino credit at our Macao properties), offset by the $208.6 million in land concession payments made for our Cotai Strip parcels 1, 2 and 3


54


Table of Contents

made during the nine months ended September 30, 2007, and the $48.8 million in deferred rent related to the sale of The Shoppes at The Palazzo received during the nine months ended September 30, 2008. .
 
Cash Flows — Investing Activities
 
Capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, totaled $2.91 billion, including $1.52 billion for construction and development activities in Macao (including Sands Macao, The Venetian Macao, Four Seasons Macao and our other Cotai Strip developments); $543.2 million for construction and development activities at our Las Vegas Operating Properties; $574.8 million for construction and development activities in Singapore; and $269.3 million for corporate and other activities, primarily for the construction of Sands Bethlehem and the St. Regis Residences.
 
Restricted cash decreased $174.3 million due primarily to a decrease in restricted cash in Singapore as we made construction payments related to Marina Bay Sands.
 
Cash Flows — Financing Activities
 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2008, net cash flows provided from financing activities were $2.92 billion. The net increase was primarily attributable to the net borrowings of $1.35 billion under the new U.S. senior secured credit facility and $228.4 million under the Singapore credit facilities, borrowings of $442.7 million under the Macao credit facilities and $176.7 million under the ferry financing credit facility, and $475.0 million and $243.9 million in proceeds received from the sale of our convertible senior notes and The Shoppes at The Palazzo, respectively. Refer to “Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 7 — Mall Sale.”
 
Development Financing Strategy
 
We held unrestricted and restricted cash and cash equivalents of approximately $1.28 billion and $239.1 million, respectively, as of September 30, 2008. As previously described, we have a number of significant development projects in the United States, Macao and Singapore, some of which we plan to temporarily or indefinitely suspend due to current conditions in the global capital markets and overall decline in general economic conditions, which have had an impact on our ongoing operations. Through September 30, 2008, we have principally funded our development projects through borrowings under the bank credit facilities of our operating subsidiaries, operating cash flows and proceeds from the disposition of non-core assets. In 2007, we began to execute our financing strategy to secure additional borrowing capacity to fund our existing and future development projects and operations in Asia, including Macao and Singapore, and the United States. In the near term, we will seek to borrow significant amounts under our existing and potential future bank credit facilities, if available, or raise equity capital as we fund components of our revised development strategy and, as further described below, will require additional capital to fund the completion of our projects. If we are unable to raise additional capital in the near term, we would need to consider further suspending portions, if not all, of our remaining global development projects.
 
In April 2007, we increased the size of our Macao credit facility from $2.5 billion to $3.3 billion to continue funding the development of The Venetian Macao and the Four Seasons Macao as well as portions of our other Macao development projects. As of September 30, 2008, we have fully drawn the revolving facility of the Macao credit facility and we had construction payables of approximately $385.5 million related to our Macao development projects. We expect to incur additional construction costs of $337 million to complete the Four Seasons Private Apartments and the remaining portions of the Four Seasons Macao by the third quarter of 2009. In addition, we expect to incur additional costs, including FF&E, pre-opening, land premium and other costs, of approximately $126 million (some of which relates to FF&E costs that will be recouped in connection with the sale of the Four Seasons Private Apartments). In the near term, cash balances at our Macao subsidiaries, operating cash flows from Sands Macao, The Venetian Macao and Four Seasons Macao, and cash from LVSC, if available, together with proceeds from borrowings under our U.S. senior secured credit facility, if available, will be used to fund these amounts. We were in the process of arranging up to $5.25 billion of secured bank financing, the proceeds of which would have been used to refinance the amount currently outstanding under the Macao credit facility and to provide incremental borrowings to fund the Four Seasons Private Apartments, the completion of the Four Seasons Macao and the development of parcels 5 and 6, and to continue funding our other Cotai Strip development projects; however, given the conditions in the global credit markets, we were unable to reach arrangements with our


55


Table of Contents

prospective lenders. As a result, we plan to temporarily suspend construction on parcels 5 and 6, until project-level financing is obtained, which we are currently pursuing and target to complete in the next three to six months; however, there can be no assurance that such financing will be obtained. Additional financing will be required to complete the development and construction of parcels 7, 8 and 3, once those construction activities commence.
 
In May 2007, we entered into a $5.0 billion U.S. senior secured credit facility with respect to our Las Vegas operations. A portion of the proceeds from this facility was used to refinance the indebtedness collateralized by our Las Vegas integrated resort, including The Venetian Las Vegas, The Palazzo, The Shoppes at The Palazzo and Sands Expo Center, and to fund the design, development and construction costs incurred in connection with the completion of The Palazzo, The Shoppes at The Palazzo, St. Regis Residences and Sands Bethlehem. As of September 30, 2008, we had approximately $601.1 million of available borrowing capacity, net of outstanding letters of credit but including approximately $7.7 million committed to be funded by Lehman Brothers Commercial Paper Inc. The U.S. senior secured credit facility permits us to make investments in certain of our subsidiaries and certain joint ventures not party to the U.S. senior secured credit facility, including our foreign subsidiaries and our other development projects outside of Las Vegas, in an amount not to exceed $2.1 billion, and also permits us to invest in our Sands Bethlehem project so long as no more than 30% of any such investment is in the form of an equity contribution to the project, with the balance to be in the form of a secured intercompany loan. As of September 30, 2008, we have invested approximately $1.7 billion of the permitted $2.1 billion to fund a portion of our required equity contribution to the Marina Bay Sands project and investments with respect to our other development projects, including in Macao. As announced on November 10, 2008, with the delayed development of the St. Regis Residences and our focus on the construction of the casino and parking components of Sands Bethlehem, we expect to incur additional construction costs of approximately $95 million and $282 million, respectively. We also expect to incur $145 million in additional costs to open the casino component of Sands Bethlehem, including FF&E, pre-opening and other costs. We will continue to use excess operating cash flows, proceeds from the sale of non-core assets, such as The Shoppes at The Palazzo, cash contributed by LVSC, if available, and proceeds from borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility, if available, to fund our revised development strategy, as well as construction costs incurred in Macao and our required equity contributions to the Marina Bay Sands.
 
In December 2007, we entered into a SGD 5.44 billion credit facility (approximately $3.80 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) to fund development and construction costs and expenses at the Marina Bay Sands, which closed and funded in January 2008. A portion of the proceeds from this facility, together with a portion of our initial SGD 800.0 million (approximately $558.4 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) equity contribution, were used to repay outstanding borrowings of $1.32 billion under our Singapore bridge facility. As of September 30, 2008, we had SGD 2.86 billion (approximately $2.0 billion at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) available for borrowing, net of outstanding banker’s guarantees and undrawn amounts committed to be funded by Lehman Brothers Finance Asia Pte. Ltd., under the Singapore credit facility, which will be used to fund a significant portion of the design, development and construction costs of the Marina Bay Sands project. Subsequent to September 30, 2008, we have drawn an additional SGD 161.5 million (approximately $112.7 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) under the Singapore credit facility and have contributed additional equity of SGD 100.0 million (approximately $69.8 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008). Under the terms of the Singapore credit facility, we are obligated to fund at least 20% of the total costs and expenses incurred in connection with the design, development and construction of the Marina Bay Sands project with equity contributions or subordinated intercompany loans, with the remaining 80% funded with debt, including debt under the Singapore credit facility. Through September 30, 2008, we have funded our equity contribution requirement through borrowings under our U.S. senior secured credit facility and operating cash flows generated from our Las Vegas operations. Based on our current development plans, we intend to continue construction on Marina Bay Sands on our existing timeline. Additional financings are planned to complete the development and construction of the Marina Bay Sands; however, there can be no assurance that such financing will be obtained when planned.
 
Commencing September 30, 2008, the U.S. senior secured credit facility and FF&E financings require our Las Vegas operations to comply with certain financial covenants at the end of each quarter, including to maintain a maximum leverage ratio of net debt, as defined, to trailing twelve-month adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as defined (“Adjusted EBITDA”). In order to comply with the maximum leverage ratio covenant as of December 31, 2008, and subsequent quarterly periods, we will need to (i) achieve


56


Table of Contents

increased levels of Adjusted EBITDA at our Las Vegas properties; (ii) decrease the rate of spending on our global development projects; (iii) obtain additional financing at our parent company level, the proceeds from which could be used to reduce our Las Vegas operations’ net debt; (iv) elect to contribute up to $50.0 million of capital from cash on hand to our Las Vegas operations (such contribution having the effect of increasing Adjusted EBITDA by up to $50.0 million per quarter for purposes of calculating maximum leverage (the “EBITDA true-up”)); or in some cases (v) a combination thereof.
 
As our Las Vegas properties did not achieve the levels of Adjusted EBITDA necessary to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio for the quarterly period ending September 30, 2008, we completed a private placement of $475.0 million in convertible senior notes with our principal stockholder and his family and used a portion of the proceeds to exercise the EBITDA true-up provision. The EBITDA true-up, by itself, would not have been sufficient to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio as of September 30, 2008. Accordingly, the entire proceeds from the offering were immediately contributed to Las Vegas Sands, LLC (“LVSLLC”) to reduce the net debt of the parties to the domestic credit facilities in order to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio for the quarterly period ending September 30, 2008.
 
Based upon current Las Vegas operating estimates for the quarter ending December 31, 2008 and quarterly periods during 2009, as well as the fact that we have continued to fund our development projects outside of Las Vegas, in whole or in part, with borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility, we expect the amount of our material domestic subsidiaries’ indebtedness will be beyond the level allowed under the maximum leverage ratio. If our Las Vegas Adjusted EBITDA levels do not increase sufficiently, our reduced spending on our revised global development projects, as described above, is not sufficient, and the EBITDA true-up is not sufficient or available to enable us to maintain compliance under the maximum leverage ratio, we will need to obtain significant additional capital at the parent level. As previously announced, we have been working with our financial advisor to develop and implement a capital raising program that we believe would be sufficient to address our current and anticipated funding needs; however, no assurance can be given that the program will be successful. If none of the foregoing occurs, we would need to obtain waivers or amendments under our domestic credit facilities, and no assurances can be given that we will be able to obtain these waivers or amendments. If we are unable to obtain waivers or amendments if and when necessary, we would be in default under our domestic credit facilities, which would trigger cross-defaults under our airplane financings and convertible senior notes. If such defaults or cross-defaults were to occur and the respective lenders chose to accelerate the indebtedness outstanding under these agreements, it would result in a default under our senior notes. Any defaults or cross-defaults under these agreements would allow the lenders, in each case, to exercise their rights and remedies as defined under their respective agreements. If the lenders were to exercise their right to accelerate the indebtedness outstanding, there can be no assurance that we would be able to refinance any amounts that may become accelerated under such agreements. Under the terms of the U.S. senior secured credit facility, if a default or a material adverse change, as defined in the agreement, were to occur or exist at the time of borrowing, it would preclude our domestic subsidiaries from accessing any available borrowings (including the $400.0 million under the Delayed Draw II Facility, which expires November 23, 2008, and $201.1 million under the Revolving Facility). If we are not able to access these borrowings and raise sufficient additional capital, (i) we will not be able to fund our ongoing equity contributions under our Singapore credit facility, and as a result, will not be able to borrow any additional amounts under that facility, which may limit our ability to complete construction of the project, (ii) as we have fully drawn the revolving portion of our Macao credit facility, we will not be able to pay the remaining construction costs of the Four Seasons Macao and Four Seasons Private Apartments if free cash flow from the Sands Macao, The Venetian Macao and Four Season Macao is not sufficient to pay those costs, (iii) we may be unable to comply with the maximum leverage ratio covenant under we Macao credit facility at the end of the first quarter of 2009, which would result in a default under the agreement and would allow the lenders to exercise their rights and remedies under the agreement including acceleration of the indebtedness outstanding, (iv) we may not be able to continue providing working capital to our ferry operations, and (v) we would need to immediately suspend portions, if not all, of our ongoing global development projects. These factors raise a substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


57


Table of Contents

Aggregate Indebtedness and Other Known Contractual Obligations
 
As of September 30, 2008, there had been no material changes to our aggregated indebtedness and other known contractual obligations, which are set forth in the table included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, with the exception of the following changes:
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period Ending September 30, 2008(12)  
    Less than
                         
    1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     Thereafter     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Singapore bridge facility(1)
  $     $     $ (691,229 )   $ (632,530 )   $ (1,323,759 )
Singapore permanent facility(2)
          271,483       723,956       569,721       1,565,160  
New senior secured credit facility-revolving(3)
                775,860             775,860  
New senior secured credit facility-delayed draw I(4)
    5,963       11,748       11,514       569,275       598,500  
Convertible senior notes(5)
                      475,000       475,000  
FF&E financings(6)
    13,553       81,473                   95,026  
Macao credit facility(7)
          442,732                   442,732  
Ferry financing(8)
    5,198       41,585       41,586       88,370       176,739  
Fixed interest payments(9)
    30,875       61,750       61,750       2,573       156,948  
Variable interest payments(10)
    117,808       216,169       84,906       17,302       436,185  
Ferries purchase commitment(11)
    52,305                         52,305  
                                         
Total
  $ 225,702     $ 1,126,940     $ 1,008,343     $ 1,089,711     $ 3,450,696  
                                         
 
 
(1) Amount represents the payment of $1.32 billion during 2008.
 
(2) Amount represents the fully drawn Singapore Permanent Facility A and the additional SGD 242.2 million (approximately $169.2 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) borrowed during 2008 under the Singapore Permanent Facility B. The Singapore Permanent Facility A and Facility B mature on March 31, 2015, with MBS required to repay or prepay the Singapore Permanent Facility A and Facility B under certain circumstances. Commencing March 31, 2011, and at the end of each quarter thereafter, MBS is required to repay the outstanding Singapore Permanent Facility A and Facility B loans on a pro rata basis in an aggregate amount equal to SGD 125.0 million (approximately $87.2 million at exchange rates in effect on September 30, 2008) per quarter. In addition, commencing at the end of the third full quarter of operations of the Marina Bay Sands, MBS is required to further prepay the outstanding Singapore Permanent Facility A and Facility B loans on a pro rata basis with a percentage of excess free cash flow (as defined by the Singapore Permanent Facility Agreement).
 
(3) Amount represents $775.9 million borrowed, net of repayments, during 2008 under the Revolving Facility of the New Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Revolving Facility matures on May 23, 2012, and has no interim amortization.
 
(4) Amount represents $598.5 million borrowed, net of repayments, during 2008 under the Delayed Draw I Facility of the New Senior Secured Credit Facility. The Delayed Draw I Facility matures on May 23, 2014, and is subject to quarterly principal payments, in an amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount outstanding, with a balloon payment of the remaining balance due on May 23, 2014.
 
(5) Amount represents $475.0 million provided by the Convertible Senior Notes sold in September 2008. The Convertible Senior Notes mature in 2013 and are initially convertible into common stock at a price of $49.65.
 
(6) Amount represents the additional $95.0 million borrowed, net of repayments, under the FF&E Financings. The FF&E Financings mature in June 2011, and are subject to quarterly principal payments in an amount equal to 5.0% of the aggregate principal outstanding, with the remaining amount due in four equal quarterly installments ending on the maturity date.
 
(7) Amount represents the additional $442.7 million borrowed during 2008 under the Macao Revolving Facility. The Macao Revolving Facility matures in May 2011, and has no interim amortization.


58


Table of Contents

 
(8) Amount represents the ferry financing borrowed during 2008, subject to 34 quarterly payments commencing at the end of the 18-month availability period and matures in January 2018.
 
(9) Amount represents the estimated fixed interest payments on the Convertible Senior Notes.
 
(10) Amount represents the incremental increase in estimated variable interest payments based on the changes in long-term debt obligations noted herein. Based on September 30, 2008, London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”), Hong Kong Interbank Offer Rate (“HIBOR”) and Singapore Swap Offer Rate of 4.1%, 3.7% and 1.7%, respectively, plus the applicable interest rate margin in accordance with the respective debt agreements.
 
(11) In January 2008, we entered into agreements to purchase an additional four ferries at an aggregate cost of approximately $72.0 million to be built for our Macao operations.
 
(12) As of September 30, 2008, we had a $26.5 million liability related to unrecognized tax benefits and related interest expense. We are unable to reasonably estimate the timing of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,” liability and interest payments in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of the effective settlement of tax positions.
 
Restrictions on Distributions
 
We are a parent company with limited business operations. Our main assets are the stock and membership interests of our subsidiaries. The debt instruments of our U.S., Macao and Singapore subsidiaries contain certain restrictions that, among other things, limit the ability of certain subsidiaries to incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock or equity interests, pay dividends or make other distributions, repurchase equity interests or certain indebtedness, create certain liens, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, enter into certain mergers or consolidations or sell our assets of our company without prior approval of the lenders or noteholders.
 
Inflation
 
We believe that inflation and changing prices have not had a material impact on our net sales, revenues or income from continuing operations during the past year.
 
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
This report contains forward-looking statements that are made pursuant to the Safe Harbor Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include the discussions of our business strategies and expectations concerning future operations, margins, profitability, liquidity, and capital resources. In addition, in certain portions included in this report, the words: “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “seeks,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends” and similar expressions, as they relate to our company or its management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you that any forward-looking statements will prove to be correct. These forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These factors include, among others, the risks associated with:
 
  •  our substantial leverage, debt service and debt covenant compliance (including sensitivity to fluctuations in interest rates and other capital markets trends);
 
  •  our ability to continue as a going concern;
 
  •  recent disruptions in the global financing markets and our ability to obtain sufficient funding for our current and future developments, including our Cotai Strip developments;
 
  •  general economic and business conditions which may impact levels of disposable income, consumer spending, pricing of hotel rooms and retail and mall sales;
 
  •  the impact of the delays and suspensions of certain of our development projects;
 
  •  the uncertainty of tourist behavior related to spending and vacationing at casino-resorts in Las Vegas, Macao and Singapore;


59


Table of Contents

 
  •  potential visa restrictions limiting the number of visits and the length of stay for visitors from mainland China to our Macao properties;
 
  •  our dependence upon properties in Las Vegas and Macao for all of our cash flow;
 
  •  our relationship with GGP or any successor owner of The Shoppes at The Palazzo and The Grand Canal Shoppes, and the ability of GGP to perform under the Phase II Mall purchase and sale agreement, as amended;
 
  •  new developments, construction and ventures, including our Cotai Strip developments, Marina Bay Sands, Sands Bethlehem and the St. Regis Residences;
 
  •  the passage of new legislation and receipt of governmental approvals for our proposed developments in Macao, Singapore and other jurisdictions where we are planning to operate;
 
  •  our insurance coverage, including the risk that we have not obtained sufficient coverage against acts of terrorism or will only be able to obtain additional coverage at significantly increased rates;
 
  •  disruptions or reductions in travel due to conflicts in Iraq and any future terrorist incidents;
 
  •  outbreaks of infectious diseases, such as severe acute respiratory syndrome or avian flu, in our market areas;
 
  •  government regulation of the casino industry, including gaming license regulation, the legalization of gaming in certain domestic jurisdictions, including Native American reservations, and regulation of gaming on the Internet;
 
  •  increased competition and additional construction in Las Vegas, including recent and upcoming increases in hotel rooms, meeting and convention space and retail space;
 
  •  fluctuations in the demand for all-suites rooms, occupancy rates and average daily room rates in Las Vegas;
 
  •  the popularity of Las Vegas and Macao as convention and trade show destinations;
 
  •  new taxes or changes to existing tax rates;
 
  •  our ability to meet certain development deadlines in Macao and Singapore;
 
  •  our ability to maintain our gaming subconcession in Macao;
 
  •  the completion of infrastructure projects in Macao and Singapore;
 
  •  increased competition and other planned construction projects in Macao and Singapore; and
 
  •  the outcome of any ongoing and future litigation.
 
All future written and verbal forward-looking statements attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained or referred to in this section. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect us. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this report as a result of new information, future events or developments, except as required by federal securities laws.
 
ITEM 3 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices, such as interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk associated with our long-term debt. We attempt to manage our interest rate risk by managing the mix of our long-term fixed-rate borrowings and variable-rate borrowings, and by use of interest rate cap agreements. The ability to enter into interest rate cap agreements allows us to manage our interest rate risk associated with our variable-rate debt. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes and do not enter into derivative transactions that would be considered speculative positions. Our derivative financial instruments consist exclusively of interest rate cap agreements, which do not qualify for hedge accounting. Interest differentials resulting from these agreements are recorded on an accrual basis as an adjustment to interest expense.


60


Table of Contents

To manage exposure to counterparty credit risk in interest rate cap agreements, we enter into agreements with highly-rated institutions that can be expected to fully perform under the terms of such agreements. Frequently, these institutions are also members of the bank group providing our credit facilities, which management believes further minimizes the risk of nonperformance.
 
The table below provides information about our financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates. For debt obligations, the table presents notional amounts and weighted average interest rates by contractual maturity dates. Notional amounts are used to calculate the contractual payments to be exchanged under the contract. Weighted average variable rates are based on September 30, 2008, LIBOR, HIBOR and Singapore Swap Offer Rate plus the applicable interest rate spread in accordance with the respective debt agreements. The information is presented in U.S. dollar equivalents, which is the Company’s reporting currency, for the years ending September 30:
 
                                                                 
                                              Fair
 
    2009     2010     2011     2012     2013     Thereafter     Total     Value(1)  
    (In millions, except for percentages)  
 
LIABILITIES
                                                               
Long-term debt
                                                               
Fixed rate(2)
  $     $     $     $     $     $ 725.0     $ 725.0     $ 656.7  
Average interest rate(3)
                                  6.5 %     6.5 %     8.2 %
Variable rate
  $ 99.3     $ 136.1     $ 1,397.3     $ 2,161.1     $ 1,724.9     $ 4,108.1     $ 9,626.8     $ 9,626.8  
Average interest rate(3)
    6.0 %     5.9 %     5.8 %     5.6 %     5.8 %     5.5 %     5.7 %     5.7 %
ASSETS
Cap agreements(4)
  $ 0.1     $     $ 2.8     $     $     $     $ 2.9     $ 2.9  
 
 
(1) The fair values are based on the borrowing rates currently available for debt instruments with similar terms and maturities and market quotes of our publicly traded debt.
 
(2) In September 2008, we sold $475.0 million of our 6.5% convertible senior notes due October 1, 2013.
 
(3) Based upon contractual interest rates for fixed rate indebtedness or current LIBOR, HIBOR and Singapore Swap Offer Rate for variable-rate indebtedness. Based on variable-rate debt levels as of September 30, 2008, an assumed 100 basis point change in LIBOR, HIBOR and Singapore Swap Offer Rate would cause our annual interest cost to change approximately $96.7 million.
 
(4) As of September 30, 2008, we had twelve interest rate cap agreements with an aggregate fair value of approximately $2.9 million, based on quoted market values from the institutions holding the agreements.
 
Borrowings under the $5.0 billion senior secured credit facility bear interest at our election, at either an adjusted Eurodollar rate or at an alternative base rate plus a credit spread. The revolving facility and term loans bear interest at the alternative base rate plus 0.5% or 0.75% per annum, respectively, or at the adjusted Eurodollar rate plus 1.5% per annum or 1.75% per annum, respectively, subject to downward adjustments based upon our credit rating. Borrowings under the Macao credit facility bear interest at our election, at either an adjusted Eurodollar rate (or in the case of the Local Term Loan, adjusted HIBOR) plus 2.25% per annum or at an alternative base rate plus 1.25% per annum, and is subject to a downward adjustment of 0.25% per annum from the beginning of the first interest period following the substantial completion of The Venetian Macao. Borrowings under the Singapore permanent facility bear interest at the Singapore Swap Offer Rate plus a spread of 2.25% per annum. $67.7 million and $19.0 million of the borrowings under the airplane financings bear interest at LIBOR plus 1.5% and 1.25% per annum, respectively. Borrowings under the ferry financing bear interest at HIBOR plus 2.0% if borrowings are made in Hong Kong Dollars or LIBOR plus 2.0% if borrowings are made in U.S. Dollars. All borrowings under the ferry financing were made in Hong Kong Dollars as of September 30, 2008.
 
Foreign currency transaction gains for the nine months ended September 30, 2008, were $19.5 million primarily due to U.S. denominated debt held in Macao. We may be vulnerable to changes in the U.S. dollar/pataca exchange rate. Based on balances as of September 30, 2008, an assumed 1% change in the U.S. dollar/pataca exchange rate would cause a foreign currency transaction gain/loss of approximately $36.4 million. We do not hedge our exposure to foreign currencies; however, we maintain a significant amount of our operating funds in the same currencies in which we have obligations thereby reducing our exposure to currency fluctuations.
 
See also “Liquidity and Capital Resources.”


61


Table of Contents

ITEM 4 — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow for timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Corporate Controller (Principal Financial Officer) have evaluated the disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) of the Company as of September 30, 2008, and have concluded that they are effective to provide reasonable assurance that the desired control objectives were achieved.
 
It should be noted that any system of controls, however well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the system are met. In addition, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events. Because of these and other inherent limitations of control systems, there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
The only change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q that had materially affect, or was reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, was the opening of the Four Seasons Macao in August 2008. We have implemented controls and procedures at the Four Seasons Macao similar to those in effect at our other facilities.
 
Part II
OTHER INFORMATION
 
ITEM 1 — LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
The Company is party to litigation matters and claims related to its operations. For more information, see the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, and “Part I — Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 10 — Commitments and Contingencies” of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
 
ITEM 1A — RISK FACTORS
 
Except for the risk factors set forth below, there have been no material changes from the risk factors previously disclosed in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Recent disruptions in the financial markets could adversely affect our ability to raise additional financing. If we are unable to raise additional capital in the near term, we would need to consider further suspending portions, if not all, of our remaining global development projects.
 
Widely-documented commercial credit market disruptions have resulted in a tightening of credit markets worldwide. Liquidity in the global credit markets has been severely contracted by these market disruptions, making it costly to obtain new lines of credit or to refinance existing debt. The effects of these disruptions are widespread and difficult to quantify, and it is impossible to predict when the global credit markets will improve or when the credit contraction will stop. In particular, our business and financing plan is dependent upon completion of various financings, including additional financings in Macao and Singapore, as described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Given the state of the current credit environment, it may be difficult to obtain any additional financing on acceptable terms, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to complete our planned development projects, and as a consequence, our results of operations and business plans. If we are unable to raise additional capital in the near term, we would need to consider further suspending portions, if not all, of our remaining global development projects.


62


Table of Contents

In addition, some of our lenders may have suffered losses related to their lending and other financial dealings, especially because of the general weakening of the global economy and increased financial instability of many borrowers. As a result, some of the lenders under our credit facilities have become and may become insolvent, which could make it more difficult for us to borrow under the revolving portion of our first lien credit facility. Our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected if we were unable to draw funds under these facilities because of a lender default.
 
The terms of our debt instruments may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to finance additional growth, respond to changes or take some actions that may otherwise be in our best interests.
 
Our current debt instruments contain, and any future debt instruments likely will contain, a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to:
 
  •  incur additional debt, including providing guarantees or credit support;
 
  •  incur liens securing indebtedness or other obligations;
 
  •  dispose of assets;
 
  •  make certain acquisitions;
 
  •  pay dividends or make distributions and make other restricted payments, such as purchasing equity interests, repurchasing junior indebtedness or making investments in third parties;
 
  •  enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
 
  •  engage in any new businesses;
 
  •  issue preferred stock; and
 
  •  enter into transactions with our stockholders and our affiliates.
 
In addition, our U.S., Macao and Singapore credit agreements contain various financial covenants. For example, our domestic credit facilities require our Las Vegas operations to maintain a maximum leverage ratio of net debt to trailing twelve month Adjusted EBITDA for the quarter ending September 30, 2008 and at the end of each subsequent quarterly period. In order to comply with this maximum leverage ratio, we will need to achieve increased levels of Adjusted EBITDA at our Las Vegas operations, decrease the rate of spending on our development projects, raise additional financing and use the proceeds to reduce our Las Vegas operations’ net debt, elect to contribute up to $50.0 million of capital to our Las Vegas operations, which contribution would have the effect of increasing Adjusted EBITDA for purposes of calculating maximum leverage, or any combination thereof.
 
As our Las Vegas properties did not achieve the levels of Adjusted EBITDA necessary to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio for the quarterly period ending September 30, 2008, we completed a private placement of $475.0 million in convertible senior notes with our principal stockholder and his family and used a portion of the proceeds to exercise the EBITDA true-up provision. The EBITDA true-up, by itself, would not have been sufficient to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio as of September 30, 2008. Accordingly, the entire proceeds from the offering were immediately contributed to LVSLLC to reduce the net debt of the parties to the domestic credit facilities in order to maintain compliance with the maximum leverage ratio for the quarterly period ending September 30, 2008.
 
Based upon current Las Vegas operating estimates for the quarter ending December 31, 2008 and quarterly periods during 2009, as well as the fact that we have continued to fund our development projects outside of Las Vegas, in whole or in part, with borrowings under the U.S. senior secured credit facility, we expect the amount of our material domestic subsidiaries’ indebtedness will be beyond the level allowed under the maximum leverage ratio permitted under these domestic credit facilities. If our Las Vegas Adjusted EBITDA levels do not increase sufficiently, our reduced spending on our global development projects is not sufficient, and the EBITDA true-up is not sufficient or available to enable us to maintain compliance under the maximum leverage ratio, we will need to obtain significant additional capital at the parent level. As previously announced, we have been working with our financial advisor to develop and implement a capital


63


Table of Contents

raising program that we believe would be sufficient to address our current and anticipated funding needs; however, no assurances can be given that the program will be successful.
 
If we are unable to do any of the foregoing and we are unable to obtain a waiver from the lenders under our domestic credit facilities with respect to compliance under the maximum leverage ratio, we would be in default under our domestic credit facilities. If we are unable to obtain waivers or amendments if and when necessary, we would be in default under our domestic credit facilities, which would trigger cross-defaults under our airplane financings and convertible senior notes. If such defaults or cross-defaults were to occur and the respective lenders chose to accelerate the indebtedness outstanding under these agreements, it would result in a default under our senior notes. Any defaults or cross-defaults under these agreements would allow the lenders, in each case, to exercise their rights and remedies as defined under their respective agreements. If the lenders were to exercise their right to accelerate the indebtedness outstanding, there can be no assurance that we would be able to refinance any amounts that may become accelerated under such agreements. In addition, if we are found to be in default under the U.S. senior secured credit facility, we would no longer be able to borrow amounts available under the U.S. senior secured credit facility and, unless we are able to raise sufficient additional capital, (i) we will not be able to fund our ongoing equity contributions under our Singapore credit facility, and as a result, will not be able to borrow any additional amounts under that facility, which may limit our ability to complete construction of the project, (ii) as we have fully drawn the revolving portion of our Macao credit facility, we will not be able to pay the remaining construction costs of the Four Seasons Macao and Four Seasons Private Apartments if free cash flow from the Sands Macao, The Venetian Macao and Four Season Macao is not sufficient to pay those costs, (iii) we may be unable to comply with the maximum leverage ratio covenant in our Macao credit facility at the end of the first quarter of 2009, which would result in a default under the agreement and would allow the lenders to exercise their rights and remedies under the agreement including acceleration of the indebtedness outstanding, (iv) we may not be able to continue providing working capital to our ferry operations, and (v) we would need to immediately suspend portions, if not all, of our remaining global development projects. These factors raise a substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
 
If the operating results of The Shoppes at The Palazzo continue to be worse than we initially expected, if GGP (or any future owner of The Shoppes at The Palazzo or The Grand Canal Shoppes) breaches any of its material agreements with us, or if we are unable to maintain an acceptable working relationship with GGP (or any future owner), there could be a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
We have entered into agreements with GGP under which, among other things:
 
  •  GGP remains obligated to make payments to us in connection with their purchase of The Shoppes at The Palazzo, and these payments are based on projected and, ultimately, actual net operating income for The Shoppes at The Palazzo;
 
  •  leases for The Shoppes at The Palazzo must be jointly approved by us and GGP; and
 
  •  GGP has agreed to operate The Grand Canal Shoppes and The Shoppes at The Palazzo subject to, and in accordance with, the cooperation agreement.
 
If the local and national economic downturn continues, the net operating income for The Shoppes at The Palazzo may continue to be significantly worse than expected at the time the complex was sold to GGP, and therefore the amounts GGP is obligated to pay us may also be significantly less than expected. (Several tenants at The Shoppes at The Palazzo whose sales have been less than initially expected have already asked for temporary reductions in base rent, which we and GGP have agreed to.) Further, as a result of GGP’s publicly-disclosed liquidity and leverage problems, there can be no assurance that GGP will be able to pay us future amounts owed.
 
GGP has also announced that (i) the mortgage loan on The Shoppes at The Palazzo is due November 28, 2008, and GGP does not expect to be able to pay off or refinance the mortgage by that date and so is attempting to obtain an extension and (ii) it is marketing The Shoppes at The Palazzo and The Grand Canal Shoppes for sale. If GGP sells either of these properties, or it is unsuccessful at refinancing the loan against The Shoppes at The Palazzo or extending the maturity date thereof and its lenders foreclose on The Shoppes at The Palazzo, the above-described agreements could, as explained below, be adversely affected in ways that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows if we are not able to maintain an acceptable working relationship with the new owner or owners.


64


Table of Contents

Each of the above-described agreements with GGP could be adversely affected in ways that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows if we do not maintain an acceptable working relationship with GGP or its successors. For example:
 
  •  if we are unable to agree with GGP on leases for remaining unleased space at The Shoppes at The Palazzo, the purchase price we will ultimately be paid for The Shoppes at The Palazzo could be substantially reduced, and there would, at least for a certain period of time, be empty space within The Shoppes at The Palazzo; and
 
  •  the cooperation agreement that governs the relationships between The Shoppes at The Palazzo and The Palazzo and The Grand Canal Shoppes and The Venetian requires that the owners cooperate in various ways and take various joint actions, which will be more difficult to accomplish, especially in a cost-effective manner, if the parties do not have an acceptable working relationship.
 
There could be similar material adverse consequences to us if GGP breaches any of its agreements to us, such as its agreement under the cooperation agreement to operate The Grand Canal Shoppes consistent with the standards of first-class restaurant and retail complexes and the overall Venetian theme, and its various obligations as our landlord under the leases described above. Although the various agreements with GGP do provide us with various remedies in the event of any breaches by GGP and also include various dispute resolution procedures and mechanisms, these remedies, procedures and mechanisms may be inadequate to prevent a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition if breaches by GGP occur or if we do not maintain an acceptable working relationship with GGP.
 
We depend on the continued services of key managers and employees. If we do not retain our key personnel or attract and retain other highly skilled employees or if our senior managers cannot work together effectively, our business will suffer.
 
Our ability to maintain our competitive position is dependent to a large degree on the services of our senior management team, including Sheldon G. Adelson and our other executive officers. As described in “Item 5 — Other Information — Recent Corporate Governance Changes”, our board of directors has instituted additional corporate policies and procedures to address governance concerns raised by senior management. The success of our business depends on the continued cooperation among members of our management team. Mr. Adelson, William P. Weidner, Bradley H. Stone and Robert G. Goldstein have each entered into employment agreements, which are currently scheduled to expire on December 31, 2009; however, we cannot assure you that any of our executive officers will remain with us. We currently do not have a life insurance policy on any of the members of the senior management team. The death or loss of the services of any of our senior managers or the inability to attract and retain additional senior management personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
We are required to build and open our developments on parcel 3 of the Cotai Strip by August 2011. Unless we meet this deadline or obtain an extension, we may lose our right to continue to operate The Venetian Macao, Sands Macao, Four Seasons Macao and any other facilities developed under the subconcession.
 
The land concession we received from the Macao government covers parcels 1, 2 and 3. We have developed parcel 1 (The Venetian Macao) and parcel 2 (Four Seasons Macao). Under the terms of the concession, we are required to complete development of parcel 3 by August 2011. We have commenced pre-construction on parcel 3, but will not commence construction until government approvals necessary to commence construction are obtained, regional and global economic conditions improve, future demand warrants and additional financing is obtained. As a result, there is a significant risk that by the time we are able to commence construction, we will not be able to complete it by the deadline. See “— Recent disruptions in the financial markets could adversely affect our ability to raise additional financing” and, in our Annual Report on 10-K, “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — There are significant risks associated with our planned construction projects, which could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows from these planned facilities.” Although we believe that if we are not able to complete the development of parcel 3 by the deadline, we will be able to obtain an extension of the deadline, if we fail to do so, the Macao government has the right, after consultation with our concessionaire, Galaxy Casino Company Limited, to unilaterally terminate our subconcession to operate Sands Macao, The Venetian Macao, Four Seasons Macao and any of our other casino operations in Macao, without compensation to us. The loss of our subconcession would prohibit us from conducting gaming operations in Macao, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.


65


Table of Contents

Our revised development plan may give one of our hotel managers for our Cotai Strip developments the right to terminate its agreements with us.
 
We have entered into management agreements with Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide (“Starwood”) to manage a hotel under its Sheraton brand and a hotel and serviced luxury apartment hotel under its St. Regis brand, both of which are located on our Cotai Strip parcels 5 and 6. Under our revised development plan, construction of the first Sheraton tower will be temporarily suspended while we pursue project-level financing (which we target to complete within the next three to six months), but there can be no assurance that such financing will be obtained; and construction of the second Sheraton tower and the St. Regis serviced luxury apartment hotel has been suspended until conditions in the capital markets and general economic conditions improve. Our management agreements with Starwood impose certain construction and opening obligations and deadlines on us, and the delays and potential delays described above create a significant risk that we will fail to meet some or all of these obligations and deadlines. If that were to occur, Starwood would have the right to terminate its agreements with us, which would result in our having to find new managers and brands for the above-described projects, and which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our business is particularly sensitive to reductions in discretionary consumer spending as a result of downturns in the economy.
 
Consumer demand for hotel/casino resorts, trade shows and conventions and for the type of luxury amenities we offer is particularly sensitive to downturns in the economy and the corresponding impact on discretionary spending on leisure activities. Changes in discretionary consumer spending or consumer preferences brought about by factors such as perceived or actual general economic conditions, the current housing crisis and the credit crisis, the impact of high energy and food costs, the increased cost of travel, the potential for bank failures, perceived or actual disposable consumer income and wealth, fears of recession and changes in consumer confidence in the economy, or fears of war and future acts of terrorism could reduce customer demand for the luxury amenities and leisure activities we offer, thus imposing practical limits on pricing and harming our operations.
 
The current housing crisis and economic slowdown in the United States has resulted in a significant decline in the amount of tourism and spending in Las Vegas. In the eight months ended August 2008, the latest information available, the occupancy rates across Las Vegas have declined by approximately 2.4%, room rates have declined by approximately 7.7% and gaming revenue has declined approximately 7.1%, compared to the eight months ended August 2007. If these trends continue, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely effected.
 
The number of visitors to Macao, particularly visitors from mainland China, may decline or travel to Macao may be disrupted.
 
Our VIP and mass market gaming patrons typically come from nearby destinations in Asia, including mainland China, South Korea and Japan. Increasingly, a significant number of gaming patrons come to our casinos from mainland China.
 
The large investments that we and our competitors are making in the construction of new hotels and casinos, are based, in part, on projections regarding the number of visitors, and in particular, visitors from mainland China. As a result, general economic conditions and policies in China could have a significant impact on our financial prospects. Any slowdown in economic growth or reversal of China’s current policies of liberalizing restrictions on travel and currency movements could disrupt the number of visitors from mainland China to our casinos in Macao as well as the amounts they are willing to spend in the casinos.
 
In early October 2008, news media reported that certain additional proposed restrictions were imposed on exit visa applicants for travel to Macao by Chinese authorities. Under the measures, residents of mainland China are restricted to making only one visit every two months instead of one visit per month. In addition, residents of mainland China visiting Hong Kong may no longer visit Macao on the same visa, but instead must obtain a separate visa for any visit to Macao. These developments have, and any future policy developments that may be implemented may have, the effect of reducing the number of visitors to Macao from mainland China, which could adversely impact tourism and the gaming industry in Macao.


66


Table of Contents

ITEM 4 — SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
On September 30, 2008, in connection with the private placement of Convertible Senior Notes, Sheldon G. Adelson and certain family trusts for the benefit of Mr. Adelson and his family, who collectively held 244,755,626 shares, or approximately 68.9% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock as of September 29, 2008, delivered to the Company an executed written consent of stockholders approving the issuance of the number of shares of common stock required to be issued in connection with the conversion of the Convertible Senior Notes. This action was taken solely for the purposes of satisfying requirements of the New York Stock Exchange that require an issuer of listed securities to obtain the consent of its stockholders prior to issuing securities to affiliates if the number of shares of common stock into which the securities may be convertible or exercisable exceeds one percent of the number of shares of common stock outstanding before the issuance. Pursuant to the rules promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the stockholder consent will become effective 20 calendar days after we mail an information statement on Schedule 14C to our stockholders to provide them with notice of the consent. We have not yet mailed the information statement on Schedule 14C to our stockholders. See “Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 1 —  Organization and Business of the Company” and “Item 1 — Financial Statements — Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements — Note 4 —  Long Term Debt” for further details regarding this private placement.
 
ITEM 5 — OTHER INFORMATION
 
Recent Corporate Governance Changes
 
On October 29, 2008, certain members of our management team, including Sheldon G. Adelson, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, William P. Weidner, President and Chief Operating Officer, Bradley H. Stone, Executive Vice President, and Robert G. Goldstein, Senior Vice President (the “Senior Management Members”), recommended to our board of directors that it institute additional corporate policies and procedures. Upon such recommendation, our board of directors formed an executive committee (the “Executive Committee”) comprised of Irwin Chafetz, Michael A. Leven and Irwin A. Siegel, with Mr. Leven being the Chairman of the Executive Committee. The role of the Executive Committee is to exercise the powers of the board of directors in between scheduled board meetings, including the power to resolve disagreements among management. Also, the board of directors gave Mr. Stone the additional responsibilities of President of Construction and Operations. The board of directors adopted these measures to address governance concerns raised by the Senior Management Members, address a number of outstanding differences between our Chief Executive Officer and other Senior Management Members and in response to a loss of confidence by certain Senior Management Members in the management of the Company and our governance process.
 
Appointment of Chief Financial Officer
 
We have appointed Kenneth J. Kay, 53, as the Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, effective on December 1, 2008. Mr. Kay will also serve as our principal financial officer. Mr. Kay will start his new position with the Company and assume the duties and responsibilities in connection therewith on December 1, 2008.
 
Singapore Update
 
In November 2008, the Casino Regulatory Authority of Singapore (the “CRA”) informed us, following our submission, that our proposed casino floor plan for the Marina Bay Sands complies with the CRA’s requirements for casino layout. This floor plan would permit Marina Bay Sands to feature up to 1,000 table games (increasing its original layout from 600). The layout of our final casino floor plan as well as other casino matters will be subject to final approval from the CRA when we apply for our casino license next year.


67


Table of Contents

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
ITEM 6 — EXHIBITS
 
List of Exhibits
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description of Document
 
  4 .1   Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2008, between Las Vegas Sands Corp. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Form 3-ASR filed on November 6, 2008).
  4 .2   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2008, between Las Vegas Sands Corp. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.
  10 .1   Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 30, 2008, by and among Las Vegas Sands Corp. and the Purchaser named therein.
  10 .2   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2008, by and among Las Vegas Sands Corp., Dr. Miriam Adelson, the other Adelson Holders (as defined therein) and the Other Holders (as defined therein) that are party to this Agreement from time to time.
  10 .3   Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2008, by and between Las Vegas Sands Corp. and the Investor named therein.
  10 .4   Employment Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2006, by and between Las Vegas Sands Corporation and Michael Quartieri.
  10 .5   Amendment, effective October 24, 2008, to Land Concession by Lease between Macau Special Administrative Region and Venetian Cotai Limited.
  31 .1   Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31 .2   Certification of the Corporate Controller (Principal Financial Officer) pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Las Vegas Sands Corp. pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32 .2   Certification of Corporate Controller (Principal Financial Officer) of Las Vegas Sands Corp. pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


68


Table of Contents

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this quarterly report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
  By: 
/s/  Sheldon G. Adelson
Sheldon G. Adelson
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
 
November 10, 2008
 
  By: 
/s/  
Michael A. Quartieri
Michael A. Quartieri
Corporate Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
November 10, 2008


69

Exhibit 4.1
 
 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
and
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
Trustee
INDENTURE
Dated as of September 30, 2008
 
Providing for Issuance of Senior Debt Securities in Series
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
 
ARTICLE I Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application     1  
 
           
Section 1.01
  Definitions     1  
Section 1.02
  Compliance Certificates and Opinions     10  
Section 1.03
  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee     11  
Section 1.04
  Acts of Securityholders     12  
Section 1.05
  Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company     13  
Section 1.06
  Notices to Securityholders; Waiver     14  
Section 1.07
  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act     14  
Section 1.08
  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents     14  
Section 1.09
  Successors and Assigns     14  
Section 1.10
  Separability Clause     14  
Section 1.11
  Benefits of Indenture     15  
Section 1.12
  Governing Law     15  
Section 1.13
  Counterparts     15  
Section 1.14
  Judgment Currency     15  
 
           
ARTICLE II Security Forms     15  
 
           
Section 2.01
  Forms Generally     15  
Section 2.02
  Forms of Securities     16  
Section 2.03
  Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication     16  
Section 2.04
  Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security     16  
 
           
ARTICLE III The Securities     18  
 
           
Section 3.01
  General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of Particular Series     18  
Section 3.02
  Denominations     21  
Section 3.03
  Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating     21  
Section 3.04
  Temporary Securities     23  
Section 3.05
  Registration, Transfer and Exchange     23  
Section 3.06
  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities     25  
Section 3.07
  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved     25  
Section 3.08
  Persons Deemed Owners     27  
Section 3.09
  Cancellation     27  
Section 3.10
  Computation of Interest     27  
Section 3.11
  Delayed Issuance of Securities     27  
 
           
ARTICLE IV Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance     28  
 
           
Section 4.01
  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture     28  
Section 4.02
  Application of Trust Money     29  
Section 4.03
  Defeasance Upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations     30  

i


 

             
        Page
 
Section 4.04
  Reinstatement     32  
 
           
ARTICLE V Remedies     32  
 
           
Section 5.01
  Events of Default     32  
Section 5.02
  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment     34  
Section 5.03
  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee     35  
Section 5.04
  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim     36  
Section 5.05
  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities     37  
Section 5.06
  Application of Money Collected     37  
Section 5.07
  Limitation on Suits     37  
Section 5.08
  Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest     38  
Section 5.09
  Restoration of Rights and Remedies     38  
Section 5.10
  Rights and Remedies Cumulative     38  
Section 5.11
  Delay or Omission Not Waiver     39  
Section 5.12
  Control by Securityholders     39  
Section 5.13
  Waiver of Past Defaults     39  
Section 5.14
  Undertaking for Costs     39  
Section 5.15
  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws     40  
 
           
ARTICLE VI The Trustee     40  
 
           
Section 6.01
  Certain Duties and Responsibilities     40  
Section 6.02
  Notice of Defaults     41  
Section 6.03
  Certain Rights of Trustee     42  
Section 6.04
  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities     43  
Section 6.05
  May Hold Securities     43  
Section 6.06
  Money Held in Trust     43  
Section 6.07
  Compensation and Reimbursement     44  
Section 6.08
  Disqualification; Conflicting Interests     44  
Section 6.09
  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility     45  
Section 6.10
  Resignation and Removal     45  
Section 6.11
  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor     47  
Section 6.12
  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business     48  
Section 6.13
  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company     48  
Section 6.14
  Appointment of Authenticating Agent     48  
 
           
ARTICLE VII Securityholders’ Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company     50  
 
           
Section 7.01
  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders     50  
Section 7.02
  Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders     50  
Section 7.03
  Reports by Trustee     51  
Section 7.04
  Reports by Company     52  

ii


 

             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE VIII Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer     52  
 
           
Section 8.01
  Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms     52  
Section 8.02
  Successor Person Substituted     53  
 
           
ARTICLE IX Supplemental Indentures     53  
 
           
Section 9.01
  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders     53  
Section 9.02
  Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders     55  
Section 9.03
  Execution of Supplemental Indentures     56  
Section 9.04
  Effect of Supplemental Indentures     56  
Section 9.05
  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act     57  
Section 9.06
  Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures     57  
 
           
ARTICLE X Covenants     57  
 
           
Section 10.01
  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest     57  
Section 10.02
  Maintenance of Office or Agency     57  
Section 10.03
  Money for Security Payments to Be Held in Trust     58  
Section 10.04
  Statement as to Compliance     59  
Section 10.05
  Legal Existence     59  
Section 10.06
  Waiver of Certain Covenants     59  
 
           
ARTICLE XI Redemption of Securities     60  
 
           
Section 11.01
  Applicability of Article     60  
Section 11.02
  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee     60  
Section 11.03
  Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed     60  
Section 11.04
  Notice of Redemption     61  
Section 11.05
  Deposit of Redemption Price     62  
Section 11.06
  Securities Payable on Redemption Date     63  
Section 11.07
  Securities Redeemed in Part     63  
Section 11.08
  Provisions with Respect to Any Sinking Funds     63  
Section 11.09
  Rescission of Redemption     64  
Section 11.10
  Mandatory Disposition of Securities Pursuant to Gaming Laws     65  
 
           
ARTICLE XII Conversion     66  
 
           
Section 12.01
  Conversion Privilege     66  
Section 12.02
  Conversion Procedure; Rescission of Conversion; Conversion Price; Fractional Shares     66  
Section 12.03
  Adjustment of Conversion Price for Common Stock or Marketable Securities     69  
Section 12.04
  Consolidation or Merger of the Company     72  
Section 12.05
  Notice of Adjustment     73  
Section 12.06
  Notice in Certain Events     73  
Section 12.07
  Company to Reserve Stock or other Marketable Securities; Registration; Listing     74  

iii


 

             
        Page
 
Section 12.08
  Taxes on Conversion     74  
Section 12.09
  Conversion After Record Date     75  
Section 12.10
  Corporate Action Regarding Par Value of Common Stock     75  
Section 12.11
  Company Determination Final     75  
Section 12.12
  Trustee’s Disclaimer     75  
 
           
ARTICLE XIII Guarantees     75  
 
           
Section 13.01
  Guarantees. (a) Any series of Securities may be guaranteed by one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Company or other Persons. The terms and the form of any such Guarantee will be established in the manner contemplated by Section 3.01 for the particular series of Securities. Each Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Indenture after the date of this Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities.     75  

iv


 

Table Showing Reflection in Indenture of Certain Provisions
of Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990
Reflected in Indenture
         
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
§ 310
  (a)(1)   6.09
 
  (a)(2)   6.09
 
  (a)(3)   Not Applicable
 
  (a)(4)   Not Applicable
 
  (a)(5)   6.09
 
  (b)   6.08
 
       
§ 311
  (a)   6.13(a)
 
  (b)   6.13(b)
 
  (b)(2)   7.03(a)
 
      7.03(b)
 
       
§ 312
  (a)   7.01
 
      7.02(a)
 
  (b)   7.03(b)
 
  (c)   7.02(c)
 
       
§ 313
  (a)   7.03(a)
 
  (b)   7.03(b)
 
  (c)   7.03(a)
 
      7.03(b)
 
  (d)   7.03(c)
 
       
§ 314
  (a)(1)   7.04
 
  (a)(2)   7.04
 
  (a)(3)   7.04
 
  (a)(4)   10.04
 
  (b)   Not Applicable
 
  (c)(1)   1.02
 
  (c)(2)   1.02
 
  (c)(3)   Not Applicable
 
  (d)   Not Applicable
 
  (e)   1.02
 
       
§ 315
  (a)   6.01(a)
 
      6.01(c)
 
  (b)   6.02
 
      7.03(a)
 
  (c)   6.01(b)

i


 

         
Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
 
  (d)   6.01
 
  (d)(1)   6.01(a)
 
  (d)(2)   6.01(c)(2)
 
  (d)(3)   6.01(c)(3)
 
  (e)   5.14
 
       
§ 316
  (a)   1.01
 
  (a)(1)(A)   5.02
 
      5.12
 
  (a)(1)(B)   5.13
 
  (a)(2)   Not Applicable
 
  (b)   5.08
 
  (c)   1.04(d)
 
       
§ 317
  (a)(1)   5.03
 
  (a)(2)   5.04
 
  (b)   10.03
 
       
§ 318
  (a)   1.07
 
Note: This table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of the Indenture.
     Section 318(c) of the Trust Indenture Act provides that the provisions of Sections 310 to and including 317 of the Trust Indenture Act are a part of and govern every qualified indenture, whether or not physically contained therein.

ii


 

          THIS INDENTURE between LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP., a Nevada corporation (hereinafter called the “ Company ”) having its principal office at 3355 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109, and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (hereinafter called the “ Trustee ”), is made and entered into as of September 30, 2008.
Recitals of the Company
          The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of its debentures, notes, bonds or other evidences of indebtedness, in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, to be issued in one or more fully registered series.
          This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that are deemed to be incorporated into this Indenture and shall, to the extent applicable, be governed by such provisions.
          All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company in accordance with its terms have been done.
Agreements of the Parties
          To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon which the Securities are and are to be authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed as follows, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of a series thereof, as the case may be:
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Other Provisions
of General Application
          Section 1.01 Definitions . For all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
          (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular;
          (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or by Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them herein;
          (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such

 


 

accounting principles and any accounting rules or interpretations promulgated by the Commission as are generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of this Indenture; and
          (4) all references in this instrument to designated “Articles”, “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed. The words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
          Certain terms, used principally in Article VI, are defined in that Article.
          “ Act ”, when used with respect to any Securityholder, has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.
          “ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
          “ Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to authenticate Securities under Section 6.14.
          “ Board of Directors ” means (i) the board of directors of the Company, (ii) any duly authorized committee of such board, (iii) any committee of officers of the Company or (iv) any officer of the Company acting, in the case of clauses (iii) or (iv), pursuant to authority granted by the board of directors of the Company or any committee of such board.
          “ Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Business Day ” means, with respect to any series of Securities, unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution, in an indenture supplemental hereto or an Officer’s Certificate with respect to a particular series of Securities, each day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in the pertinent Place or Places of Payment or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are authorized or required by law or executive order to be closed.
          “ Closing Price ” of the Common Stock or other Marketable Security, as the case may be, shall mean the last reported sale price of such stock or other Marketable Security (regular way) as shown on the Composite Tape of the NYSE (or, if such stock or

2


 

other Marketable Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, on the principal national securities exchange on which such stock or other Marketable Security is listed or admitted to trading, including the NASDAQ), or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the NYSE (or, if such stock or other Marketable Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, on the principal national securities exchange on which such stock or other Marketable Security is listed or admitted to trading, including the NASDAQ), or if such stock or other Marketable Security is not so reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose.
          “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.
          “ Common Stock ” shall mean the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company authorized at the date of this Indenture as originally signed, or any other class of stock resulting from successive changes or reclassifications of such Common Stock, and in any such case including any shares thereof authorized after the date of this Indenture.
          “ Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor.
          “ Company Request ”, “ Company Order ” and “ Company Consent ” mean a written request, order or consent, respectively, signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, Controller, any Assistant Controller, General Counsel, Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President, and delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Conversion Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to receive Securities to be converted into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on behalf of the Company. The Company initially authorizes the Trustee to act as Conversion Agent for the Securities on its behalf. The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize one or more Persons to act as Conversion Agent in addition to or in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
          “ Conversion Price ” means, with respect to any series of Securities which are convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, the price per share of Common Stock or the price per designated unit of other Marketable Security at which the Securities of such series are so convertible as set forth in the Board Resolution or

3


 

indenture supplemental hereto with respect to such series (or in any indenture supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to Section 9.01(9) with respect to such series), as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 12.03 (or such indenture supplemental hereto).
          “ Converting Holder ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.02(c) of this Indenture.
          “ Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 60 Livingston Avenue EP-MN-WS3C, St. Paul, Minnesota 55107, Attn: Richard Prokosch.
          “ Current Market Price ” on any date shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities for any 30 consecutive Trading Days selected by the Company prior to the day in question, which 30 consecutive Trading Day period shall not commence more than 45 Trading Days prior to the day in question; provided that with respect to Section 12.03(3), the “Current Market Price” of the Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities shall mean the average of the daily Closing Prices per share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Securities for the five consecutive Trading Days ending on the date of the distribution referred to in Section 12.03(3) (or if such date shall not be a Trading Day, on the Trading Day immediately preceding such date).
          “ Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.
          “ Depository ” means, unless otherwise specified by the Company pursuant to either Section 2.04 or 3.01, with respect to Securities of any series issuable or issued as a Global Security, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation.
          “ Discharged ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.03.
          “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Article V.
          “ Federal Bankruptcy Act ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01(5).
          “ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as such principles are in effect in the United States as of the date of this Indenture.
          “ Gaming Authority ” means any agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, office or instrumentality of any nature whatsoever of the United States or foreign government, any state, province or any city or other political subdivision, whether now or hereafter existing, or any officer or official thereof, including without limitation, the Nevada Gaming Commission, the Nevada State Gaming Control Board, the Clark County Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board, the Macau

4


 

Gaming Authorities, the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board, the Singapore Casino Regulatory Authority and any other agency with authority to regulate any gaming operation (or proposed gaming operation) owned, managed or operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
          “ Gaming Laws ” means the gaming laws of a jurisdiction or jurisdictions to which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is, or may at any time after the date of this Indenture be, subject, including all applicable provisions of all: (1) constitutions, treatises, statutes or laws governing gaming operations (including, without limitation, card club casinos and pari-mutuel race tracks) and rules, regulations and ordinances of any Gaming Authority; (2) any governmental approval relating to any gaming business (including pari-mutuel betting) or enterprise; and (3) orders, decisions, judgments, awards and decrees of any Gaming Authority.
          “ Gaming Licenses ” means every license, franchise or other authorization required to own, lease, operate or otherwise conduct activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and other applicable federal, state, foreign or local laws.
          “ Global Security ”, when used with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder, means a Security which is executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction, all in accordance with this Indenture and an indenture supplemental hereto, if any, or Board Resolution and pursuant to a Company Request, which shall be registered in the name of the Depository or its nominee and which shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, all of the Outstanding Securities of such series or any portion thereof, in either case having the same terms, including, without limitation, the same original issue date, date or dates on which principal is due, and interest rate or method of determining interest.
          “ Guarantee ” means the guarantees specified in Section 13.01(a).
          “ Guarantor ” means any Person who guarantees any series of Securities issued hereunder as specified in Section 13.01(a).
          “ Holder ”, when used with respect to any Security, means a Securityholder, which means a Person in whose name a security is registered in the Security Register.
          “ Indenture ” or “ this Indenture ” means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01.
          “ Interest ”, when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable after Maturity.

5


 

          “ Interest Payment Date ”, when used with respect to any series of Securities, means the Stated Maturity of any installment of interest on those Securities.
          “ Marketable Security ” means any common stock, debt security or other security of a Person which is (or will, upon distribution thereof, be) listed on the NYSE, the American Stock Exchange, NASDAQ or any other national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or approved for quotation in any system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices in the United States or for which there is a recognized market maker or trading market.
          “ Maturity ”, when used with respect to any Securities, means the date on which the principal of any such Security becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether on a Repayment Date, at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
          “ NASDAQ ” shall mean the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Capital Market.
          “ NYSE ” shall mean the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.
          “ Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or any Vice President of the Company, and by the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, any Assistant Controller, the General Counsel, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. Wherever this Indenture requires that an Officers’ Certificate be signed also by a financial expert or an accountant or other expert, such financial expert, accountant or other expert (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) may be in the employ of the Company, and shall be acceptable to the Trustee.
          “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) be an employee of or of counsel to the Company, which is delivered to the Trustee.
          “ Original Issue Discount Security ” means (i) any Security which provides for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, and (ii) any other security which is issued with “original issue discount” within the meaning of Section 1273(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.
          “ Outstanding ”, when used with respect to the Securities or Securities of any series, means, as of the date of determination, all such Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
     (i) such Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

6


 

     (ii) such Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and
     (iii) such Securities in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, or which shall have been paid pursuant to the terms of Section 3.06 (except with respect to any such Security as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Security is held by a Person in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company).
In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of such Securities Outstanding have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (i) the principal amount of any Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of the taking of such action upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof, and (ii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding. In determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which a Responsible Officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee knows to be owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act as owner with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.
          “ Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Securities on behalf of the Company. The Company initially authorizes the Trustee to act as Paying Agent for the Securities on its behalf. The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize one or more Persons to act as Paying Agent in addition to or in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
          “ Place of Payment ” means with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder the city or political subdivision so designated with respect to the series of Securities in question in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01.

7


 

          “ Predecessor Securities ” of any particular Security means every previous Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and delivered under Section 3.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or stolen Security.
          “ Redemption Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
          “ Redemption Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price specified in the Security at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
          “ Redemption Rescission Event ” shall mean the occurrence of (a) any general suspension of trading in, or limitation on prices for, securities on the principal national securities exchange on which shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities are registered and listed for trading (or, if shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities are not registered and listed for trading on any such exchange, in the over-the-counter market) for more than six-and-one-half (6-1/2) consecutive trading hours, (b) any decline in either the Dow Jones Industrial Average or the S&P 500 Index (or any successor index published by Dow Jones & Company, Inc. or S&P) by either (i) an amount in excess of 10%, measured from the close of business on any Trading Day to the close of business on the next succeeding Trading Day during the period commencing on the Trading Day preceding the day notice of any redemption of Securities is given (or, if such notice is given after the close of business on a Trading Day, commencing on such Trading Day) and ending at the time and date fixed for redemption in such notice or (ii) an amount in excess of 15% (or if the time and date fixed for redemption is more than 15 days following the date on which such notice of redemption is given, 20%), measured from the close of business on the Trading Day preceding the day notice of such redemption is given (or, if such notice is given after the close of business on a Trading Day, from such Trading Day) to the close of business on any Trading Day at or prior to the time and date fixed for redemption, (c) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks by Federal or state authorities in the United States or (d) the occurrence of an act of terrorism or commencement of a war or armed hostilities or other national or international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States which in the reasonable judgment of the Company could have a material adverse effect on the market for the Common Stock or Marketable Securities.
          “ Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Security on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified in such Security as the Regular Record Date.
          “ Repayment Date ”, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the date fixed for such repayment pursuant to such Security.
          “ Repayment Price ”, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the price at which it is to be repaid pursuant to such Security.

8


 

          “ Required Currency ”, when used with respect to any Security, has the meaning set forth in Section 1.14.
          “ Responsible Officer ”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer of the Trustee with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. “Responsible Officer”, when used with respect to the Company, means any of the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, Controller, General Counsel, Secretary or any Vice President of the Company (or any equivalent of the foregoing officers).
          “ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Service or any successor to the rating agency business thereto.
          “ Security ” or “ Securities ” means any note or notes, bond or bonds, debenture or debentures, or any other evidences of indebtedness, as the case may be, of any series authenticated and delivered from time to time under this Indenture.
          “ Security Register ” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.05.
          “ Security Registrar ” means the Person who keeps the Security Register specified in Section 3.05. The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Security Registrar for the Securities on its behalf. The Company may at any time and from time to time authorize any Person to act as Security Registrar in place of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities issued under this Indenture.
          “ Securityholder ” means a Person in whose name a security is registered in the Security Register.
          “ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.
          “ Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.
          “ Stated Maturity ” when used with respect to any Security or any installment of principal thereof or interest thereon means the date specified in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.
          “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation more than 50% of the voting stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by such Person, and any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person owns

9


 

more than 50% of the equity interests or has the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body.
          “ Trading Day ” shall mean, with respect to the Common Stock or a Marketable Security, so long as the common stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, a day on which the NYSE is open for the transaction of business, or, if the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is not listed or admitted to trading on the NYSE, a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is listed is open for the transaction of business, or, if the Common Stock or such Marketable Security, as the case may be, is not so listed or admitted for trading on any national securities exchange, a day on which the member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority selected by the Company to provide pricing information for the Common Stock or such Marketable Security is open for the transaction of business.
          “ Trust Indenture Act ” or “ TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however, that, in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.
          “ Trustee ” means the Person named as the Trustee in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean and include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder. If at any time there is more than one such Person, “Trustee” as used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.
          “ Vice President ” when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president”, including without limitation, an assistant vice president.
          “ Voting Stock ”, as applied to the stock of any corporation, means stock of any class or classes (however designated) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or other governing body) of such corporation other than stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency.
          “ Yield to Maturity ” means the yield to maturity on a series of Securities, calculated by the Company at the time of issuance of such series of Securities, or, if applicable, at the most recent redetermination of interest on such series, in accordance with accepted financial practice.
          Section 1.02 Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any

10


 

provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such Counsel all such conditions precedent, if any (including any covenants compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.
          Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than annual statements of compliance provided pursuant to Section 10.04) shall include:
          (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;
          (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
          (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
          (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.
          Section 1.03 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons may certify or give an opinion as to the other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
          Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the

11


 

information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such Counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.
          Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.
          Section 1.04 Acts of Securityholders . (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Securityholders or Securityholders of any series may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Securityholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing or may be embodied in or evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Securityholders’ consent thereto and agreement to be bound thereby; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. If any Securities are denominated in coin or currency other than that of the United States, then for the purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of such Securities shall be deemed to be that amount of United States dollars that could be obtained for such principal amount on the basis of the spot rate of exchange into United States dollars for the currency in which such Securities are denominated (as evidenced to the Trustee by an Officers’ Certificate) as of the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. If any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities, then for the purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of such Original Issue Discount Securities shall be deemed to be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof as of the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee as provided in the first sentence of this Section 1.04(a). Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Securityholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
          (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his

12


 

authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
          (c) The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.
          (d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. Such record date shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first solicitation of such action or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 7.01. If such a record date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action may be given before or after the record date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Securities outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Securities outstanding shall be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date, and that no such authorization, agreement or consent may be amended, withdrawn or revoked once given by a Holder, unless the Company shall provide for such amendment, withdrawal or revocation in conjunction with such solicitation of authorizations, agreements or consents or unless and to the extent required by applicable law.
          (e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Security shall bind the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Security.
          Section 1.05 Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Securityholders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:
          (1) the Trustee by any Securityholder or by the Company shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration; or
          (2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Securityholder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in Section 5.01(4)

13


 

or, in the case of a request for repayment, as specified in the Security carrying the right to repayment) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention: Office of the General Counsel, or at the address last furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.
          Section 1.06 Notices to Securityholders; Waiver . Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice to Securityholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in such Security expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Securityholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Securityholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Securityholders. Where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Securityholders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
          In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or otherwise, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to any Securityholder when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any method of notification as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.
          Section 1.07 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act . If and to the extent that any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “ incorporated provision ”) included in this Indenture by operation of, any of Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision shall control.
          Section 1.08 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
          Section 1.09 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company and the Guarantors, if any, shall bind their respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
          Section 1.10 Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

14


 

          Section 1.11 Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in any Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent, the Security Registrar and the Holders of Securities (or such of them as may be affected thereby), any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
          Section 1.12 Governing Law . This Indenture shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.
          Section 1.13 Counterparts . This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
          Section 1.14 Judgment Currency . The Company agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so under applicable law, that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect of the principal of, or premium or interest, if any, on the Securities of any series (the “ Required Currency ”) into a currency in which a judgment will be rendered (the “ Judgment Currency ”), the rate of exchange used shall be the rate at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Trustee could purchase in the City of New York the Required Currency with the Judgment Currency on the New York Banking Day preceding that on which a final unappealable judgment is given and (b) its obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be discharged or satisfied by any tender, or any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether or not entered in accordance with subsection (a)), in any currency other than the Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the actual receipt, by the payee, of the full amount of the Required Currency expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable and (iii) shall not be affected by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture. For purposes of the foregoing, “ New York Banking Day ” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday in the City of New York or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.
ARTICLE II
Security Forms
          Section 2.01 Forms Generally . The Securities shall have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of

15


 

the Securities. Any portion of the text of any Security may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Security.
          The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities, subject, with respect to the Securities of any series, to the rules of any securities exchange on which such Securities are listed.
          Section 2.02 Forms of Securities . Each Security shall be in one of the forms approved from time to time by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto. Prior to the delivery of a Security to the Trustee for authentication in any form approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee the Board Resolution by or pursuant to which such form of Security has been approved, which Board Resolution shall have attached thereto a true and correct copy of the form of Security which has been approved thereby or, if a Board Resolution authorizes a specific officer or officers to approve a form of Security, a certificate of such officer or officers approving the form of Security attached thereto. Any form of Security approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution must be acceptable as to form to the Trustee, such acceptance to be evidenced by the Trustee’s authentication of Securities in that form or a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and delivered to the Company.
          Section 2.03 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication . The form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication for any Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be substantially as follows:
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
          This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 
 
  by      
    Authorized Signatory   
  Dated     
 
          Section 2.04 Securities Issuable in the Form of a Global Security . (a) If the Company shall establish pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 3.01 that the Securities of a particular series are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, then the Company shall execute and the Trustee or its agent shall, in accordance with Section 3.03 and the Company Order delivered to the Trustee or its

16


 

agent thereunder, authenticate and deliver, such Global Security or Securities, which (i) shall represent, and shall be denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of, the Outstanding Securities of such series to be represented by such Global Security or Securities, or such portion thereof as the Company shall specify in a Company Order, (ii) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Security or Securities or its nominee, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee or its agent to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized representative of the Depository to Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange, or payment, and any certificate issued is registered in the name of the nominee of the Depository or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository (and any payment is made to the nominee of the Depository or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of the Depository), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, the nominee of the Depository, has an interest herein.”
          (b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.04 or of Section 3.05, and subject to the provisions of paragraph (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Security expressly permit such Global Security to be exchanged in whole or in part for individual Securities, a Global Security may be transferred, in whole but not in part and in the manner provided in Section 3.05, only to a nominee of the Depository for such Global Security, or to the Depository, or a successor Depository for such Global Security selected or approved by the Company, or to a nominee of such successor Depository.
          (c) (i) If at any time the Depository for a Global Security notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security or if at any time the Depository for the Securities for such series shall no longer be eligible or in good standing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or other applicable statute or regulation, the Company shall appoint a successor Depository with respect to such Global Security. If a successor Depository for such Global Security is not appointed by the Company within 90 days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Company will execute, and the Trustee or its agent, upon receipt of a Company Request for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series in exchange for such Global Security, will authenticate and deliver, individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security in exchange for such Global Security.
          (ii) The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the Securities of any series or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of one or more Global Securities shall no longer be represented by such Global Security or Securities. In such event the Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Request for the authentication and delivery of individual Securities of such series in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Security, will authenticate and deliver individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an

17


 

aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Security or Securities representing such series or portion thereof in exchange for such Global Security or Securities.
          (iii) If specified by the Company pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 3.02 with respect to Securities issued or issuable in the form of a Global Security, the Depository for such Global Security may surrender such Global Security in exchange in whole or in part for individual Securities of such series of like tenor and terms in definitive form on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depository. Thereupon the Company shall execute, and the Trustee or its agent shall authenticate and deliver, without service charge, (1) to each Person specified by such Depository a new Security or Securities of the same series of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest as specified by such Depository in the Global Security; and (2) to such Depository a new Global Security of like tenor and terms and in an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Global Security and the aggregate principal amount of Securities delivered to Holders thereof.
          (iv) In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Company will execute and the Trustee or its agent will authenticate and deliver individual Securities in definitive registered form in authorized denominations. Upon the exchange of the entire principal amount of a Global Security for individual Securities, such Global Security shall be canceled by the Trustee or its agent. Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security pursuant to this Section shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository for such Global Security, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or the Security Registrar. The Trustee or the Security Registrar shall deliver at its Corporate Trust Office such Securities to the Persons in whose names such Securities are so registered.
ARTICLE III
The Securities
          Section 3.01 General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of Particular Series . The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited.
          The Securities may be issued in one or more series as from time to time may be authorized by the Board of Directors. There shall be established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in an indenture supplemental hereto, subject to Section 3.11, prior to the issuance of Securities of any such series:
          (1) the title of the Securities of such series (which shall distinguish the Securities of such series from Securities of any other series);

18


 

          (2) the Person to whom any interest on a Security of such series shall be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest;
          (3) the date or dates on which the principal of the Securities of such series is payable;
          (4) the rate or rates at which the Securities of such series shall bear interest, if any, the date or dates from which such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable and the Regular Record Date for any interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;
          (5) the place or places where the principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of such series shall be payable;
          (6) the period or periods within which, the Redemption Price or Prices or the Repayment Price or Prices, as the case may be, at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of such series may be redeemed or repaid (including the applicability of Section 11.09), as the case may be, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company or the Holder;
          (7) the obligation, if any, of the Company to purchase Securities of such series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of such series shall be purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;
          (8) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof, the denominations in which Securities of such series shall be issuable;
          (9) provisions, if any, with regard to the conversion or exchange of the Securities of such series, at the option of the Holders thereof or the Company, as the case may be, for or into new Securities of a different series, Common Stock or other securities;
          (10) if other than U.S. dollars, the currency or currencies or units based on or related to currencies in which the Securities of such series shall be denominated and in which payments of principal of, and any premium and interest on, such Securities shall or may be payable;
          (11) if the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of such series are to be payable, at the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in a coin or currency (including a composite currency) other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made;

19


 

          (12) if the amount of payments of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest, if any, on the Securities of such series may be determined with reference to an index based on a coin or currency (including a composite currency) other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;
          (13) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of such series pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.05, 3.06, 9.06, 11.07 and 12.02 and except for any Securities which, pursuant to Section 3.03, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);
          (14) provisions, if any, with regard to the exchange of Securities of such series, at the option of the Holders thereof, for other Securities of the same series of the same aggregate principal amount or of a different authorized series or different authorized denomination or denominations, or both;
          (15) provisions, if any, with regard to the appointment by the Company of an Authenticating Agent in one or more places other than the location of the office of the Trustee with power to act on behalf of the Trustee and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of the Securities of any one or more series in connection with such transactions as shall be specified in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto;
          (16) the portion of the principal amount of Securities of the series, if other than the principal amount thereof, which shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02 or provable in bankruptcy pursuant to Section 5.04;
          (17) any Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series, if not set forth herein, and any additions, deletions or other changes to the Events of Default set forth herein that shall be applicable to the Securities of such series;
          (18) any covenant solely for the benefit of the Securities of such series and any additions, deletions or other changes to the provisions of Article VIII, Article X or Section 1.01 or any definitions relating to such Article that would otherwise be applicable to the Securities of such series;
          (19) if Section 4.03 of this Indenture shall not be applicable to the Securities of such series and if Section 4.03 shall be applicable to any covenant or Event of Default established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution or in an indenture supplemental hereto as described above that has not already been established herein;

20


 

          (20) if the Securities of such series shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Security or Securities, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Security or Securities may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Securities; and the Depository for such Global Security or Securities;
          (21) if the Securities of such series shall be guaranteed, the terms and conditions of such Guarantees and provisions for the accession of the guarantors to certain obligations hereunder; and
          (22) any other terms of such series, including, without limitations, any restrictions on transfer related thereto.
all upon such terms as may be determined in or pursuant to such Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to such series.
          The form of the Securities of each series shall be established pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or in the indenture supplemental hereto creating such series. The Securities of each series shall be distinguished from the Securities of each other series in such manner, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, as the Board of Directors may determine.
          Unless otherwise provided with respect to Securities of a particular series, the Securities of any series may only be issuable in registered form, without coupons.
          Any terms or provisions in respect of the Securities of any series issued under this Indenture may be determined pursuant to this Section by providing for the method by which such terms or provisions shall be determined.
          Section 3.02 Denominations . The Securities of each series shall be issuable in such denominations and currency as shall be provided in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the Board Resolution or the indenture supplemental hereto creating such series. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of that series shall be issuable only in fully registered form in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.
          Section 3.03 Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating . The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, its Chief Operating Officer, its Chief Financial Officer, its Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, its Controller, its General Counsel, its Secretary or any Vice President and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or facsimile.
          Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices

21


 

prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.
          At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall, upon Company Order, authenticate and deliver such Securities as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise.
          Prior to any such authentication and delivery, the Trustee shall be provided with the Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 1.02, and the Board Resolution and any certificate relating to the issuance of the series of Securities required to be furnished pursuant to Section 2.02, an Opinion of Counsel substantially to the effect that:
          (1) all instruments furnished to the Trustee conform to the requirements of the Indenture and constitute sufficient authority hereunder for the Trustee to authenticate and deliver such Securities;
          (2) the form and terms of such Securities have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;
          (3) all laws and requirements with respect to the execution and delivery by the Company of such Securities have been complied with, the Company has the corporate power to issue such Securities and such Securities have been duly authorized and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authentication and delivery by the Trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity) and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Securities, if any, of such series Outstanding;
          (4) when applicable, the Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act; and
          (5) such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request;
and, if the authentication and delivery relates to a new series of Securities created by an indenture supplemental hereto, also stating that all laws and requirements with respect to the form and execution by the Company of the supplemental indenture with respect to that series of Securities have been complied with, the Company has corporate power to execute and deliver any such supplemental indenture and has taken all necessary corporate action for those purposes and any such supplemental indenture has been duly executed and delivered and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms (subject, as to enforcement of

22


 

remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in equity).
          The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue thereof will adversely affect the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this Indenture.
          Unless otherwise provided in the form of Security for any series, all Securities shall be dated the date of their authentication.
          No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual or facsimile signature, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as provided in Section 3.09, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.
          Section 3.04 Temporary Securities . Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the Company may execute, and, upon receipt of the documents required by Section 3.03, together with a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.
          If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities of such series shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder; and upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of such series of authorized denominations and of like tenor and terms. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities of such series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series.
          Section 3.05 Registration, Transfer and Exchange . The Company shall keep or cause to be kept a register or registers (herein sometimes referred to as the

23


 

Security Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Securities, or of Securities of a particular series, and of transfers of Securities or of Securities of such series. Any such register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times the information contained in such register or registers shall be available for inspection by the Trustee at the office or agency to be maintained by the Company as provided in Section 10.02. There shall be only one Security Register per series of Securities.
          Subject to Section 2.04, upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose in a Place of Payment, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms.
          Subject to Section 2.04, at the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.
          All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
          Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
          Unless otherwise provided in the Security to be registered for transfer or exchanged, no service charge shall be made on any Securityholder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may (unless otherwise provided in such Security) require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 3.04, 9.06 or 11.07 not involving any transfer.
          The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Security of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of such series selected for redemption under Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on

24


 

the date of such mailing, or (ii) to register the transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part.
          None of the Company, the Trustee, any agent of the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
          Section 3.06 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities . If (i) any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and (ii) there is delivered to the Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor, series, Stated Maturity and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
          In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.
          Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
          Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series duly issued hereunder.
          The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.
          Section 3.07 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved . Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Security pursuant to Section 3.01, interest on any Security which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

25


 

          Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of his having been such Holder; and, except as hereinafter provided, such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:
          (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names any such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner (the “ Special Record Date ”). The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause (1) provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Holder of each such Security at his address as it appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).
          (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2), such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
          If any installment of interest the Stated Maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date for any Security called for redemption pursuant to Article XI is not paid or duly provided for on or prior to the Redemption Date in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section, such interest shall be payable as part of the Redemption Price of such Securities.

26


 

          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
          Section 3.08 Persons Deemed Owners . The Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Security is registered as the owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 3.07) interest on, such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
          None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
          Section 3.09 Cancellation . All Securities surrendered for payment, conversion, redemption, registration of transfer, exchange or credit against a sinking fund shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already canceled, shall be promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Security shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of all canceled Securities in accordance with its standard procedures and deliver a certificate of such disposition to the Company upon its written request therefor.
          Section 3.10 Computation of Interest . Unless otherwise provided as contemplated in Section 3.01, interest on the Securities shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
          Section 3.11 Delayed Issuance of Securities . Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be necessary for the Company to deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate, Board Resolution, indenture supplemental hereto, opinion of counsel or Company Order otherwise required pursuant to Sections 1.02, 2.02, 3.01 and 3.03 at or prior to the time of authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered to the Trustee or its agent at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security of such series to be issued; provided that any subsequent request by the Company to the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series upon original issuance shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company that as of the date of such request, the statements made in the Officers’ Certificate or other

27


 

certificates delivered pursuant to Sections 1.02 and 2.02 shall be true and correct as if made on such date.
          A Company Order, Officers’ Certificate or Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto delivered by the Company to the Trustee in the circumstances set forth in the preceding paragraph may provide that Securities which are the subject thereof will be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or its agent on original issue from time to time in the aggregate principal amount, if any, established for such series pursuant to such procedures reasonably acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified from time to time by Company Order upon the telephonic, electronic or written order of Persons designated in such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution (any such telephonic or electronic instructions to be promptly confirmed in writing by such Persons) and that such Persons are authorized to determine, consistent with such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution, such terms and conditions of said Securities as are specified in such Company Order, Officers’ Certificate, indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution.
ARTICLE IV
Satisfaction and Discharge; Defeasance
          Section 4.01 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . Unless pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made that this Section shall not be applicable to the Securities of any series, this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Securities (except as to any surviving rights of conversion or registration of transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or in the form of Security for such series), and the Trustee, on receipt of a Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to such series, when:
          (1) either
               (A) all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities of such series which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.06, and (ii) Securities of such series for whose payment money in the Required Currency has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 10.03) have been delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancellation; or
               (B) all such Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancellation:
                    (i) have become due and payable, or

28


 

                    (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or
                    (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,
and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose an amount in the Required Currency sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;
          (2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company with respect to the Securities of such series; and
          (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have been complied with.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee with respect to that series under Section 6.07 shall survive and the obligations of the Company and the Trustee under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 4.02, 10.02 and 10.03 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.
          Section 4.02 Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 10.03, all money, property and securities deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 or Section 4.03 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the series of Securities in respect of which it was deposited and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
          Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money, property or securities deposited with and held by it as provided in Section 4.03 and this Section 4.02 which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent

29


 

satisfaction and discharge, Discharge (as defined below) or covenant defeasance, provided that the Trustee shall not be required to liquidate any securities in order to comply with the provisions of this paragraph.
          Section 4.03 Defeasance Upon Deposit of Funds or Government Obligations . Unless pursuant to Section 3.01 provision is made that this Section shall not be applicable to the Securities of any series, at the Company’s option, either (a) the Company and the Guarantors, if any, shall be deemed to have been Discharged (as defined below) from its obligations with respect to any series of Securities after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied or (b) the Company shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Section 10.05 and Article VIII (and any other Sections or covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision), the Guarantors, if any, shall be released from the Guarantees and clause (4) of Section 5.01 of this Indenture (and any other Events of Default applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities at any time after the applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:
          (1) the Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably with the Trustee as trust funds, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such series, (i) money in an amount, or (ii) the equivalent in securities of the government which issued the currency in which the Securities are denominated or government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of such government which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide freely available funds on or prior to the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to (ii) and (iii)) of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including mandatory sinking fund payments) and any premium of, interest on and any repurchase or redemption obligations with respect to the outstanding Securities of such series on the dates such installments of interest or principal or repurchase or redemption obligations are due (before such a deposit, if the Securities of such series are then redeemable or may be redeemed in the future pursuant to the terms thereof, in either case at the option of the Company, the Company may give to the Trustee, in accordance with Section 11.02, a notice of its election to redeem all of the Securities of such series at a future date in accordance with Article XI);
          (2) no Event of Default or event (including such deposit) which with notice or lapse of time would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than an Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

30


 

          (3) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of the Company’s exercise of its option under this Section 4.03 and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such option had not been exercised, and, in the case of Securities being Discharged, accompanied by a ruling to that effect from the Internal Revenue Service, unless, as set forth in such Opinion of Counsel, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law since the date of this Indenture such that a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service is no longer required;
          (4) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit referred to in paragraph (1) above was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others; and
          (5) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have been complied with.
          If the Company, at its option, with respect to a series of Securities, satisfies the applicable conditions pursuant to either clause (a) or (b) of the first sentence of this Section, then (x), in the event the Company satisfies the conditions to clause (a) and elects clause (a) to be applicable, each of the Guarantors, if any, shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, its respective guarantee of the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series and (y) in either case, each of the Guarantors, if any, shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in any covenants applicable to such Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision), and any Events of Default applicable to such series of Securities that are determined pursuant to Section 3.01 to be subject to this provision shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with respect to such series of Securities at any time thereafter.
          “ Discharged ” means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and obligations under, the Securities of such series and to have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture relating to the Securities of such series (and the Trustee, on receipt of a Company Request and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except (A) the rights of Holders of Securities to receive, from the trust fund described in clause (1) above, payment of the principal and any premium of and any interest on such Securities when such payments are due; (B) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 3.05, 3.06, 4.02, 6.07, 10.02 and 10.03; (C) the Company’s right of redemption, if any, with respect to any Securities of such series

31


 

pursuant to Article XI, in which case the Company may redeem the Securities of such series in accordance with Article XI by complying with such Article and depositing with the Trustee, in accordance with Section 11.05, an amount of money sufficient, together with all amounts held in trust pursuant to Section 4.02 with respect to Securities of such series, to pay the Redemption Price of all the Securities of such series to be redeemed; and (D) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder. A “ Discharge ” shall mean the meeting by the Company of the foregoing requirements.
          Section 4.04 Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money, property or securities in accordance with Section 4.02 of this Indenture, by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s and, if applicable, the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 4.01 or 4.03 of this Indenture, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money, property or securities in accordance with Section 4.02 of this Indenture; provided that, if the Company has made any payment of principal of or interest on any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the money, property or securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE V
Remedies
          Section 5.01 Events of Default . “ Event of Default ”, wherever used herein, means with respect to any series of Securities any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is specifically deleted or modified in or pursuant to the indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of Security for such series:
          (1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or
          (2) default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of that series at its Maturity; or
          (3) default in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of such series; or

32


 

          (4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Company in this Indenture in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), all of such covenants and warranties in the Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series of Securities being deemed in respect of the Securities of all series for this purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 33 1/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “ Notice of Default ” hereunder; or
          (5) the entry of an order for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof under Title 11, United States Code (the “ Federal Bankruptcy Act ”) by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof a bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days; or
          (6) the consent by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Act or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof in furtherance of any such action; or
          (7) revocation, termination, suspension or other cessation of effectiveness of any Nevada or Macau Gaming License, which results in the cessation or suspension of gaming operations for a period of more than 90 consecutive days; or

33


 

          (8) any other Event of Default provided in the indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution under which such series of Securities is issued or in the form of Security for such series.
          Section 5.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . If an Event of Default described in paragraph (1), (2), (3), (4), (7) or (8) (if the Event of Default under clause (4) or (8) is with respect to less than all series of Securities then Outstanding) of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing with respect to any series, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities of such series shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 33 1/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities of such series then Outstanding hereunder (each such series acting as a separate class), by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if the Securities of such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that series) of all the Securities of such series and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Securities of such series contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default described in clause (4) or (8) (if the Event of Default under clause (4) or (8) is with respect to all series of Securities then Outstanding), of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing, then and in each and every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities shall have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 33 1/3% in aggregate principal amount of all the Securities then Outstanding hereunder (treated as one class), by notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if any Securities are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms thereof) of all the Securities then Outstanding and all accrued interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become and shall be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Securities contained to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default of the type set forth in clause (5) or (6) of Section 5.01 occurs and is continuing, the principal of and any interest on the Securities then outstanding shall become immediately due and payable.
          At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made with respect to the Securities of any or all series, as the case may be, and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such series, by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:
          (1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:
               (A) all overdue installments of interest on the Securities of such series; and

34


 

               (B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of such series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Securities of such series, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful; and
               (C) interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Securities of such series to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful; and
               (D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07; and
          (2) all Events of Default with respect to such series of Securities, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Securities of such series which have become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
          Section 5.03 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee . The Company covenants that if:
          (1) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series when such interest becomes due and payable; or
          (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof; or
          (3) default is made in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of any series;
and any such default continues for any period of grace provided with respect to the Securities of such series, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holder of any such Security (or the Holders of any such series in the case of clause (3) above), the whole amount then due and payable on any such Security (or on the Securities of any such series in the case of clause (3) above) for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal (and premium, if any) and upon overdue installments of interest, at such rate or rates as may be prescribed therefor by the terms of any such Security (or of Securities of any such series in the case of clause (3) above); and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the

35


 

costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
          If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series and collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.
          If an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
          Section 5.04 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:
          (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or portion thereof determined pursuant to Section 3.01(16) to be provable in bankruptcy) (and premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary and advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07) and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
          (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Securityholder to make such payment to the Trustee and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it

36


 

for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
          Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.
          Section 5.05 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities of any series may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities of such series or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities of the series in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
          Section 5.06 Application of Money Collected . Any money collected by the Trustee with respect to a series of Securities pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Securities of such series and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
          FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
          SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities of that series for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively.
          THIRD: To the Company.
          Section 5.07 Limitation on Suits . No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:
          (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series;

37


 

          (2) the Holders of not less than 33 1 / 3 %% in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of such series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
          (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request;
          (4) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
          (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series;
it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities of such series, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and proportionate benefit of all the Holders of all Securities of such series.
          Section 5.08 Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Receive Principal, Premium and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 3.07) interest on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
          Section 5.09 Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Securityholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Securityholders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
          Section 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Securityholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or

38


 

employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
          Section 5.11 Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Securityholders, as the case may be.
          Section 5.12 Control by Securityholders . The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series, provided that:
          (1) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or would conflict with this Indenture or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed would involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction, and
          (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.
          Section 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may on behalf of the Holders of all the Securities of such series waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series and its consequences, except a default not theretofore cured:
          (1) in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation with respect to the Securities of such series, or
          (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security of such series.
          Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.
          Section 5.14 Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have

39


 

agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Securityholder, or group of Securityholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series to which the suit relates, or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on an Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be).
          Section 5.15 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE VI
The Trustee
          Section 6.01 Certain Duties and Responsibilities . (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities:
          (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
          (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Securities of such series, conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts stated therein).

40


 

          (b) In case an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise with respect to the Securities of such series such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and any indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution relating to such series of Securities, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
          (c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
          (1) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of Subsection (a) of this Section;
          (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
          (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series; and
          (4) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.
          (d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.
          Section 6.02 Notice of Defaults . Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund installment or analogous obligation with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible Officers of the

41


 

Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Securityholders of such series; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.01(4) with respect to Securities of such series no such notice to Securityholders of such series shall be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default”, with respect to Securities of any series, means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series.
          Section 6.03 Certain Rights of Trustee . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.01:
          (a) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
          (b) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
          (c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;
          (d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or an Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
          (e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Securityholders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
          (f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be

42


 

entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;
          (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
          (h) the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any default (as defined in Section 6.02) or Event of Default with respect to the Securities of any series for which it is acting as Trustee unless either (1) a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor division or department of the Trustee) shall have actual knowledge of such default or Event of Default or (2) written notice of such default or Event of Default shall have been given to the Trustee by the Company or any other obligor on such Securities or by any Holder of such Securities;
          (i) the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; and
          (j) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
          Section 6.04 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities . The recitals contained herein and in the Securities, except the certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Securities or the proceeds thereof.
          Section 6.05 May Hold Securities . The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, the Security Registrar, any Conversion Agent or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 6.08 and 6.13, may otherwise deal with the Company or any Guarantor, if applicable, with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, Conversion Agent or such other agent.
          Section 6.06 Money Held in Trust . Subject to the provisions of Section 10.03 hereof, all moneys in any currency or currency received by the Trustee shall, until used or applied as herein provided, be held in trust for the purposes for which they were received, but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent

43


 

required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.
          Section 6.07 Compensation and Reimbursement . The Company agrees:
          (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);
          (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as shall be determined to have been caused by its own negligence or bad faith; and
          (3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
          As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Section the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on particular Securities.
          When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(5) or (6), the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any bankruptcy law.
          The Company’s obligations under this Section 6.07 and any lien arising hereunder shall survive the resignation or removal of any Trustee, the discharge of the Company’s obligations pursuant to Article IV of this Indenture and/or the termination of this Indenture.
          Section 6.08 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests . The Trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder shall be subject to the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act during the period of time provided for therein. In determining whether the Trustee has a conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the Securities of any series, there shall be excluded this Indenture with respect to Securities of any particular series of Securities

44


 

other than that series. Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.
          Section 6.09 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each series of Securities, which shall be either:
          (i) a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority, or
          (ii) a corporation or other Person organized and doing business under the laws of a foreign government that is permitted to act as Trustee pursuant to a rule, regulation or order of the Commission, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, and subject to supervision or examination by authority of such foreign government or a political subdivision thereof substantially equivalent to supervision or examination applicable to United States institutional trustees;
in either case having a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. Neither the Company nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company shall serve as trustee for the Securities of any series issued hereunder. If at any time the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 6.10.
          Section 6.10 Resignation and Removal . (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.11.
          (b) The Trustee may resign with respect to any series of Securities at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          (c) The Trustee may be removed with respect to any series of Securities at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities of that series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the

45


 

Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of removal, the removed Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
          (d) If at any time:
          (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act pursuant to Section 6.08 with respect to any series of Securities after written request therefor by the Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of that series for at least six months, unless the Trustee’s duty to resign is stayed in accordance with the provisions of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act, or
          (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09 with respect to any series of Securities and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or
          (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or
          (4) the Trustee shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the Trustee, with respect to the series, or in the case of clause (4), with respect to all series, or (ii) subject to Section 5.14, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the series, or, in the case of clause (4), with respect to all series.
          (e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting with respect to any series of Securities, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities for any cause, the Company, by Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee for that series of Securities.
If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to such series of Securities shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to such series and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company with respect to such series. If no successor Trustee with respect to such series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Securityholders of such series and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, subject to Section 5.14, any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of

46


 

a Security of that series for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series.
          (f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to the Holders of Securities of that series as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its principal Corporate Trust Office.
          Section 6.11 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor . Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective with respect to any series as to which it is resigning or being removed as Trustee, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to any such series; but, on request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such predecessor Trustee shall, upon payment of its reasonable charges, if any, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the predecessor Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such predecessor trustee hereunder with respect to all or any such series, subject nevertheless to its lien, if any, provided for in Section 6.07. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.
          In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the predecessor Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any applicable series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series as to which the predecessor Trustee is not being succeeded shall continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such indenture supplemental hereto shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee.
          No successor Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible with respect to that series under this Article.

47


 

          Section 6.12 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.
          Section 6.13 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company . The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.
          Section 6.14 Appointment of Authenticating Agent . At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series issued upon original issuance, exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 3.06, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as an Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and, if other than the Company itself, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.
          Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party,

48


 

or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.
          An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and, if other than the Company, to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and, if other than the Company, to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section.
          The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.
          If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the following form:
          This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
          [Name of Authenticating Agent]
          by                                                               
                       As Authenticating Agent
          by                                                               
                       As Authorized Agent
          Dated                                                           

49


 

ARTICLE VII
Securityholders’ Lists and Reports by
Trustee and Company
          Section 7.01 Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders .
          The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:
          (1) semi-annually, not more than 15 days after December 15 and June 15 in each year in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, a list of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities of each series as of such December 15 and June 15, as applicable, and
          (2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar for Securities of a series, no such list need be furnished with respect to such series of Securities.
          Section 7.02 Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders . (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders of Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar, if so acting. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
          (b) If three or more Holders of Securities of any series (hereinafter referred to as “ applicants ”) apply in writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Security of such series for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Securities of such series or with the Holders of all Securities with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either:
          (1) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), or
          (2) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of Securities of such series or all Securities, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), and as to the approximate cost of

50


 

mailing to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application.
          If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Holder of a Security of such series or to all Securityholders, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless, within five days after such tender, the Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders of Securities of such series or all Securityholders, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such opinion. If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all Securityholders of such series or all Securityholders, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.
          (c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 7.02(b), regardless of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 7.02(b).
          Section 7.03 Reports by Trustee . (a) Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May 15 after the issuance of Securities, the Trustee shall transmit by mail, at the Company’s expense, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, as provided in Trust Indenture Act 313(c), a brief report dated as of May 15 in accordance with and with respect to the matters required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a).
          (b) The Trustee shall transmit by mail, at the Company’s expense, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, as provided in Trust Indenture Act 313(c), a brief report in accordance with and with respect to the matters required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(b).

51


 

          (c) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be furnished to the Company and, in accordance with Trust Indenture Act Section 313(d), be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Securities are listed, and also with the Commission.
          Section 7.04 Reports by Company . The Company shall file with the Trustee, and transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 shall be filed with the Trustee within 15 days after the same is so required to be filed with the Commission. The Company also shall comply with the other provisions of Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a). Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).
ARTICLE VIII
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer
          Section 8.01 Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer on Certain Terms . Except as otherwise set forth in an indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of security for such Series, the Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless:
          (1) the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance of every covenant of this Indenture (as supplemented from time to time) on the part of the Company to be performed or observed;
          (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing;

52


 

          (3) such transaction will not result in the loss or suspension or material impairment of any material Gaming License of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
          (4) such transaction would not require any Holder of Securities (other than any Person acquiring the Company or its assets and any affiliate thereof) to obtain a Gaming License or be qualified under the law of any applicable gaming jurisdiction; provided that such Holder would not have been required to obtain a Gaming License or be qualified under the laws of any applicable gaming jurisdiction in the absence of such transaction; and
          (5) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such indenture supplemental hereto comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with.
          Section 8.02 Successor Person Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor had been named as the Company herein. In the event of any such conveyance or transfer, the Company as the predecessor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities and may be dissolved, wound up or liquidated at any time thereafter.
ARTICLE IX
Supplemental Indentures
          Section 9.01 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders . Except as otherwise set forth in an indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of Security for such series, without the consent of the Holders of any Securities, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
          (1) to evidence the succession of another corporation or Person to the Company or any Guarantor, if any, and the assumption by any such successor of the respective covenants of the Company or any Guarantor herein and in the Securities contained; or
          (2) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor, if any, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company or

53


 

any Guarantor, for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of any or all series (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or
          (3) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; or
          (4) to add to this Indenture such provisions as may be expressly permitted by the TIA, excluding, however, the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA as in effect at the date as of which this instrument was executed or any corresponding provision in any similar federal statute hereafter enacted; or
          (5) to establish any form of Security, as provided in Article II, to provide for the issuance of any series of Securities as provided in Article III and to set forth the terms thereof, and/or to add to the rights of the Holders of the Securities of any series; or
          (6) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by another corporation as a successor Trustee hereunder with respect to one or more series of Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to Section 6.11; or
          (7) to add any additional Events of Default in respect of the Securities of any or all series (and if such additional Events of Default are to be in respect of less than all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or
          (8) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities and to provide for bearer Securities; provided that uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of such Internal Revenue Code; or
          (9) to provide for the terms and conditions of conversion into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities of the Securities of any series which are convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, if different from those set forth in Article XII; or
          (10) to secure the Securities of any series; or

54


 

          (11) to add Guarantees in respect of any series or all of the Securities; or
          (12) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of the Holders of any or all series of Securities; or
          (13) to make any change necessary to comply with any requirement of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture under the Trust Indenture Act.
          No supplemental indenture for the purposes identified in clauses (2), (3) or (5) above may be entered into if to do so would adversely affect the rights of the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series in any material respect.
          Section 9.02 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Securityholders . Except as otherwise set forth in an indenture supplemental hereto or Board Resolution creating such series of Securities or in the form of security for such Series, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series affected by such supplemental indenture or indentures (acting as one class), by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee (in accordance with Section 1.04 hereof), the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Securities of each such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby:
          (1) change the Maturity of the principal of, or the Stated Maturity of any premium on, or any installment of interest on, any Security, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the interest or any premium thereon, or change the method of computing the amount of principal thereof or interest thereon on any date or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Maturity or the Stated Maturity, as the case may be, thereof (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be), or alter the provisions of this Indenture so as to affect adversely the terms, if any, of conversion of any Securities into Common Stock or other securities; or
          (2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences, provided for in this Indenture; or

55


 

          (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.02, Section 5.13 or Section 10.06, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; or
          (4) impair or adversely affect the right of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, the Securities of any series on or after the Stated Maturity of such Securities (or in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date); or
          (5) amend or modify Section 13.01 of this Indenture in any manner adverse to the rights of the Holders of the Outstanding Securities of any series.
          For purposes of this Section 9.02, if the Securities of any series are issuable upon the exercise of warrants, each holder of an unexercised and unexpired warrant with respect to such series shall be deemed to be a Holder of Outstanding Securities of such series in the amount issuable upon the exercise of such warrant. For such purposes, the ownership of any such warrant shall be determined by the Company in a manner consistent with customary commercial practices. The Trustee for such series shall be entitled to rely on an Officers’ Certificate as to the principal amount of Securities of such series in respect of which consents shall have been executed by holders of such warrants.
          A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of Holders of Securities of any other series.
          It shall not be necessary for any Act of Securityholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
          Section 9.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures . In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
          Section 9.04 Effect of Supplemental Indentures . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in

56


 

accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby to the extent provided therein.
          Section 9.05 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act . Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of TIA as then in effect.
          Section 9.06 Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures . Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Securities.
ARTICLE X
Covenants
          Section 10.01 Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest . With respect to each series of Securities, the Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on such Securities in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and will duly comply with all the other terms, agreements and conditions contained in, or made in the Indenture for the benefit of, the Securities of such series.
          Section 10.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Company will maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served and where any Securities with conversion privileges may be presented and surrendered for conversion. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.
          Unless otherwise set forth in, or pursuant to, a Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to a series of Securities, the Company hereby initially designates as the Place of Payment for each series of Securities, the Borough of Manhattan, the City and State of New York, and initially appoints the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office as the Company’s office or agency for each such purpose in such city.

57


 

          Section 10.03 Money for Security Payments to Be Held in Trust . If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent for any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Securities of such series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure to act.
          Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Securities of such series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal (and premium, if any) or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
          The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee for any series of Securities to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:
          (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities of such series in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
          (2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of such series; and
          (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.
          The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent in respect of each and every series of Securities as to which it seeks to discharge this Indenture or, if for any other purpose, all sums so held in trust by the Company in respect of all Securities, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

58


 

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security of any series and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. The Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company mail to the Holders of the Securities as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, a notice that such moneys remain unclaimed and that, after a date specified in the notice, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date on which the notice was first mailed to the Holders of the Securities as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, any unclaimed balance of such moneys then remaining will be paid to the Company free of the trust formerly impressed upon it.
          Section 10.04 Statement as to Compliance . The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written statement signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company stating that:
          (1) a review of the activities of the Company during such year and of performance under this Indenture and under the terms of the Securities has been made under his supervision; and
          (2) to the best of his knowledge, based on such review, the Company has fulfilled all its obligations under this Indenture and has complied with all conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Indenture through such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, covenant or condition, specifying each such default known to him and the nature and status thereof.
          For the purpose of this Section 10.04, default and compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
          Section 10.05 Legal Existence . Subject to Article VIII, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its legal existence.
          Section 10.06 Waiver of Certain Covenants . The Company may omit in respect of any series of Securities, in any particular instance, to comply with any covenant or condition set forth in Section 10.05 or set forth in a Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to the Securities of such series, unless otherwise specified in such Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto, if before or after the time for such compliance the Holders of not less than a majority in principal

59


 

amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series affected by such waiver (voting as one class) shall, by Act of such Securityholders delivered to the Company and the Trustee (in accordance with Section 1.04 hereof), either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such covenant or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect. Nothing in this Section 10.06 shall permit the waiver of compliance with any covenant or condition set forth in such Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto which, if in the form of an indenture supplemental hereto, would not be permitted by Section 9.02 without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby.
ARTICLE XI
Redemption of Securities
          Section 11.01 Applicability of Article . The Company may reserve the right to redeem and pay before Stated Maturity all or any part of the Securities of any series, either by optional redemption, sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation or otherwise, by provision therefor in the form of Security for such series established and approved pursuant to Section 2.02 and on such terms as are specified in such form or in the Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to Securities of such series as provided in Section 3.01. Redemption of Securities of any series shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Securities and, to the extent that this Article does not conflict with such terms, the succeeding Sections of this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, except in the case of redemption pursuant to a sinking fund, the Trustee shall not make any payment in connection with the redemption of Securities until the close of business on the Redemption Date.
          Section 11.02 Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . The election of the Company to redeem any Securities redeemable at the election of the Company shall be evidenced by, or pursuant to authority granted by, a Board Resolution. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Securities of any series, the Company shall, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Securities of such series and the Tranche (as defined in Section 11.03) to be redeemed.
          In the case of any redemption of Securities (i) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, or (ii) pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Securities, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.
          Section 11.03 Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed . If less than all the Securities of like tenor and terms of any series (a “ Tranche ”) are to be

60


 

redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such Tranche not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may include provision for the selection for redemption of portions of the principal of Securities of such Tranche of a denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. Unless otherwise provided in the terms of a particular series of Securities, the portions of the principal of Securities so selected for partial redemption shall be equal to the minimum authorized denomination of the Securities of such series, or an integral multiple thereof, and the principal amount which remains outstanding shall not be less than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series. If less than all the Securities of unlike tenor and terms of a series are to be redeemed, the particular Tranche of Securities to be redeemed shall be selected by the Company.
          If any convertible Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before the termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed (so far as may be) to be the portion selected for redemption.
          Upon any redemption of fewer than all the Securities of a series, the Company and the Trustee may treat as Outstanding any Securities surrendered for conversion during the period of fifteen days next preceding the mailing of a notice of redemption, and need not treat as Outstanding any Security authenticated and delivered during such period in exchange for the unconverted portion of any Security converted in part during such period.
          The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any Security selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
          Securities shall be excluded from eligibility for selection for redemption if they are identified by registration and certificate number in a written statement signed by an authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter period shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) as being owned of record and beneficially by, and not pledged or hypothecated by either, (a) the Company or (b) an entity specifically identified in such written statement as being an Affiliate of the Company.
          For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.
          Section 11.04 Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 15 (unless otherwise provided in the Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto establishing the

61


 

relevant series) nor more than 45 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each holder of Securities to be redeemed, at his address appearing in the Security Register.
          All notices of redemption shall state:
          (1) the Redemption Date;
          (2) the Redemption Price;
          (3) if less than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the Securities to be redeemed;
          (4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable upon each such Security, and that interest, if any, thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date;
          (5) the place where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price, which shall be the office or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment;
          (6) that the redemption is on account of a sinking or purchase fund, or other analogous obligation, if that be the case;
          (7) if such Securities are convertible into Common Stock or other securities, the Conversion Price or other conversion price and the date on which the right to convert such Securities into Common Stock or other securities will terminate; and
          (8) if applicable, that the redemption may be rescinded by the Company, at its sole option, pursuant to Section 11.09 of this Indenture upon the occurrence of a Redemption Rescission Event.
          Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company; provided that if the Trustee is asked to give such notice it shall be given at least five Business Days prior notice.
          Section 11.05 Deposit of Redemption Price . On or prior to any Redemption Date and subject to Section 11.09, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date. If any Security to be redeemed is converted into Common Stock or other securities, any money so deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall be paid to the Company upon Company Request or, if then so segregated and held in trust by the Company, shall be discharged from such trust.

62


 

          Section 11.06 Securities Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to be redeemed shall, subject to Section 11.09, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such Securities shall cease to bear interest and any rights to convert such Securities shall terminate. Upon surrender of such Securities for redemption in accordance with the notice and subject to Section 11.09, such Securities shall be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price. Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, installments of interest the Stated Maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 3.07.
          If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Security, or as otherwise provided in such Security.
          Section 11.07 Securities Redeemed in Part . Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency of the Company in the Place of Payment with respect to that series (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and Stated Maturity and of like tenor and terms, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.
          Section 11.08 Provisions with Respect to Any Sinking Funds . Unless the form or terms of any series of Securities shall provide otherwise, in lieu of making all or any part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to such series of Securities in cash, the Company may at its option (1) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Securities of such series theretofore acquired by the Company or converted by the Holder thereof into Common Stock or other securities, or (2) receive credit for any Securities of such series (not previously so credited) acquired by the Company (including by way of optional redemption (pursuant to the sinking fund or otherwise but not by way of mandatory sinking fund redemption) or converted by the Holder thereof into Common Stock or other securities and theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and if it does so then (i) Securities so delivered or credited shall be credited at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, and (ii) on or before the 60th day next preceding each sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to such series of Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee (A) an Officers’ Certificate specifying the portions of such sinking fund payment to be satisfied by payment of cash and by delivery or credit of Securities of such series acquired by the Company or converted by the Holder thereof, and (B) such Securities, to the extent not previously surrendered. Such Officers’ Certificate shall also

63


 

state the basis for such credit and that the Securities for which the Company elects to receive credit have not been previously so credited and were not acquired by the Company through operation of the mandatory sinking fund, if any, provided with respect to such Securities and shall also state that no Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series has occurred and is continuing. All Securities so delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled by the Trustee and no Securities shall be authenticated in lieu thereof.
          If the sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional) with respect to any series of Securities made in cash plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund payments with respect to Securities of such series made in cash shall exceed $50,000 (or a lesser sum if the Company shall so request), unless otherwise provided by the terms of such series of Securities, that cash shall be applied by the Trustee on the sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to Securities of such series next following the date of such payment to the redemption of Securities of such series at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, together with accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, with the effect provided in Section 11.06. The Trustee shall select, in the manner provided in Section 11.03, for redemption on such sinking fund Redemption Date a sufficient principal amount of Securities of such series to utilize that cash and shall thereupon cause notice of redemption of the Securities of such series for the sinking fund to be given in the manner provided in Section 11.04 (and with the effect provided in Section 11.06) for the redemption of Securities in part at the option of the Company. Any sinking fund moneys not so applied or allocated by the Trustee to the redemption of Securities of such series shall be added to the next cash sinking fund payment with respect to Securities of such series received by the Trustee and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.08. Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect to Securities of any series held by the Trustee at the Maturity of Securities of such series, and not held for the payment or redemption of particular Securities of such series, shall be applied by the Trustee, together with other moneys, if necessary, to be deposited sufficient for the purpose, to the payment of the principal of the Securities of such series at Maturity.
          On or before each sinking fund Redemption Date provided with respect to Securities of any series, the Company shall pay to the Trustee in cash a sum equal to all accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption on Securities to be redeemed on such sinking fund Redemption Date pursuant to this Section 11.08.
          Section 11.09 Rescission of Redemption . In the event that this Section 11.09 is specified to be applicable to a series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01 and a Redemption Rescission Event shall occur following any day on which a notice of redemption shall have been given pursuant to Section 11.04 hereof but at or prior to the time and date fixed for redemption as set forth in such notice of redemption, the Company may, at its sole option, at any time prior to the earlier of (i) the close of business on that day which is two Trading Days following such Redemption Rescission Event and (ii) the time and date fixed for redemption as set forth in such notice, rescind the redemption to which such notice of redemption shall have related by making a public

64


 

announcement of such rescission (the date on which such public announcement shall have been made being hereinafter referred to as the “ Rescission Date ”). The Company shall be deemed to have made such announcement if it shall issue a release to the Dow Jones New Service, Reuters Information Services or any successor news wire service. From and after the making of such announcement, the Company shall have no obligation to redeem Securities called for redemption pursuant to such notice of redemption or to pay the Redemption Price therefor and all rights of Holders of Securities shall be restored as if such notice of redemption had not been given. As promptly as practicable following the making of such announcement, the Company shall telephonically notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of such rescission. The Company shall give notice of any such rescission by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed as promptly as practicable but in no event later than the close of business on that day which is five Trading Days following the Rescission Date to each Holder of Securities at the close of business on the Rescission Date, to any other Person that was a Holder of Securities and that shall have surrendered Securities for conversion following the giving of notice of the subsequently rescinded redemption and to the Trustee and the Paying Agent. Each notice of rescission shall (w) state that the redemption described in the notice of redemption has been rescinded, (x) state that any Converting Holder shall be entitled to rescind the conversion of Securities surrendered for conversion following the day on which notice of redemption was given but on or prior to the date of the mailing of the Company’s notice of rescission, (y) be accompanied by a form prescribed by the Company to be used by any Converting Holder rescinding the conversion of Securities so surrendered for conversion (and instructions for the completion and delivery of such form, including instructions with respect to any payment that may be required to accompany such delivery) and (z) state that such form must be properly completed and received by the Company no later than the close of business on a date that shall be 15 Trading Days following the date of the mailing of such notice of rescission.
          Section 11.10 Mandatory Disposition of Securities Pursuant to Gaming Laws . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, if any Gaming Authority requires that a Holder or beneficial owner of the Securities must be licensed, qualified or found suitable under any applicable Gaming Laws in order to maintain any Gaming License or franchise of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any applicable Gaming Laws, and the Holder or beneficial owner fails to apply for a license, qualification or finding of suitability within 30 days after being requested to do so by the Gaming Authority (or such lesser period that may be required by such Gaming Authority) or if such Holder or beneficial owner is denied such license or qualification or found not to be suitable, the Company shall have the right, at its option, (1) to require such Holder or beneficial owner to dispose of such Holder’s or beneficial owner’s Securities within 30 days of receipt of such finding by the applicable Gaming Authority (or such earlier date as may be required by the applicable Gaming Authority) or (2) to call for redemption the Securities of such Holder or beneficial owner at a redemption price equal to (i) the lesser of (a) 100% of the principal amount thereof, (b) the price at which such Holder or beneficial owner acquired the Securities or (c) the fair market value of the Securities as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the earlier of the date of redemption or such earlier date as may be required by the Gaming Authority or the date of the finding of

65


 

unsuitability by such Gaming Authority, which may be less than 30 days following the notice of redemption, if so ordered by such Gaming Authority or (ii) such other price as may be ordered by the Gaming Authority. In connection with such redemption, and except as may be required by a Gaming Authority, the Company shall comply with the procedures contained in the Securities for the redemption of the Securities. Immediately upon a determination that a Holder or beneficial owner will not be licensed, qualified or found suitable, the Holder or beneficial owner will have no further rights (a) to exercise any right conferred by the Securities, directly or indirectly, through any trustee, nominee or any other Person or (b) to receive any interest or other distribution or payment with respect to the Securities except the redemption price of the Securities described in this paragraph; provided, however, such Holder or beneficial owner may, to the extent permitted by such Gaming Authority, transfer the Securities to any unaffiliated third party, who shall then be entitled to exercise all rights of a Holder or beneficial owner under the Securities. Under this Indenture, the Company is not required to pay or reimburse any Holder of the Securities or beneficial owner who is required to apply for such license, qualification or finding of suitability for the costs of the licensure or investigation for such qualification or finding of suitability.
ARTICLE XII
Conversion
          Section 12.01 Conversion Privilege . In the event that this Article XII is specified to be applicable to a series of Securities pursuant to Section 3.01, the Holder of a Security of such series shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert, in accordance with the terms of such series of Securities and this Article XII, all or any part (in a denomination of, unless otherwise specified in a Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to Securities of such series, $1,000 in principal amount or any integral multiple thereof) of such Security into shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities specified in such Board Resolution or any indenture supplement hereto at any time or, as to any Securities called for redemption, at any time prior to the time and date fixed for such redemption (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price, in which case such right shall not terminate at such time and date).
          Section 12.02 Conversion Procedure; Rescission of Conversion; Conversion Price; Fractional Shares . (a) Each Security to which this Article is applicable shall be convertible at the office of the Conversion Agent, and at such other place or places, if any, specified in a Board Resolution with respect to the Securities of such series, into fully paid and nonassessable shares (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a share) of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities. The Securities will be converted into shares of Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities at the Conversion Price therefor. No payment or adjustment shall be made in respect of dividends on the Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities, or accrued interest on a converted Security except as described in Section 12.09. The Company may, but shall not be required, in connection with any conversion of Securities, to issue a fraction of a share of Common Stock or of such other Marketable Security, and, if the Company

66


 

shall determine not to issue any such fraction, the Company shall, subject to Section 12.03(4), make a cash payment (calculated to the nearest cent) equal to such fraction multiplied by the Closing Price of the Common Stock or such other Marketable Security on the last Trading Day prior to the date of conversion.
          (b) Before any Holder of a Security shall be entitled to convert the same into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, such Holder shall surrender such Security duly endorsed to the Company or in blank, at the office of the Conversion Agent or at such other place or places, if any, specified in a Board Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto with respect to the Securities of such series, and shall give written notice to the Company at said office or place that he elects to convert the same and shall state in writing therein the principal amount of Securities to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which he wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Stock or for such other Marketable Securities to be issued; provided, however, that no Security or portion thereof shall be accepted for conversion unless the principal amount of such Security or such portion, when added to the principal amount of all other Securities or portions thereof then being surrendered by the Holder thereof for conversion, exceeds the then effective Conversion Price with respect thereto. If more than one Security shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares of Common Stock or such other Marketable Securities which shall be deliverable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered. Subject to the next succeeding sentence, the Company will, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at said office or place to such Holder of a Security, or to his nominee or nominees, certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Security to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid, together, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (a) above, with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share to which he would otherwise be entitled. The Company shall not be required to deliver certificates for shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities while the stock transfer books for such stock or the transfer books for such Marketable Securities, as the case may be, or the Security Register are duly closed for any purpose, but certificates for shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall be issued and delivered as soon as practicable after the opening of such books or Security Register. A Security shall be deemed to have been converted as of the close of business on the date of the surrender of such Security for conversion as provided above, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record Holder or Holders of such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities as of the close of business on such date. In case any Security shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Securities so surrendered, without charge to such Holder (subject to the provisions of Section 12.08), a new Security or Securities in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Security.
          (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event the Company shall have rescinded a redemption of Securities pursuant to

67


 

Section 11.09 hereof, any Holder of Securities that shall have surrendered Securities for conversion following the day on which notice of the subsequently rescinded redemption shall have been given but prior to the later of (a) the close of business on the Trading Day next succeeding the date on which public announcement of the rescission of such redemption shall have been made and (b) the date of the mailing of the notice of rescission required by Section 11.09 hereof (a “ Converting Holder ”) may rescind the conversion of such Securities surrendered for conversion by (i) properly completing a form prescribed by the Company and mailed to Holders of Securities (including Converting Holders) with the Company’s notice of rescission, which form shall provide for the certification by any Converting Holder rescinding a conversion on behalf of any beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of Securities that the beneficial ownership (within the meaning of such Rule) of such Securities shall not have changed from the date on which such Securities were surrendered for conversion to the date of such certification and (ii) delivering such form to the Company no later than the close of business on that date which is fifteen Trading Days following the date of the mailing of the Company’s notice of rescission. The delivery of such form by a Converting Holder shall be accompanied by (x) any certificates representing shares of Common Stock or other securities issued to such Converting Holder upon a conversion of Securities that shall be rescinded by the proper delivery of such form (the “ Surrendered Securities ”), (y) any securities, evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than cash) distributed by the Company to such Converting Holder by reason of such Converting Holder being a record holder of Surrendered Securities and (z) payment in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the sum of (I) any cash such Converting Holder may have received in lieu of the issuance of fractional Surrendered Securities and (II) any cash paid or payable by the Company to such Converting Holder by reason of such Converting Holder being a record holder of Surrendered Securities. Upon receipt by the Company of any such form properly completed by a Converting Holder and any certificates, securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets or cash payments required to be returned by such Converting Holder to the Company as set forth above, the Company shall instruct the transfer agent or agents for shares of Common Stock or other securities to cancel any certificates representing Surrendered Securities (which Surrendered Securities shall be deposited in the treasury of the Company) and shall instruct the Registrar to reissue certificates representing Securities to such Converting Holder (which Securities shall be deemed to have been outstanding at all times during the period following their surrender for conversion). The Company shall, as promptly as practicable, and in no event more than five Trading Days following the receipt of any such properly completed form and any such certificates, securities, evidences of indebtedness, assets or cash payments required to be so returned, pay to the Holder of Securities surrendered to the Company pursuant to a rescinded conversion or as otherwise directed by such Holder any interest paid or other payment made to Holders of Securities during the period from the time such Securities shall have been surrendered for conversion to the rescission of such conversion. All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of any form submitted to the Company to rescind the conversion of Securities, including questions as to the proper

68


 

completion or execution of any such form or any certification contained therein, shall be resolved by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding.
          Section 12.03 Adjustment of Conversion Price for Common Stock or Marketable Securities . The Conversion Price with respect to any Security which is convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall be adjusted from time to time as follows:
          (1) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, (i) pay a dividend in shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, (ii) combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities into a smaller number of shares or securities, (iii) subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or (iv) issue by reclassification of its shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities any shares of stock or other Marketable Securities of the Company, then the Conversion Price in effect immediately before such action shall be adjusted so that the Holders of such Securities, upon conversion thereof into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities immediately following such event, shall be entitled to receive the kind and amount of shares of capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities which they would have owned or been entitled to receive upon or by reason of such event if such Securities had been converted immediately before the record date (or, if no record date, the effective date) for such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12.03(1) shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and shall become effective retroactively immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or reclassification. For the purposes of this Section 12.03(1), each Holder of Securities shall be deemed to have failed to exercise any right to elect the kind or amount of securities receivable upon the payment of any such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification (provided that if the kind or amount of securities receivable upon such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification is not the same for each nonelecting share, then the kind and amount of securities or other property receivable upon such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification for each nonelecting share shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the nonelecting shares).
          (2) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, issue rights or warrants to all holders of shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 days after the record date for such issuance) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities (or securities convertible into shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities) at a price per share less than the Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at such record date (treating the price per share of the securities convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities as equal to (x) the sum of (i) the price for a unit of the security

69


 

convertible into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities plus (ii) any additional consideration initially payable upon the conversion of such security into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities divided by (y) the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities initially underlying such convertible security), the Conversion Price with respect to such Securities shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by dividing the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the date of issuance of such rights or warrants by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights or warrants plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so offered are initially convertible), and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights or warrants plus the number of shares or securities which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares or securities so offered for subscription or purchase (or the aggregate purchase price of the convertible securities so offered plus the aggregate amount of any additional consideration initially payable upon conversion of such Securities into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities) would purchase at such Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities. Such adjustment shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants.
          (3) In case the Company shall, at any time or from time to time while any of such Securities are outstanding, distribute to all holders of shares of its Common Stock or other Marketable Securities (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities are not changed or exchanged) cash, evidences of its indebtedness, securities or assets (excluding (i) regular periodic cash dividends in amounts, if any, determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, (ii) in dividends payable in shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for which adjustment is made under Section 12.03(1) or (iii) rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company (excluding those referred to in Section 12.03(2)), then in each such case the Conversion Price with respect to such Securities shall be adjusted so that it shall equal the price determined by dividing the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the date of such distribution by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on the record date referred to below, and the denominator of which shall be such Current Market Price of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities less the then fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive) of the portion of the cash or assets or evidences of indebtedness or securities so distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock or one other Marketable Security (provided that such denominator shall never be less than 1.0); provided, however, that no adjustment shall be made

70


 

with respect to any distribution of rights to purchase securities of the Company if a Holder of Securities would otherwise be entitled to receive such rights upon conversion at any time of such Securities into Common Stock or other Marketable Securities unless such rights are subsequently redeemed by the Company, in which case such redemption shall be treated for purposes of this Section as a dividend on the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities. Such adjustment shall become effective retroactively immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders or holders of Marketable Securities entitled to receive such distribution; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
          (4) The Company shall be entitled to make such additional adjustments in the Conversion Price, in addition to those required by subsections 12.03(1), 12.03(2) and 12.03(3), as shall be necessary in order that any dividend or distribution of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, any subdivision, reclassification or combination of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or any issuance of rights or warrants referred to above shall not be taxable to the holders of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for United States Federal income tax purposes.
          (5) In any case in which this Section 12.03 shall require that any adjustment be made effective as of or retroactively immediately following a record date, the Company may elect to defer (but only for five Trading Days following the filing of the statement referred to in Section 12.05) issuing to the Holder of any Securities converted after such record date the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion over and above the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company or other Marketable Securities issuable upon such conversion on the basis of the Conversion Price prior to adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such Holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such Holder’s right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.
          (6) All calculations under this Section 12.03 shall be made to the nearest cent or one-hundredth of a share or security, with one-half cent and.005 of a share, respectively, being rounded upward. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 12.03, the Company shall not be required to make any adjustment of the Conversion Price unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% of such price. Any lesser adjustment shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the next subsequent adjustment which, together with any adjustment or adjustments so carried forward, shall amount to an increase or decrease of at least 1% in such price. Any adjustments under this Section 12.03 shall be made successively whenever an event requiring such an adjustment occurs.

71


 

          (7) In the event that at any time, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this Section 12.03, the Holder of any Security thereafter surrendered for conversion shall become entitled to receive any shares of stock of or other Marketable Securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock or Marketable Securities into which the Securities originally were convertible, the Conversion Price of such other shares or Marketable Securities so receivable upon conversion of any such Security shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to Common Stock and Marketable Securities contained in subparagraphs (1) through (6) of this Section 12.03, and the provision of Sections 12.01, 12.02 and 12.04 through 12.09 with respect to the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities shall apply on like or similar terms to any such other shares or Marketable Securities and the determination of the Board of Directors as to any such adjustment shall be conclusive.
          (8) No adjustment shall be made pursuant to this Section (i) if the effect thereof would be to reduce the Conversion Price below the par value (if any) of the Common Stock or other Marketable Security, if any, or (ii) subject to Section 12.03(5) hereof, with respect to any Security that is converted prior to the time such adjustment otherwise would be made.
          Section 12.04 Consolidation or Merger of the Company . In case of either (a) any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation and which does not result in a reclassification of, or change (other than a change in par value or from par value to no par value or from no par value to par value, as a result of a subdivision or combination) in, outstanding shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or (b) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to another Person, then each Security then Outstanding shall be convertible from and after such merger, consolidation, sale or conveyance of property and assets into the kind and amount of shares of stock or other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities into which such Securities would have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, subject to adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article XII (and assuming such holder of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance (provided that, if the kind or amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance is not the same for each nonelecting share, then the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property (including cash) receivable upon such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance for each nonelecting share, shall be deemed to be the kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the nonelecting shares or securities)). The Company shall not enter into any of the transactions referred to in clause (a) or (b) of the preceding sentence unless effective provision shall be made so as to give effect to the provisions set forth in this

72


 

Section 12.04. The provisions of this Section 12.04 shall apply similarly to successive consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances.
          Section 12.05 Notice of Adjustment . Whenever an adjustment in the Conversion Price with respect to a series of Securities is required:
          (1) the Company shall forthwith place on file with the Trustee and any Conversion Agent for such Securities a certificate of the Treasurer of the Company, stating the adjusted Conversion Price determined as provided herein and setting forth in reasonable detail such facts as shall be necessary to show the reason for and the manner of computing such adjustment, such certificate to be conclusive evidence that the adjustment is correct; and
          (2) a notice stating that the Conversion Price has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Price shall forthwith be mailed, first class postage prepaid, by the Company to the Holders of record of such Outstanding Securities.
          Section 12.06 Notice in Certain Events . In case:
          (1) of a consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required, or of the sale or conveyance to another person or entity or group of persons or entities acting in concert as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company; or
          (2) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; or
          (3) of any action triggering an adjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII;
then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee and the Agent for the applicable Securities, and shall cause to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the Holders of record of applicable Securities, at least fifteen (15) days prior to the applicable date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of any distribution or grant of rights or warrants triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of record of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities entitled to such distribution, rights or warrants are to be determined, or (y) the date on which any reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up triggering an adjustment to the Conversion Price pursuant to this Article XII is expected to become effective, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities of record shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock or other Marketable Securities for securities or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

73


 

          Failure to give such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the legality or validity of the proceedings described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section.
          Section 12.07 Company to Reserve Stock or other Marketable Securities; Registration; Listing . (a) The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Securities, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock or number or principal amount of other Marketable Securities as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all applicable outstanding Securities into such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at any time (assuming that, at the time of the computation of such number of shares or securities, all such Securities would be held by a single Holder); provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall preclude the Company from satisfying its obligations in respect of the conversion of the Securities by delivery of purchased shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities which are held in the treasury of the Company. The Company shall from time to time, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the authorized amount of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities to be increased if the aggregate of the authorized amount of the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities remaining unissued and the issued shares of such Common Stock or other Marketable Securities in its treasury (other than any such shares reserved for issuance in any other connection) shall not be sufficient to permit the conversion of all Securities.
          (b) If any shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities which would be issuable upon conversion of Securities hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority before such shares or securities may be issued upon such conversion, the Company will in good faith and as expeditiously as possible endeavor to cause such shares or securities to be duly registered or approved, as the case may be. The Company will endeavor to list the shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities required to be delivered upon conversion of the Securities prior to such delivery upon the principal national securities exchange upon which the outstanding Common Stock or other Marketable Securities is listed at the time of such delivery.
          Section 12.08 Taxes on Conversion . The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities on conversion of Securities pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any such tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities or the portion, if any, of the Securities which are not so converted in a name other than that in which the Securities so converted were registered, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of such tax or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid.

74


 

          Section 12.09 Conversion After Record Date . If any Securities are surrendered for conversion subsequent to the record date preceding an Interest Payment Date but on or prior to such Interest Payment Date (except Securities called for redemption on a Redemption Date between such record date and Interest Payment Date), the Holder of such Securities at the close of business on such record date shall be entitled to receive the interest payable on such securities on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion thereof. Securities surrendered for conversion during the period from the close of business on any record date next preceding any Interest Payment Date to the opening of business on such Interest Payment Date shall (except in the case of Securities which have been called for redemption on a Redemption Date within such period) be accompanied by payment in New York Clearing House funds or other funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the Securities being surrendered for conversion. Except as provided in this Section 12.09, no adjustments in respect of payments of interest on Securities surrendered for conversion or any dividends or distributions or interest on the Common Stock or other Marketable Securities issued upon conversion shall be made upon the conversion of any Securities.
          Section 12.10 Corporate Action Regarding Par Value of Common Stock . Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value (if any) of the shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities deliverable upon conversion of the Securities, the Company will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock or other Marketable Securities at such adjusted Conversion Price.
          Section 12.11 Company Determination Final . Any determination that the Company or the Board of Directors must make pursuant to this Article is conclusive.
          Section 12.12 Trustee’s Disclaimer . The Trustee has no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article should be made, how it should be made or what it should be. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities. The Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company’s failure to comply with this Article. Each Conversion Agent other than the Company shall have the same protection under this Section as the Trustee.
ARTICLE XIII
Guarantees
          Section 13.01 Guarantees. (a) Any series of Securities may be guaranteed by one or more of the Subsidiaries of the Company or other Persons. The terms and the form of any such Guarantee will be established in the manner contemplated by Section 3.01 for the particular series of Securities. Each Guarantor, as primary obligor

75


 

and not merely as surety, will fully, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee, to each Holder of Securities (including each Holder of Securities issued under the Indenture after the date of this Indenture) and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns (i) the full and punctual payment of principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture (including obligations to the Trustee) and the Securities and (ii) the full and punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities.
          (b) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional irrespective of the absence or existence of any action to enforce the same, the recovery of any judgment against the Company or any other Guarantor (except to the extent such judgment is paid) or any waiver or amendment of the provisions of this Indenture or the Securities to the extent that any such action or any similar action would otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor (except that each such waiver or amendment shall be effective in accordance with its terms).
          (c) Each of the Guarantors further agrees that each Guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance and not merely of collection.
          (d) Each of the Guarantors further agrees to waive presentment to, demand of payment from and protest to the Company or any other Person, and also waives diligence, notice of acceptance of its Guarantee, presentment, demand for payment, notice of protest for nonpayment, the filing of claims with a court in the event of merger or bankruptcy of the Company or any other Person and any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person. The obligations of the Guarantors shall not be affected by any failure or policy on the part of the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Securities of any series.
          (e) The obligation of each Guarantor to make any payment hereunder may be satisfied by causing the Company or any other Person to make such payment. If any Holder of any Security or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to any of the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of such Guarantor, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
          (f) Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in enforcing any of their respective rights under its Guarantees.
          (g) Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of each of the Guarantees shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the relevant Guarantor without rendering the relevant Guarantee under this Indenture voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

76


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.
         
  LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ William P. Weidner    
    Name:   William P. Weidner   
    Title:   President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary   
 
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
Signature Page: Indenture

 

Exhibit 4.2
Execution Version
 
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
ISSUER
 
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
TRUSTEE
 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
Dated as of September 30, 2008
To
INDENTURE
Dated as of September 30, 2008
 
6 1 / 2 % CONVERTIBLE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2013
 

 


 

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
Certain Sections of this Supplemental Indenture relating to Sections 310 through 318
of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:
     
Trust Indenture   Supplemental
Act Section   Indenture Section
§ 310(a)(1)
  Not Applicable
(a)(2)
  Not Applicable
(a)(3)
  Not Applicable
(a)(4)
  Not Applicable
(b)
  Not Applicable
 
  Not Applicable
§ 311(a)
  Not Applicable
(b)
  Not Applicable
§ 312(a)
  9.01
 
  9.02(a)
(b)
  9.02(b)
(c)
  9.02(c)
§ 313(a)
  Not Applicable
(b)
  Not Applicable
(c)
  Not Applicable
(d)
  Not Applicable
§ 314(a)
  10.06
(b)
  Not Applicable
(c)(1)
  Not Applicable
(c)(2)
  Not Applicable
(c)(3)
  Not Applicable
(d)
  Not Applicable
(e)
  Not Applicable
§ 315(a)
  Not Applicable
(b)
  Not Applicable
(c)
  Not Applicable
(d)
  Not Applicable
(e)
  5.15
§ 316(a)(1)(A)
  5.06
(a)(1)(B)
  5.04
(a)(2)
  Not Applicable
(b)
  5.03
(c)
  Not Applicable
§ 317(a)(1)
  5.07
(a)(2)
  5.08
(b)
  10.05
§ 318(a)
  Not Applicable
 
Note:   This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of this Supplemental Indenture.

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE 1.
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application
 
           
SECTION 1.01.
  Definitions     4  
SECTION 1.02.
  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents     20  
SECTION 1.03.
  Conflict With Trust Indenture Act     20  
SECTION 1.04.
  Successors and Assigns     20  
SECTION 1.05.
  Separability Clause     20  
SECTION 1.06.
  Benefits of Indenture     20  
SECTION 1.07.
  Governing Law     20  
SECTION 1.08.
  Legal Holidays     20  
SECTION 1.09.
  Relationship with Base Indenture     21  
 
           
ARTICLE 2.
Note Forms
 
           
SECTION 2.01.
  Form Generally     21  
SECTION 2.02.
  Form of Note     23  
SECTION 2.03.
  Form of Notice of Conversion     35  
SECTION 2.04.
  Form of Assignment     36  
 
           
ARTICLE 3.
The Notes
 
           
SECTION 3.01.
  Title And Terms     40  
SECTION 3.02.
  Interest     40  
SECTION 3.03.
  Additional Notes     40  
SECTION 3.04.
  [Reserved]     41  
SECTION 3.05.
  Denominations     41  
SECTION 3.06.
  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating     41  
SECTION 3.07.
  Global Notes; Non-Global Notes; Book-entry Provisions     41  
SECTION 3.08.
  Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer     43  
SECTION 3.09.
  Persons Deemed Owners     49  
SECTION 3.10.
  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes     49  
SECTION 3.11.
  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved     50  
SECTION 3.12.
  Cancellation     51  
SECTION 3.13.
  Computation of Interest     51  
SECTION 3.14.
  Further Assurances     51  

1


 

             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE 4.
Discharge
 
           
SECTION 4.01.
  Discharge of Liability on Notes     52  
SECTION 4.02.
  Reinstatement     53  
SECTION 4.03.
  Officers’ Certificate; Opinion of Counsel     53  
 
           
ARTICLE 5.
Remedies
 
           
SECTION 5.01.
  Events of Default     53  
SECTION 5.02.
  Acceleration of Maturity     55  
SECTION 5.03.
  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest and to Convert     56  
SECTION 5.04.
  Waiver of Past Defaults and Rescission of Acceleration     56  
SECTION 5.05.
  Waiver of Stay, Usury or Extension Laws     56  
SECTION 5.06.
  Control by Holders     56  
SECTION 5.07.
  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee     57  
SECTION 5.08.
  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim     57  
SECTION 5.09.
  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes     58  
SECTION 5.10.
  Application of Money Collected     58  
SECTION 5.11.
  Limitation on Suits     58  
SECTION 5.12.
  Restoration of Rights and Remedies     59  
SECTION 5.13.
  Rights and Remedies Cumulative     59  
SECTION 5.14.
  Delay or Omission Not Waiver     59  
SECTION 5.15.
  Undertaking for Costs     60  
 
           
ARTICLE 6.
[Reserved.]
 
           
ARTICLE 7.
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance, Transfer or Lease
 
           
SECTION 7.01.
  Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms     60  
SECTION 7.02.
  Successor Substituted     61  
 
           
ARTICLE 8.
Supplemental Indentures
 
           
SECTION 8.01.
  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders     61  
SECTION 8.02.
  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders     63  
SECTION 8.03.
  Notice of Supplemental Indentures     64  
SECTION 8.04.
  Effect of Supplemental Indentures     64  
SECTION 8.05.
  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act     64  

2


 

             
        Page
 
           
ARTICLE 9.
Holders Lists by Trustee and Company
 
           
SECTION 9.01.
  Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders     64  
SECTION 9.02.
  Preservation of Information     65  
 
           
ARTICLE 10.
Covenants
 
           
SECTION 10.01.
  Payment of Principal and Interest     65  
SECTION 10.02.
  Maintenance of Offices or Agencies     65  
SECTION 10.03.
  Existence     66  
SECTION 10.04.
  Annual Statement by Officers     66  
SECTION 10.05.
  Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust     66  
SECTION 10.06.
  Reports by Company     67  
SECTION 10.07.
  Lien     68  
SECTION 10.08.
  Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions     68  
SECTION 10.09.
  Delivery of Opinions        
 
           
ARTICLE 11.
Redemption and Repurchase of Notes
 
           
SECTION 11.01.
  Mandatory Gaming Redemption     69  
SECTION 11.02.
  Right to Require Repurchase Upon a Fundamental Change     70  
 
           
ARTICLE 12.
Conversion of Notes
 
           
SECTION 12.01.
  Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate     73  
SECTION 12.02.
  Exercise of Conversion Privilege     75  
SECTION 12.03.
  Fractions of Shares     77  
SECTION 12.04.
  Adjustment of Conversion Rate     77  
SECTION 12.05.
  Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate     87  
SECTION 12.06.
  Company to Reserve Common Stock     87  
SECTION 12.07.
  Taxes on Conversions     87  
SECTION 12.08.
  Certain Covenants     88  
SECTION 12.09.
  Cancellation of Converted Notes     88  
SECTION 12.10.
  Provision in Case of Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale     88  
SECTION 12.11.
  Company Responsible for Making Calculations     90  
SECTION 12.12.
  Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions     90  

3


 

     FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of September 30, 2008 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ,” together with the Base Indenture (as defined below), the “ Indenture ”), between LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP. , a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada, having its principal office at 3355 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109 (herein called the " Company ”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , as Trustee hereunder (herein called the “ Trustee ”).
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
     The Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2008 (the “ Base Indenture ”).
     The Company desires and has requested the Trustee pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture to join with it in the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture in order to supplement the Base Indenture as and to the extent set forth herein to provide for the issuance and the terms of the Company’s 6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 (herein called the “ Notes ”).
     Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture provides that a supplemental indenture may be entered into by the Company and the Trustee without the consent of any Holders to establish the form or terms of Securities (as defined in the Base Indenture) of any series as permitted by Sections 2.01 and 3.01 of the Base Indenture.
     The execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized by a Board Resolution of the Company, and all things necessary to make the Notes, when the Notes are executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered hereunder, the valid obligations of the Company have been done. Further, all things necessary to duly authorize the issuance of the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Notes, and to duly reserve for issuance the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, have been done.
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:
     For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
      SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
     For all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

4


 

     (a) capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Trust Indenture Act or the Base Indenture; provided , however , that capitalized terms used and defined in both the Base Indenture and the Supplemental Indenture shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Supplemental Indenture;
     (b) the terms defined in this ARTICLE 1 have the meanings assigned to them in this ARTICLE 1 and include the plural as well as the singular;
     (c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted at the date of such computation; and
     (d) all other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture, which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act or which are by reference therein defined in the Securities Act (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires), shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Trust Indenture Act and in the Securities Act as in force at the date of the execution of this Supplemental Indenture. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.
     “ Additional Notes ” means an unlimited amount of Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with Section 3.06, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.
     “ Additional Shares ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.01(d).
     “ Adjustment Determination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.04(i).
     “ Adjustment Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.04(i).
     “ Agent Member ” means any member of, or participant in, the Depositary.
     “ Aircraft Financings ” means, collectively, the following notes and agreements entered into by the Company to purchase new, and refinance existing, airplanes: (i) the Balloon Promissory Note (S/N 1290) dated as of February 14, 2007 issued by the Company in favor of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division, in an amount of $12,500,000, (ii) the Amortizing Promissory Note (S/N 1290) dated as of February 14, 2007 issued by the Company in favor of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division, in an amount of $8,500,000, (iii) the Aircraft Security Agreement (GIV-SP S/N 1290) entered into as of February 14, 2007 by and between Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division, as secured party on behalf of the lenders, and the Company, (iv) the Balloon Promissory Note (S/N 1280) dated as of February 14, 2007 issued by the Company in favor of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill

5


 

Lynch Capital Division, in an amount of $11,825,000, (v) the Amortizing Promissory Note (S/N 1280) dated as of February 14, 2007 issued by the Company in favor of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division, in an amount of $8,175,000, (vi) Aircraft Security Agreement (GIV-SP S/N 1280) entered into as of February 14, 2007 by and between Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division, as secured party on behalf of the lenders, and the Company, (vii) the Balloon Promissory Note (S/N 544) dated as of February 14, 2007 issued by the Company in favor of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division, in an amount of $18,900,000, (viii) the Amortizing Promissory Note (S/N 544) dated as of February 14, 2007 issued by the Company in favor of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division, in an amount of $12,100,000, (ix) the Aircraft Security Agreement (G-V S/N 544) entered into as of February 14, 2007 by and between Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., a Merrill Lynch Capital Division, as secured party for the lenders, and the Company, (x) the Subsidiary Guaranty dated as of February 14, 2007 by Venetian Casino Resort, LLC in favor of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division, (xi) the Balloon Promissory Note (S/N 1245) dated as of April 13, 2007 issued by the Company in favor of CFT Investments 1 LLC in an amount of $12,150,000, (xii) the Amortizing Promissory Note (S/N 1245) dated as of April 13, 2007 issued by the Company in favor of CFT Investments 1 LLC in an amount of $8,100,000, (xiii) the Aircraft Security Agreement (GIV-SP S/N 1245) entered into as of April 13, 2007, by and between CFT Investments 1 LLC, as secured party on behalf of the lenders and the Company, and (xiv) the Subsidiary Guaranty dated as of April 13, 2007 by Venetian Casino Resort, LLC in favor of Merrill Lynch Business Financial Services, Inc., Merrill Lynch Capital Division.
     “ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of DTC or any successor Depositary, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.
     “ Base Indenture ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first paragraph under the caption “Recitals of the Company.”
     “ Board of Directors ” means either the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee of that board.
     “ Board Resolution ” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.
     “ Capital Stock ” means, for any entity, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) stock issued by that entity.
     “ Capitalized Lease-Back Obligation ” means the total net rental obligations of the Company under any lease entered into as part of a Sale and Lease-Back Transaction involving a Principal Property that would, at the time any determination is to be made, be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

6


 

     “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as in effect on the date hereof.
     “ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or its successor.
     “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company authorized at the date of this instrument as originally executed or as such stock may be constituted from time to time. Subject to the provisions of Section 12.10, shares issuable upon conversion of Notes shall include only shares of Common Stock or shares of any class or classes of common stock resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof; provided , however , that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares so issuable on conversion of Notes shall include shares of all such classes, and the shares of each such class then so issuable shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications.
     “ common stock ” includes any stock of any class of Capital Stock which has no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the issuer thereof and which is not subject to redemption by the issuer thereof.
     “ Company ” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall mean such successor Person.
     “ Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means the total of all assets appearing on a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with GAAP as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date as of which Consolidated Net Tangible Assets are to be determined, but excluding (i) the book amount of all intangible assets, (ii) all depreciation, valuation and other reserves, (iii) current liabilities, (iv) any minority interest in the stock and surplus of the Company’s Subsidiaries, and (v) deferred income and deferred liabilities.
     “ Credit Agreement ” means the Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2007, by and among Las Vegas Sands, LLC, the affiliates of Las Vegas Sands, LLC named therein as guarantors, the lenders party hereto from time to time, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent for the Lenders and as collateral agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners and as syndication agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as documentation agent and Commerzbank AG, as documentation agents, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, and in each case as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced, in whole or in part, from time to time, including any agreement extending the maturity of, refinancing, replacing or otherwise restructuring all or any portion of the Indebtedness and other obligations under such agreement or agreements or any successor or replacement agreement or agreements, and whether by the same or any other agent, lender or group of lenders (collectively any such transactions, a “ Refinancing ”), which Refinancing may increase the aggregate principal amount that may be borrowed under the

7


 

Credit Agreement (which may be more than one agreement or facility with the same or different lenders), provided that the aggregate principal amount that may be borrowed under the Credit Agreement shall not be increased in connection with a Refinancing by an amount more than the sum of (i) the principal amount of any additional amounts that may be borrowed if the proceeds thereof will be used to (x) acquire, develop, construct or improve property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including by way of acquiring any Person who is merged or consolidated into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or who becomes a Subsidiary of the Company) or (y) repay, redeem or otherwise retire any secured Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than under the Credit Agreement) so long as the assets that were securing the Indebtedness so repaid, redeemed or retired are directly owned by the Company after such Refinancing (for purposes of clarity, it is understood that the Indebtedness secured by the Sands Expo and Convention Center may be refinanced if the Sands Expo and Convention Center is owned by the Company after such Refinancing); provided , that for purposes of clause (x) the proceeds of Indebtedness up to the cost of the acquisition, development, construction or improvement of property which is incurred within 24 months after such acquisition, development, construction or improvement will be deemed to have been for the purpose of acquiring, constructing or improving such property and may therefore be part of the Credit Agreement, (ii) the amount of the fees and expenses of such Refinancing (including any prepayment penalties or premium or accrued and unpaid interest on Indebtedness refinanced by such Refinancing), (iii) any amount required to provide for revolving credit facilities and term loans under the Credit Agreement with an aggregate maximum borrowing capacity of up to $1 billion for revolving credit facilities and with an aggregate maximum borrowing capacity for term loans not more than $4 billion, and (iv) $250 million.
     “ Continuing Directors ” means (a) individuals who on the Original Issue Date constituted the Board of Directors and (b) any new directors whose election to the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by at least a majority of the directors then still in office (or a duly constituted committee thereof), either who were directors on the Original Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved.
     “ Conversion Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to convert Notes in accordance with ARTICLE 12. The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as its Conversion Agent pursuant to Section 10.02.
     “ Conversion Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.02(d).
     “ Conversion Obligation ” means the obligation of the Company to deliver the consideration due under ARTICLE 12 upon a conversion of the Notes in accordance herewith.
     “ Conversion Price ” means at any given time the amount equal to $1,000 divided by the then current Conversion Rate.
     “ Conversion Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.01(a).
     “ corporation ” means a corporation, company, association, joint-stock company or business trust.

8


 

     “ Custodian ” means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
     “ Daily Conversion Value ” means, for each of the 25 consecutive VWAP Trading Days during the applicable Observation Period, one-twenty fifth (1/25) of the product of (a) the applicable Conversion Rate and (b) the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock (or the Reference Property pursuant to Section 12.10) on such VWAP Trading Day, as determined by the Company. Any such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
     “ Daily VWAP ” of the Common Stock means, for any VWAP Trading Day during the applicable Observation Period, the per share volume-weighted average price as displayed under the heading “Bloomberg VWAP” on Bloomberg page LVS.N <equity> AQR (or any equivalent successor page) in respect of the period from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on such VWAP Trading Day (without regard to after-hours trading), or if such volume-weighted average price is unavailable, the market value of one share of Common Stock (or one unit of reference property consisting of marketable equity securities) on such VWAP Trading Day using a volume-weighted method (or, in the case of reference property consisting of cash, the amount of such cash or in the case of reference property other than marketable equity securities or cash, the market value thereof), in each case as determined by a nationally recognized independent investment banking firm retained for this purpose by the Company.
     “ Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.01.
     “ Defaulted Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.11.
     “ Delivery Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.04(l).
     “ Depositary ” means, with respect to Notes issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as Depositary for such Notes as contemplated by Section 3.07.
     “ Distributed Property ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.04(c).
     “ Distribution Compliance Period ,” with respect to any Notes, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes.
     “ DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation, or any successor.
     “ Effective Date ” means the date on which a Fundamental Change occurs or becomes effective.
     “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

9


 

     “ Ex-Date ” means, with respect to any distribution on the Common Stock, the first date on which the shares of Common Stock trade on the relevant exchange or in the relevant market, regular way, without the right to receive the distribution in question.
     “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.
     “ Extension Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.02.
     “ Fundamental Change ” will be deemed to have occurred at the time after the Original Issue Date that any of the following occurs:
     (1) the Company becomes aware (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(f) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) of (i) the acquisition by any Person or group, including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, other than the Principal Stockholder and his Related Parties, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of a merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total voting power of all shares of the Company’s Capital Stock entitled to vote generally in elections of directors; or
     (2) the Company (i) merges or consolidates with or into any other Person, another Person merges with or into the Company, or the Company conveys, sells, transfers or leases all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to another Person or (ii) engages in any recapitalization, reclassification or other transaction in which all or substantially all of the Common Stock is exchanged for or converted into cash, securities or other property, in each case, other than a merger or consolidation:
     (a) that does not result in a reclassification, conversion, exchange or cancellation of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock; or
     (b) which is effected solely to change the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation and results in a reclassification, conversion or exchange of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock solely into shares of common stock of the surviving entity;
     (3) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors do not consist of Continuing Directors;
     (4) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or holders of Common Stock approve any plan or proposal for the Company’s liquidation or dissolution; or
     (5) if shares of the Common Stock, or shares of any other common stock into which the Notes are convertible pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture, are

10


 

not listed for trading on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or any of their respective successors);
provided , however that the definition of Fundamental Change shall not include a transaction described under clause (1) or any event specified under clause (2), in each case, if at least 90% or more of the consideration for the Common Stock (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments made pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights and cash dividends) in connection with such event consists of shares of common stock or depositary receipts in respect of shares of common stock traded on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or any of their respective successors) (or that will be so traded or quoted immediately following the transaction) and, as a result of such transaction or transactions, the Notes become convertible (to the extent otherwise convertible into shares of Common Stock) into such shares of common stock pursuant to Section 12.10.
     “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(a).
     “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(a)(i).
     “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Price ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(a).
     “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.02(b).
     “ Gaming Authority ” means any agency, authority, board, bureau, commission, department, office or instrumentality of any nature whatsoever of the United States or foreign government, any state, province or any city or other political subdivision, whether now or hereafter existing, or any officer or official thereof, including without limitation, the Nevada Gaming Commission, the Nevada State Gaming Control Board, the Clark County Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board, the Macau Gaming Authorities, the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board, the Singapore Casino Regulatory Authority and any other agency with authority to regulate any gaming operation (or proposed gaming operation) owned, managed or operated by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
     “ Gaming License ” means every license, franchise or other authorization required to own, lease, operate or otherwise conduct activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, and other applicable federal, state, foreign or local laws.
     “ Global Note ” means a Note bearing the Global Note Legend that is registered in the Securities Register in the name of a Depositary or a nominee thereof, including the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note, Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note.
     “ Global Note Legend ” means one or more applicable legends set forth in Section 2.02, taken together, which are required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this

11


 

Supplemental Indenture, including such legends as are required to be included on any Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Regulation S Global Note.
     “ Hedging Agreements ” means (a) currency exchange or interest rate swap agreements, currency exchange or interest rate cap agreements and currency exchange or interest rate collar agreements and (b) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect against fluctuations in currency exchange or interest rates.
     “ Holder ” means the Person in whose name the Note is registered in the Securities Register.
     “ IAI Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01
     “ Indebtedness ” of any Person means, without duplication, (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of (A) Indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) Indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable; (ii) all capital lease obligations of such Person; (iii) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, assets or services, all conditional sale obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding operating leases and trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business); (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit securing obligations (other than obligations described in (i) through (iii) above) entered into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, such drawing is reimbursed no later than the third Business Day following receipt by such Person of a demand for reimbursement following payment on the letter of credit); (v) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable as obligor, guarantor or otherwise; and (vi) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (v) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or asset or the amount of the obligation so secured.
     “ Indenture ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this instrument.
     “ Initial Holder ” means the initial Holder of the Notes issued on the Original Issue Date.
     “ Initial Notes ” means the first $475 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture on the date hereof. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.
     “ Interest Payment Date ” means January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on January 1, 2009.
     “ Interest Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.02.

12


 

     “ Last Reported Sale Price ” means, with respect to the Common Stock, on any date, the closing sale price per share (or if no closing sale price is reported, the average of the last bid and ask prices or, if more than one in either case, the average of the average last bid and the average last ask prices) on such date as reported in composite transactions for the principal United States national or regional securities exchange on which the Common Stock is traded, as determined by the Company. If the Common Stock is not listed for trading on a United States national or regional securities exchange on the relevant date, the “Last Reported Sale Price” shall be the average of the last quoted bid and ask prices per share of Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the relevant date, as reported by Pink Sheets LLC or a similar organization. If the Common Stock is not so quoted, the Last Reported Sale Price shall be the average of the mid-point of the last bid and ask prices for the Common Stock on the relevant date from each of at least three nationally recognized independent investment banking firms selected by the Company for that purpose. Any such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Last Reported Sale Price shall be determined without reference to extended or after hours trading.
     “ Liens ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof).
     “ Make-Whole Fundamental Change ” means any transaction or event that constitutes a Fundamental Change pursuant to clauses (1), (2), (4) or (5) under the definition of Fundamental Change (giving effect to the proviso to such definition).
     “ Make-Whole Reference Date ” means with respect to any Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the date on which such Make-Whole Fundamental Change is publicly announced, occurs or becomes effective.
     “ Market Disruption Event ” means the occurrence or existence on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common Stock of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock, and such suspension or limitation occurs or exists at any time within the 30 minutes prior to the closing time of the relevant exchange on such day.
     “ Maturity, ” when used with respect to any Notes, means the date on which the principal of such Notes becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether on the Maturity Date or by declaration of acceleration, exercise of the repurchase right set forth in ARTICLE 11 or otherwise.
     “ Maturity Date ” means, with respect to the Notes, October 1, 2013.
     “ Merger Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.10.
     “ Non-Global Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture, substantially in the form of Section 2.02 hereof, except that such Note will not bear any Global Note Legend.

13


 

     “ Notes ” has the meaning ascribed to it in the first paragraph under the caption “Recitals of the Company.” Unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.
     “ Notice of Conversion ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.02(d).
     “ Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
     “ Original Issue Date ” means September 30, 2008.
     “ Outstanding, ” when used with respect to the Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture, except:
     (i) Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
     (ii) Notes for the payment of which money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of such Notes in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture;
     (iii) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 3.10 or in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture;
     (iv) Notes converted into Common Stock pursuant to ARTICLE 12; and
     (v) Notes redeemed or repurchased pursuant to ARTICLE 11;
provided , however , that, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes are present at a meeting of Holders for quorum purposes or have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company (except the Principal Stockholder and his Related Parties) or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such determination as to the presence of a quorum or upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has been notified in writing to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor, and the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate to such effect.

14


 

     “ Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company and, except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, such term shall include the Company if it shall act as its own Paying Agent. The Company has initially appointed the Trustee as its Paying Agent pursuant to Section 10.02.
     “ Permanent Regulation S Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
     “ Permitted Liens ” means:
     (1) Liens securing obligations under the Credit Agreement;
     (2) Liens on any property acquired, constructed or improved by the Company to secure or provide for the payment of any part of the purchase price of the property or the cost of the construction or improvement, or any Lien on any such property existing at the time of acquisition thereof;
     (3) Liens on any property of another company existing at the time such company is acquired by merger, consolidation or acquisition of substantially all of its stock or its assets; provided, that such Liens were in existence prior to the consummation of, and were not entered into in contemplation of, such merger, consolidation or acquisition and do not extend to any other assets other than those of the company acquired by, merged into or consolidated with the Company;
     (4) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business or in the construction of any Principal Property in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security, or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money);
     (5) easements, rights-of-way, aviational or navigational servitudes, restrictions, encroachments, and other defects or irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances, in each case which do not and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (6) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;
     (7) Liens in connection with tax assessments or other governmental charges, or as security required by law or governmental regulation as a condition to the transaction of any business or the exercise of any privilege or right;
     (8) Liens to secure a stay of process in proceedings to enforce a contested liability, or required in connection with the institution of legal proceedings or in connection with any other order or decree in any such

15


 

proceeding or in connection with any contest of any tax or other governmental charge, or deposits with a governmental agency entitling the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to maintain self-insurance or to participate in other specified insurance arrangements or any judgment attachment or judgment Lien not constituting an Event of Default;
     (9) warehouseman’s, suppliers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, mechanics’, carriers’, workmen’s and other like Liens;
     (10) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;
     (11) licenses of patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights granted by the Company in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (12) Liens incurred in connection with Hedging Agreements;
     (13) Liens existing on the date of this Supplemental Indenture with respect to any property;
     (14) Liens in favor of the Company;
     (15) Liens with respect to any Aircraft Financings;
     (16) the creation of any other Lien, if, after giving effect to the creation thereof, the total of (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company secured by all Liens created under this clause (16), plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Capitalized Lease-Back Obligations of the Company under the entire unexpired terms of all leases entered into in connection with Sale and Lease-Back Transactions which would have been precluded by the provision for limitations on such transactions described under Section 10.08 hereof, but for the satisfaction of the condition referred to in clause (2) of such provision, will not exceed an amount equal to 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;
     (17) leases or subleases in the nature of a Lien granted to third parties in compliance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture and not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries;
     (18) Liens securing any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses (1) through (17) or this clause (18), provided the amount secured is not increased, plus reasonable fees and expenses incurred and any prepayment penalties, premiums and accrued interest paid in connection with any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing;

16


 

     (19) Liens securing other Indebtedness, provided that the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Indebtedness secured by Liens under this clause (18) does not exceed $150 million at any one time; and
     (20) Liens in favor of the Trustee created or contemplated by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture.
     “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, estate, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof and any syndicate or group that would be deemed a “person” under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act.
     “ Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.10 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.
     “ Press Release ” means any press release issued by the Company and disseminated to a reputable national newswire service.
     “ Principal Property ” means any single property owned by the Company having a gross book value in excess of the greater of (x) $25.0 million and (y) 2% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Principal Property shall exclude all Capital Stock of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that if the Company creates any Lien on any Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Company, then Principal Property shall include such Capital Stock. If the inclusion of any Capital Stock within the definition of “Principal Property” requires the prior approval of any Gaming Authority, the Company shall, prior to granting any Lien on such Capital Stock, obtain the approval of such Gaming Authority for the inclusion of such Capital Stock within the definition of “Principal Property.”
     “ Principal Stockholder ” means Sheldon G. Adelson.
     “ Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2008, entered into by and between the Company and the purchaser identified therein.
     “ Reference Property ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.10.
     “ Registrar ” means the Trustee, for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes.
     “ Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2008, entered into by and among the Company and the stockholders party thereto, as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time; provided that the term, “Registration Rights Agreement,” when used in reference to any issue of Additional Notes, shall be deemed to mean the registration rights agreement (if any) entered into

17


 

in respect of the registration of such issue of Additional Notes and the Common Stock into which such Additional Notes are convertible.
     “ Related Parties ” means (1) any spouse and any child, stepchild, sibling or descendant of the Principal Stockholder; (2) any estate of the Principal Stockholder or any person under clause (1); (3) any person who receives a beneficial interest in the Company from an estate under clause (2) to the extent of such interest; (4) any executor, personal administrator or trustee who holds such beneficial interest in the Company for the benefit of, or as fiduciary for, any person under clauses (1), (2), or (3) to the extent of such interest; (5) any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, or similar entity owned or controlled by the Principal Stockholder or any person referred to in clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) or for the benefit of any person referred to in clause (1); and (6) the spouse or issue of one or more of the individuals described in clause (1).
     “ Regular Record Date ” for interest payable in respect of any Note on any Interest Payment Date means 5:00 p.m. New York time on the March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
     “ Regulation S Global Note ” means the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note collectively.
     “ Restricted Notes ” means all Notes required pursuant to Section 3.08(c) to bear any Restricted Securities Legend. Such term includes the Restricted Global Note.
     “ Restricted Global Note ” means any Global Note required pursuant to Section 3.08(c) to bear any Restricted Securities Legend.
     “ Restricted Securities Legends ” means, collectively, the legends substantially in the forms of the legends required in the form of Note set forth in Section 2.02 to be placed on each Restricted Note.
     “ Rule 144A Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
     “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.
     “ Scheduled Trading Day ” means a day that is scheduled to be a Trading Day on the principal United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted for trading on any exchange or market, a Business Day.
     “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 and any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.
     “ Securities Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08(a).

18


 

     “ Significant Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a subsidiary of such Person that would constitute a “significant subsidiary” as such term is defined under Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
     “ Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.11.
     “ Spin-Off ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.04(c).
     “ Stock Price ” means the price per share of Common Stock at the time of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change pursuant to which Additional Shares shall be added to the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 12.01(d), which shall be equal to (i) if holders of Common Stock receive only cash consideration for their shares of Common Stock in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the cash amount paid per share of Common Stock and (ii) in all other cases, the average of the Last Reported Sale Price of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day preceding the Effective Date of such Make-Whole Fundamental Change.
     “ Successor Note ” of any particular Note means every Note issued after, and evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by, such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 3.10 in exchange for or in lieu of a mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.
     “ Supplemental Indenture ” has the meaning specified in the first paragraph of this instrument.
     “ Temporary Regulation S Global Note ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01.
     “ Trigger Event ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.04(c).
     “ Trust Indenture Act ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “Trust Indenture Act” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.
     “ Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.
     “ Uniform Commercial Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
     “ VWAP Market Disruption Event ” means (i) a failure by the principal United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading to open for trading during its regular trading session or (ii) the occurrence or existence prior to 1:00 p.m. New York City time on any Scheduled Trading Day for the Common

19


 

Stock for an aggregate one half-hour period of any suspension or limitation imposed on trading (by reason of movements in price exceeding limits permitted by the stock exchange or otherwise) in the Common Stock or in any options contracts or futures contracts relating to the Common Stock.
     “ VWAP Trading Day ” means a day during which (i) trading in the Common Stock generally occurs during the regular trading session on the principal United States national or regional securities exchange or market on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted for trading and (ii) there is no VWAP Market Disruption Event. If the Common Stock is not so listed or traded, then VWAP Trading Day means a Business Day.
      SECTION 1.02. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.
     The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
      SECTION 1.03. Conflict With Trust Indenture Act.
     If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this Supplemental Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Supplemental Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to apply to this Supplemental Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.
      SECTION 1.04. Successors and Assigns.
     All covenants and agreements in this Supplemental Indenture by the Company shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
      SECTION 1.05. Separability Clause.
     In case any provision in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
      SECTION 1.06. Benefits of Indenture.
     Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Supplemental Indenture.
      SECTION 1.07. Governing Law.
     This Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
    SECTION 1.08. Legal Holidays.

20


 

     In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date of any Note or the last date on which a Holder has the right to convert his Notes shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal or conversion of the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or at the Maturity Date, or on such last day for conversion; provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to convert a Note shall cease at the close of business on the third Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date.
      SECTION 1.09. Relationship with Base Indenture.
     The terms and provisions contained in the Base Indenture shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of the Base Indenture conflicts with the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
     The Trustee accepts the amendment of the Base Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture and agrees to execute the trust created by the Base Indenture as hereby amended, but only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee in the performance of the trust created by the Base Indenture, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely by the Company, or for or with respect to (1) the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or provisions hereof, (2) the proper authorization hereof by the Company, (3) the due execution hereof by the Company or (4) the consequences (direct or indirect and whether deliberate or inadvertent) of any amendment herein provided for, and the Trustee makes no representation with respect to any such matters.
ARTICLE 2.
NOTE FORMS
      SECTION 2.01. Form Generally.
     The Notes shall be in substantially the form set forth in this ARTICLE 2, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, the Code, and regulations thereunder, or as may, consistent herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their

21


 

execution thereof. The Company shall furnish any such legends and endorsements to the Trustee in writing. All Notes shall be in fully registered form.
     Notices of Conversion shall be in substantially the form set forth in Section 2.03.
     The Notes shall be printed, lithographed, typewritten or engraved or produced by any combination of these methods or may be produced in any other manner permitted by the rules of any automated quotation system or securities exchange (including on steel engraved borders if so required by any securities exchange upon which the Notes may be listed) on which the Notes may be listed for trading, as the case may be, all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution thereof.
     Upon their original issuance, the Initial Notes issued as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement shall be issued in the form of one or more Non-Global Notes in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons and bearing the applicable Restricted Securities Legend. Such Notes are initially being offered and sold to “accredited investor(s)” as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 501 ”). Subject to the limitations imposed by the federal securities laws, if the rules and procedures of DTC permit, upon written request to the Trustee by any original Holder of such Non-Global Notes, any such Holder may transfer all or part of any Non-Global Notes that it holds to a transferee and such transferee may take delivery of such Notes in the form of beneficial interests in one or more Global Notes, which Notes may be transferred to domestic transferees, in accordance with Section 3.08, in the form of a “ Rule 144A Global Note ,” in the event that such transfer is effected pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144A ”), or an “ IAI Global Note ,” in the event that such transfer is effected pursuant to Rule 501, in each case, in accordance with the written direction of such transferor. If any such Initial Notes are transferred in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (“ Regulation S ”) in accordance with the limitations set forth in Section 2.02, and if the rules and procedures of DTC, Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“ Clearstream Luxembourg ”) and Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“ Euroclear Bank ”), as operator of the Euroclear System (“ Euroclear ”) permit, upon written request to the Trustee by the transferor, such transferee may take delivery of such Notes in the form of beneficial interests in one or more Global Notes. In such circumstances, in the event that a Global Note is issued or transferred (i) during the Distribution Compliance Period, it shall be referred to as a “ Temporary Regulation S Global Note ,” and (ii) following the Distribution Compliance Period, it shall be referred to as the “ Permanent Regulation S Global Note ,” it being understood that each such Global Note shall bear the applicable Restricted Securities Legend set forth in Section 2.02 with respect to Notes offered or transferred in reliance on Regulation S.
     All Global Notes shall be issued in fully registered form without interest coupons and shall be deposited on behalf of the holders of such Notes represented thereby with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as Custodian for DTC, and registered in the name of its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Clearstream Luxembourg and Euroclear Bank may hold beneficial interests in Global Notes bearing the applicable Regulation S legend, as set forth in Section 2.02, on behalf of their participants through their respective depositories. Beneficial interests in Global Notes bearing the applicable Regulation S legend may also be held through organizations other than Clearstream Luxembourg

22


 

and Euroclear that are participants in DTC. The aggregate principal amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Custodian as hereinafter provided, subject in each case to compliance with the Applicable Procedures.
      SECTION 2.02. Form of Note.
[FORM OF FACE OF NOTE]
[Global Note Legend]
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
[[FOR REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE ONLY] UNTIL 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF COMMENCEMENT OR COMPLETION OF THE OFFERING, AN OFFER OR SALE OF SECURITIES WITHIN THE UNITED STATES BY A DEALER (AS DEFINED IN THE SECURITIES ACT) MAY VIOLATE THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IF SUCH OFFER OR SALE IS MADE OTHERWISE THAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A THEREUNDER.]
[Restricted Note Legend — Notes Offered Otherwise than in Reliance on Regulation S, including Rule 144A Global Notes, IAI Global Notes and transfer restricted Non-Global Notes]
THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) AND ANY COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THIS NOTE AND ANY COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE

23


 

IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE AND ANY COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) WITHIN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (V) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.
[Restricted Note Legend — Regulation S]
THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) AND ANY COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION OF THIS NOTE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
[Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend]
EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY

24


 

WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN A TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (III) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO ABOVE, IF THEN APPLICABLE.
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO A PERSON WHO THE TRANSFEROR REASONABLY BELIEVES TO BE A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A, (B) TO A PERSON WHO IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, AND (C) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.
AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED FOR INTERESTS IN AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE ONLY IF (1) SUCH EXCHANGE OCCURS IN CONNECTION WITH A TRANSFER OF THE NOTES IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (2) THE TRANSFEROR OF THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE IS BEING TRANSFERRED (A) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1),(2),(3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH

25


 

TRANSFER, FURNISHES THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (THE FORM OF WHICH CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE) AND, IF SUCH TRANSFER IS IN RESPECT OF AN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTES LESS THAN $250,000, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.
BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN A RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR AN IAI GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A PERSON WHO TAKES DELIVERY IN THE FORM OF AN INTEREST IN THE REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE, WHETHER BEFORE OR AFTER THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40-DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, ONLY IF THE TRANSFEROR FIRST DELIVERS TO THE TRUSTEE A WRITTEN CERTIFICATE (IN THE FORM ATTACHED TO THIS CERTIFICATE) TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S OR RULE 144 (IF AVAILABLE).
[Non-Global Notes Legend]
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.
[Gaming Legend — All Notes]
IF AT ANY TIME ANY GAMING AUTHORITY FINDS THAT AN OWNER OF THIS NOTE IS UNSUITABLE TO CONTINUE TO HAVE AN INVOLVEMENT IN GAMING IN ANY JURISDICTION, SUCH OWNER MUST DISPOSE OF SUCH NOTE AS PROVIDED BY THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION. SUCH LAWS AND REGULATIONS MAY RESTRICT THE RIGHT UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES: (A) TO PAY OR RECEIVE ANY DIVIDEND OR INTEREST UPON SUCH NOTE; (B) TO EXERCISE, DIRECTLY OR THROUGH ANY TRUSTEE OR NOMINEE, ANY VOTING RIGHT CONFERRED BY SUCH NOTE; OR (C) RECEIVE ANY REMUNERATION IN ANY FORM FROM THE COMPANY, FOR SERVICES RENDERED OR OTHERWISE.

26


 

LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013
No.                                     
CUSIP No. [                      ]
          LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Nevada (herein called the “ Company ,” which term includes any successor Person under the Supplemental Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                                            , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      United States Dollars (U.S. $                      ) [ if this Note is a Global Note, then insert — (which principal amount may from time to time be decreased to such other principal amounts by adjustments made on the records of the Registrar hereinafter referred to in accordance with the Supplemental Indenture)] on October 1, 2013 (the “ Maturity Date ”), and to pay interest thereon, from October 1, 2008, or from the most recent Interest Payment Date (as defined below) to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, quarterly in arrears on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”), commencing January 1, 2009, at the rate of 6 1 / 2 % per annum, except as otherwise provided below. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Except as otherwise provided in the Supplemental Indenture, any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.11 of the Supplemental Indenture, notice whereof shall be given to Holders not less than 10 calendar days prior to the Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any automated quotation system or securities exchange on which the Notes may then be listed for trading, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in the Supplemental Indenture. Payments of principal shall be made upon the surrender of this Note by the Holder thereof at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or at such other office or agency of the Company as may be designated by it for such purpose in such lawful monies of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts, or at such other offices or agencies as the Company may designate. The Company will pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne by this Note plus 2.0% per annum, and it will pay interest on Defaulted Interest at the same rate to the extent lawful. In addition, if this is a Transfer Restricted Note (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) whose holder, by virtue of holding this Note, is a beneficiary of the Registration Rights Agreement, then, in the event that a Registration Default (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) shall occur, this Note shall accrue Liquidated Damages (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) at a rate of 0.50% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.50% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional

27


 

interest rate of 1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default occurred to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured, it being understood that the Liquidated Damages described herein and in the Registration Rights Agreement are one and the same remedy and shall in no event represent obligations of the Company independent of one another. All amounts due in cash with respect to the Notes shall be paid (A) in the case this Note is in global form, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by the Depositary or its nominee; (B) in the case this Note is held, other than in global form, by a Holder in an aggregate principal amount of $5.0 million or less, by check mailed to such Holders; and (C) in the case this Note is held, other than in global form, by a Holder in an aggregate principal amount of more than $5.0 million, either by check mailed to such Holder or, upon application by such Holder to the Registrar not later than the relevant record date (in the case of an installment of interest due on an Interest Payment Date) or 15 calendar days prior to such other date on which such amounts are due, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to such Holder’s account within the United States, which application shall remain in effect until the Holder notifies, in writing, the Registrar to the contrary.
          Except as specifically provided herein and in the Supplemental Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make any payment with respect to any tax, assessment or other governmental charge imposed by any government or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein.
          Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
          Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof or an Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their respective authorized signatories, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Supplemental Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

28


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed.
         
  LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
Attest:
 
   
By:        
  Name:        
  Title:        
 
TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture.
Dated:                                                               
         
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
as Trustee
 
   
By:        
  Authorized Signatory     
       

29


 

         
[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013
     This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company designated as its “ 6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 ” (herein called the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under the Indenture (the “ Base Indenture ”), dated as of September 30, 2008, between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture (as defined below)), as supplemented and modified by the First Supplemental Indenture (the “ Supplemental Indenture ” and, together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), dated as of September 30, 2008, between the Company and the Trustee, to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. As provided in the Supplemental Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of any authorized denominations as requested by the Holder surrendering the same upon surrender of the Note or Notes to be exchanged, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The Trustee upon such surrender by the Holder hereof and the satisfaction of any requirements therefor set forth in the Supplemental Indenture shall issue the new Notes in the requested denominations. Additional Notes may be issued in an unlimited aggregate principal amount, subject to certain conditions specified in the Supplemental Indenture.
     No sinking fund is provided for in the Notes.
     In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date of any Note or the last date on which a Holder has the right to convert his Notes shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of the Supplemental Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal amount or conversion of the Notes need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, or at the Maturity Date, or on such last day for conversion; provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after such Interest Payment Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or the Maturity Date, as the case may be.
     The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company and the Trustee in certain circumstances, without the consent of the Holders of the Notes, and in other circumstances, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding, evidenced as in the Supplemental Indenture provided, to execute supplemental indentures adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture or of any supplemental indenture or modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall make any of the changes set forth in Section 8.02 of the Supplemental Indenture without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected thereby. It is also provided in the Supplemental Indenture that, prior to any declaration

30


 

accelerating the maturity of the Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any past Default or Event of Default under the Supplemental Indenture and its consequences except as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (unless revoked as provided in the Supplemental Indenture) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future holders and owners of this Note and any Notes which may be issued in exchange or substitution hereof, irrespective of whether or not any notation thereof is made upon this Note or such other Notes.
     No reference herein to the Supplemental Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Supplemental Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, this Note, at the place, at the respective times, at the rate and in the lawful money herein prescribed.
     Subject to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, upon the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, the Holder has the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion thereof (in principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof) on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Notes such Holder elects to require the Company to repurchase, together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, in which case the Company shall pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest payable on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the close of business on the corresponding Regular Record Date. The Company or, at the written request of the Company, the Trustee shall mail to all Holders of record of the Notes a notice of the occurrence of a Fundamental Change and of the repurchase right arising as a result thereof after the occurrence of any Fundamental Change on or before the 10 th calendar day following the Effective Date of such Fundamental Change.
     The Holder hereof has the right, at its option, at any time prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the Maturity Date, to convert any Notes or portion thereof which is $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof, into shares of fully paid Common Stock (or, if applicable, Reference Property) as set forth in Section 12.02 of the Supplemental Indenture) or Reference Property, in each case at the Conversion Rate specified in the Supplemental Indenture, as adjusted from time to time as provided in the Supplemental Indenture, upon satisfaction of certain requirements set forth in the Supplemental Indenture, including, if applicable, the surrender of this Note, together with a Notice of Conversion, a form of which is contained under Section 2.03 of the Supplemental Indenture, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture and this Note, to the Company at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose, or at the option of such Holder, the Corporate Trust Office, and, unless the shares of Common Stock (or, if applicable, Reference Property) issuable on conversion are to be issued in the same name as this Note, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company duly executed by, the Holder or by his duly authorized attorney. The initial Conversion Rate shall be 20.1410 shares of Common Stock for each $1,000 in principal amount of Notes. No fractional shares of Common Stock (or, if applicable, Reference Property) shall be issued upon any conversion, but an adjustment in cash shall be paid to the Holder, as provided in the Supplemental Indenture, in respect of any fraction

31


 

of such share which would otherwise be issuable upon the surrender of any Note or Notes for conversion. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or any such shares issued upon conversion of such Notes except as provided in the Supplemental Indenture.
     Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if any Gaming Authority requires that a Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes must be licensed, qualified or found suitable under any applicable Gaming Laws in order to maintain any Gaming License or franchise of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any applicable Gaming Laws, and the Holder or beneficial owner fails to apply for a license, qualification or finding of suitability within 30 days after being requested to do so by the Gaming Authority (or such lesser period that may be required by such Gaming Authority) or if such Holder or beneficial owner is denied such license or qualification or found not to be suitable, the Company shall have the right, at its option, (1) to require such Holder or beneficial owner to dispose of such Holder’s or beneficial owner’s Notes within 30 days of receipt of such finding by the applicable Gaming Authority (or such earlier date as may be required by the applicable Gaming Authority) or (2) to call for redemption the Notes of such Holder or beneficial owner at a redemption price equal to (i) the least of (a) 100% of the principal amount thereof, (b) the price at which such Holder or beneficial owner acquired the Notes or (c) the fair market value of the Notes as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the earlier of the date of redemption or such earlier date as may be required by the Gaming Authority or the date of the finding of unsuitability by such Gaming Authority, which may be less than 30 days following the notice of redemption, if so ordered by such Gaming Authority or (ii) such other price as may be ordered by the Gaming Authority. In connection with such redemption, and except as may be required by a Gaming Authority, the Company shall comply with the procedures contained in the Notes and the Indenture for the redemption of the Notes. Immediately upon a determination that a Holder or beneficial owner will not be licensed, qualified or found suitable, the Holder or beneficial owner will have no further rights (a) to exercise any right conferred by the Notes, directly or indirectly, through any trustee, nominee or any other Person or (b) to receive any interest or other distribution or payment with respect to the Notes except the redemption price of the Notes described in this paragraph; provided, however, such Holder or beneficial owner may, to the extent permitted by such Gaming Authority, transfer the Notes to any unaffiliated third party, who shall then be entitled to exercise all rights of a Holder or beneficial owner under the Notes. Under the Indenture, the Company is not required to pay or reimburse any Holder of the Notes or beneficial owner who is required to apply for such license, qualification or finding of suitability for the costs of the licensure or investigation for such qualification or finding of suitability.
     Upon due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note at the office or agency of the Company, a new Note or Notes of authorized denominations for an equal aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the transferee in exchange thereof, subject to the limitations provided in the Supplemental Indenture, without charge except for any tax, assessments or other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.
     The Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Conversion Agent and any Registrar may deem and treat the registered Holder hereof as the absolute owner of this Note (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon), for the purpose of receiving payment hereof, or on account

32


 

hereof, for the conversion hereof and for all other purposes, and neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any other authenticating agent nor any Paying Agent nor any other Conversion Agent nor any Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to or upon the order of such registered Holder shall, to the extent of the sum or sums paid, satisfy and discharge liability for monies payable on this Note.
     No recourse for the payment of the principal amount of, or accrued and unpaid interest on, this Note, or for any claim based hereon or otherwise in respect hereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of the Company in the Supplemental Indenture or any indenture supplemental thereto or in any Note, or because of the creation of any Indebtedness represented thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, employee, agent, officer, director or subsidiary, as such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, all such liability being, by the acceptance hereof and as part of the consideration for the issue hereof, expressly waived and released.
     Terms used in this Note and defined in the Supplemental Indenture are used herein as therein defined.
     In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control.
      The Indenture, the Supplemental Indenture and this Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TENANT (=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform gift to Minors Act).
FORM OF FUNDAMENTAL
CHANGE REPURCHASE NOTICE
To: Las Vegas Sands Corp.
     The undersigned registered owner of this Note hereby acknowledges receipt of a notice from Las Vegas Sands Corp. (the “ Company ”) as to the occurrence of (check the appropriate box):
o a Fundamental Change with respect to the Company;
and hereby directs the Company to pay, or cause the Trustee to pay, it or                                           an amount in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, to be repurchased plus

33


 

interest accrued to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, except as provided in the Supplemental Indenture.
     
Dated:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
Signature(s)
   
 
   
Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
   
 
   
 
   
 
Signature Guaranteed
    
 
   
Certificate number(s), if applicable, of Note(s) tendered for repurchase:
   
                                         
   
 
   
Principal amount to be repurchased (at least U.S. $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof):                                          
   
 
   
Remaining principal amount following such repurchase (not less than U.S. $1,000 principal amount):
   
         
     
By:        
  Authorized Signatory     
       
 

34


 

      SECTION 2.03. Form of Notice of Conversion.
NOTICE OF CONVERSION
     The undersigned Holder of this Note hereby irrevocably exercises the option to convert this Note, or any portion of the principal amount hereof (which is U.S. $1,000 principal amount or an integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof, provided that the unconverted portion of such principal amount is U.S. $1,000 or any integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof) below designated, into shares of fully paid Common Stock (or, if applicable, Reference Property) in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture referred to in this Note, and directs that the consideration due upon such conversion (including a check in payment for any fractional share and any Notes representing any unconverted principal amount hereof), be delivered to and be registered in the name of the undersigned unless a different name has been indicated below. If shares of Common Stock (or if applicable, Reference Property) or Notes are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the undersigned, (a) the undersigned shall pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and (b) signature(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Guarantor Institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any amount required to be paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Note.
             
Dated:
           
 
 
 
 
Signature(s) 
   
 
           
     
If shares or Notes are to be registered in the name of a Person other than the Holder, please print such Person’s name and address:
   
 
   
 
   
(Name)
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
(Address)
   
 
   
 
Social Security or other Identification Number, if any
     
 
   
 
   
[Signature Guaranteed]
   
     If only a portion of the Notes is to be converted, please indicate:
1. Principal amount to be converted: U.S. $                                          

35


 

2.   Principal amount and denomination of Notes representing unconverted principal amount to be issued:                                          
Amount: U.S. $                                           Denominations: U.S. $                                         
(U.S. $1,000 principal amount or any integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof, provided that the unconverted portion of such principal amount is U.S. $1,000 principal amount or any integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof).
      SECTION 2.04. Form of Assignment.
ASSIGNMENT
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Note to
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint                      agent to transfer this Note, in whole or in part in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.
     If only a portion of the Notes is to be assigned, please indicate:
1.   Principal amount to be assigned: U.S. $                                          
 
2.   Principal amount and denomination of Notes representing unassigned principal amount to be issued:                                          
Amount: U.S. $                                           Denominations: U.S. $                                          
(U.S. $1,000 principal amount or any integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof, provided that the unassigned portion of such principal amount is U.S. $1,000 principal amount or any integral multiple of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof).
 
Date:                                           Your Signature:                                                                                    
 
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

36


 

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original issuance of such Notes and the last date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with their terms:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
o (1) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
o (2) inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
o (3) outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 903 or 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
o (4) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933;
o (5) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),(2),(3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements; or
o (6) pursuant to another available exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4) or (6) is checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.
         
     
     
  Signature   
     

37


 

         
Signature Guarantee:

     
 
   
Signature must be guaranteed
  Signature
     Unless this Note is in definitive form, signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     
 

38


 

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
     The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
     
Dated:                                          
                                                                                      
  Notice: To be executed by an executive officer

39


 

ARTICLE 3.
THE NOTES
      SECTION 3.01. Title And Terms.
          (a) The Notes shall be known and designated as the “ 6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 ” of the Company. Their Maturity Date shall be October 1, 2013 and they shall bear interest on the principal amount in accordance with Section 3.02.
          (b) The Notes shall be subject to repurchase by the Company at the option of the Holders as provided in Section 11.02 hereof.
          (c) The Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be payable at such place as is identified in the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice given pursuant to Section 11.02.
          (d) The Notes shall be senior unsecured obligations of the Company and shall rank pari passu with all of the Company’s other senior unsecured obligations.
          (e) The Notes shall be structurally subordinated to all existing and future claims of the Company’s subsidiaries’ creditors, including trade creditors, and, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.07, effectively subordinated to all of the Company’s existing and future secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness.
          (f) The Notes shall be convertible as provided in ARTICLE 12.
          (g) Articles XI, XII and XIII of the Base Indenture shall not be applicable to the Notes.
      SECTION 3.02. Interest.
     Subject to the last paragraph of Section 3.11, interest will accrue on the Notes at the rate of 6 1 / 2 % per year during any three-month period from October 1 to and including December 31 or from January 1 to and including March 31 or from April 1 to and including June 30 or from July 1 to and including September 30, (each, an “ Interest Period ”), commencing October 1, 2008; provided that the initial Interest Period shall commence on October 1, 2008 and run to and include December 31, 2008. Interest will be payable quarterly in arrears on each Interest Payment Date (subject to Section 1.08) to the Holder of record at the close of business on the Regular Record Date preceding such Interest Payment Date.
      SECTION 3.03. Additional Notes. After the Original Issue Date, the Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Supplemental Indenture, which Notes shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Original Issue Date, other than with respect to the date of issuance and the issue price. The Company shall set forth the aggregate principal amount of Additional Notes to be offered in a Company Order submitted to the Trustee. All the Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture shall be treated as a single class for all purposes of this Indenture including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.

40


 

      SECTION 3.04. [Reserved].
      SECTION 3.05. Denominations.
     The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of U.S. $1,000 of principal amount and integral multiples of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof.
      SECTION 3.06. Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.
     The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) on the Original Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $475 million 6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 and (2) any Additional Notes for an original issue in an aggregate principal amount specified in a Company Order pursuant to Section 3.03 of this Supplemental Indenture. Such Company Order shall specify the amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Notes is to be authenticated.
     The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chief Executive Officer, its President or one of its Vice Presidents, attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.
     Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes.
     At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the authentication and delivery of such Notes; and the Trustee in accordance with such Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in this Supplemental Indenture and not otherwise.
     Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
     No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Supplemental Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.
      SECTION 3.07. Global Notes; Non-Global Notes; Book-entry Provisions.
          (a) Global Notes
          (i) Each Global Note issued and authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture shall be registered in the name of the Depositary designated by the Company for such Global Note or a nominee thereof and delivered to such Depositary or a nominee thereof or custodian therefor, and each such Global Note shall constitute a single Note for

41


 

all purposes of this Supplemental Indenture. The Company hereby appoints DTC as the initial Depositary.
          (ii) Except for exchanges of Global Notes for definitive, Non-Global Notes at the sole discretion of the Company, no Global Note may be exchanged in whole or in part for Notes registered, and no transfer of a Global Note in whole or in part may be registered, in the name of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof unless (A) such Depositary (i) has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Note, or (ii) has ceased to be a clearing agency registered as such under the Exchange Act, has ceased to be a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, or announces an intention permanently to cease business or does in fact do so or (B) there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note and the maturity of the Notes shall have been accelerated in accordance with Section 5.02 and any Holder shall have given written notice to the Company requesting the issuance of Non-Global Notes. In such event set forth in clause (A) above, if a successor Depositary for such Global Note is not appointed by the Company within 90 calendar days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order directing the authentication and delivery of Notes, shall authenticate and deliver, Notes, in any authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note in exchange for such Global Note.
          (iii) If any Global Note is to be exchanged for other Notes or canceled in whole, it shall be surrendered by or on behalf of the Depositary or its nominee to the Trustee, as Registrar, for exchange or cancellation, as provided in this ARTICLE 3. If any Global Note is to be exchanged for other Notes or canceled in part, or if another Note is to be exchanged in whole or in part for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, in each case as provided in this ARTICLE 3, then either (A) such Global Note shall be so surrendered for exchange or cancellation, as provided in this ARTICLE 3, or (B) the principal amount thereof shall be reduced or increased by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged or canceled, or equal to the principal amount of such other Note to be so exchanged for a beneficial interest therein, as the case may be, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee, as Registrar, whereupon the Trustee, in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, shall instruct the Depositary or its authorized representative to make a corresponding adjustment to its records. Upon any such surrender or adjustment of a Global Note, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a Company Order, subject to this ARTICLE 3, authenticate and deliver any Notes issuable in exchange for such Global Note (or any portion thereof) to or upon the order of, and registered in such names as may be directed by, the Depositary or its authorized representative. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Depositary the names, addresses and tax identification numbers of the Persons in whose names the Notes are to be registered prior to such authentication and delivery. Upon the request of the Trustee in connection with the occurrence of any of the events specified in the preceding paragraph, the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Notes that are not in the form of Global Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon any order, direction or request of the Depositary or its authorized representative which is

42


 

given or made pursuant to this ARTICLE 3 if such order, direction or request is given or made in accordance with the Applicable Procedures.
          (iv) Every Note authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, whether pursuant to this ARTICLE 3 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a registered Global Note, unless such Note is to be registered in accordance with this ARTICLE 3 in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global Note or a nominee thereof, in which case such Note shall be authenticated and delivered in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons.
          (v) The Depositary or its nominee, as registered owner of a Global Note, shall be the Holder of such Global Note for all purposes under this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes, and owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note shall hold such interests pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Accordingly, any such owner’s beneficial interest in a Global Note shall be shown only on, and the transfer of such interest shall be effected only through, records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee or its Agent Members and such owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note shall not be considered the owners or holders thereof.
          (b) Non-Global Notes. Notes issued pursuant to Section 3.07(a)(ii) shall be in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons.
      SECTION 3.08. Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange; Restrictions on Transfer.
          (a) The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office referred to as the “ Securities Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Trustee is hereby appointed Registrar for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers and exchanges of Notes as herein provided.
     Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at an office or agency of the Company designated pursuant to Section 10.02 for such purpose, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount and bearing such restrictive legends as may be required by this Supplemental Indenture.
     At the option of the Holder, and subject to the other provisions of this Section 3.08, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at any such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, and subject to the other provisions of this Section 3.08, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall, pursuant to a Company Order, authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange shall (if so

43


 

required by the Company or the Registrar) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the Trustee and the Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
     All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
     No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes except as provided in Section 3.10, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, Section 9.06 of the Base Indenture, or Section 12.02 hereof (other than where the shares of Common Stock are to be issued or delivered in a name other than that of the Holder of the Note) not involving any transfer and other than any stamp and other duties, if any, which may be imposed in connection with any such transfer or exchange by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, which shall be paid by the Company.
     Except as set forth below in this Section 3.08, beneficial ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will not be exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, the IAI Global Note, the Permanent Regulation S Global Note, or any other Note prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period and then, after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, may be exchanged for interests in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or the Permanent Regulation S Global Note only upon delivery of a written certificate (in the form attached to the Note) to the Trustee that (i) beneficial ownership interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. persons or U.S. persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act and (ii) in the case of an exchange for an IAI Global Note, certification (in the form attached to the Note) that the interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note is being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is acquiring the Notes for its own account or for the account of an accredited investor.
     Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes or IAI Global Notes may be exchanged for interests in Rule 144A Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of Notes in compliance with Rule 144A and (2) the transferor of the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form attached to the Note) to the effect that the beneficial interest in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note or the IAI Global Note, as applicable, is being transferred to a Person who the transferor reasonably believes to be a “qualified institutional buyer” under Rule 144A promulgated Under the Securities Act (a “ QIB ”), purchasing for its own account or the account of a QIB in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions.

44


 

     Beneficial interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes and Rule 144A Global Notes may be exchanged for an interest in IAI Global Notes if (1) such exchange occurs in connection with a transfer of the Notes in compliance with an exemption under the Securities Act and (2) the transferor of the Regulation S Global Note or Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form attached to the Note) to the effect that (A) the Regulation S Global Note or Rule 144A Global Note, as applicable, is being transferred (a) to an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act that is acquiring the Notes for its own account or for the account of such an accredited investor, in each case in a minimum principal amount of the Notes of $250,000, for investment purposes and not with a view to or for offer or sale in connection with any distribution in violation of the Securities Act and (B) in accordance with all applicable securities laws of the States of the United States and other jurisdictions.
     Beneficial interests in a Rule 144A Global Note or an IAI Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, whether before or after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, only if the transferor first delivers to the Trustee a written certificate (in the form attached to the Note) to the effect that such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 (if applicable).
          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Non-Global Notes for Non-Global Notes . When Non-Global Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request:
  (x)   to register the transfer of such Non-Global Notes to a transferee who will receive such transferred Notes in the form of Non-Global Notes; or
 
  (y)   to exchange such Non-Global Notes for an equal principal amount of Non-Global Notes of other authorized denominations,
the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided , however , that the Non-Global Notes surrendered for transfer or exchange:
     (i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and
     (ii) if such Non-Global Notes are required to bear a Restricted Securities Legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:
(A) if such Non-Global Notes are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect; or
(B) if such Non-Global Notes are being transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect (in the form attached to the Note); or

45


 

(C) if such Non-Global Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act; or (y) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or another exemption from registration under the Securities Act, a certification to that effect (in the form attached to the Note).
          (c) Restrictions on Transfer of a Non-Global Note for a Beneficial Interest in a Global Note. A Non-Global Note may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, an IAI Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee of a Non-Global Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, together with:
     (i) written certification (in the form attached to the Note) that such Non-Global Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (B) being transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) or (C) being transferred after expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent Regulation S Global Note; and
     (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct the Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (c)(i)(A)), IAI Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (c)(i)(B)) or Permanent Regulation S Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant to clause (c)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such increase,
then the Trustee shall cancel such Non-Global Note and cause, or direct the Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and procedures existing between the Depositary and the Custodian, the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the principal amount of the Non-Global Note to be exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the Non-Global Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes, IAI Global Notes or Permanent Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Company, a new Rule 144A Global Note, IAI Global Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal amount.
          (d) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes.

46


 

     (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depositary therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note. The Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions instruct the Depositary to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.
     (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note from which such interest is being transferred.
     (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Supplemental Indenture (other than Section 3.07), a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
     (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for a Non-Global Note, prior to the effectiveness of a registration statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of this Section 3.08 (including the certification requirements set forth on the reverse of the Notes intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A, Regulation S or another applicable exemption under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.
          (e) Restrictions on Transfer of Temporary Regulation S Global Notes. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only be sold, pledged or transferred in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Regulation S (other than a transaction resulting in an exchange for an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note), (iii) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable Notes laws of any State of the United States.

47


 

          (f) Securities Act Legends . All Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture, and all Successor Notes, shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend in substantially the form set forth in Section 2.02 hereof and shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer specified therein, subject to the following:
          (1) subject to the following clauses of this Section 3.08(f), a Note or any portion thereof which is exchanged, upon transfer or otherwise, for a Global Note or any portion thereof shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend borne by such Global Note for which the Note was exchanged;
          (2) subject to the following clauses of this Section 3.08(f), a new Note that is not a Global Note and is issued in exchange for another Note (including a Global Note) or any portion thereof, upon transfer or otherwise, shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend borne by the Note for which the new Note was exchanged;
          (3) any Notes that are sold or otherwise disposed of pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, together with their Successor Notes shall not bear a Restricted Securities Legend; the Company shall inform the Trustee in writing of the effective date of any such registration statement registering the Notes under the Securities Act and shall notify the Trustee at any time when prospectuses must be delivered with respect to Notes to be sold pursuant to such registration statement. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the aforementioned registration statement;
          (4) at any time after the Notes may be freely transferred without registration under the Securities Act or without being subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to the Securities Act, a new Note that does not bear a Restricted Securities Legend may be issued in exchange for or in lieu of a Note (other than a Global Note) or any portion thereof that bears such a legend if the Trustee has received a Global Note, satisfactory to the Trustee and duly executed by the Holder of such Note bearing a Restricted Securities Legend or his attorney duly authorized in writing, and after such date and receipt of such certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such new Note in exchange for or in lieu of such other Note as provided in this Article 3;
          (5) a new Note that does not bear a Restricted Securities Legend may be issued in exchange for or in lieu of a Note or any portion thereof that bears such a legend if, in the Company’s judgment, placing such a legend upon such new Note is not necessary to ensure compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Trustee, at the direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver such a new Note as provided in this Article 3; and
          (6) notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.08(f), a Successor Note of a Note that does not bear a Restricted Securities Legend shall not bear such legend unless the Company has reasonable cause to believe that such Successor Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 of the Securities Act, in which case the Trustee, at the direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver a new Note bearing a Restricted Securities Legend in exchange for such Successor Note as provided in this Article 3.

48


 

          (g) Any stock certificate representing shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend borne by such Notes, to the extent required by this Supplemental Indenture, unless such shares of Common Stock have been sold pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective under the Securities Act (and that continues to be effective at the time of such transfer) or sold pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, or unless otherwise agreed by the Company in writing with written notice thereof to the transfer agent for the Common Stock. With respect to the transfer of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes that are restricted hereunder, any deliveries of certificates, legal opinions or other instruments that would be required to be made to the Registrar in the case of a transfer of Notes, as described above, shall instead be made to the transfer agent for the Common Stock.
          (h) Neither the Trustee, the Paying Agent nor any of their agents shall (i) have any duty to monitor compliance with or with respect to any federal or state or other securities or tax laws or (ii) have any duty to obtain documentation on any transfers or exchanges other than as specifically required hereunder.
      SECTION 3.09. Persons Deemed Owners.
     Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent and any agent of the Company, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and (subject to Section 3.11) interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent nor any agent of the Company, the Trustee or any Paying Agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
      SECTION 3.10. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes.
     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company shall execute and upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
     If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.
     In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.
     Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 3.10, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be

49


 

imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.
     Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 3.10 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
     The provisions of this Section 3.10 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.
      SECTION 3.11. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.
     Interest on any Note which is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.
     Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder. Such Defaulted Interest will itself accrue interest at the rate borne by the Notes plus 2.0% per annum through the date on which such Defaulted Interest is paid to the Holders in accordance with this Section 3.11, to the extent lawful, and may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or (b) below:
          (a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a special record date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest (a “Special Record Date” ), which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address as it appears in the Securities Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date

50


 

therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).
          (b) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
     Any Transfer Restricted Note (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) whose holder, by virtue of holding such Note, is a beneficiary of the Registration Rights Agreement, shall, in the event that a Registration Default (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) has occurred, accrue Liquidated Damages (as such term is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) at a rate of 0.50% per annum (increasing by an additional 0.50% per annum after each consecutive 90-day period that occurs after the date on which such Registration Default occurs up to a maximum additional interest rate of 1.00%) from and including the date on which any such Registration Default occurred to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults have been cured, it being understood that the Liquidated Damages described herein and in the Registration Rights Agreement are one and the same remedy and shall in no event represent obligations independent of one another.
     Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.11, each Note delivered under this Supplemental Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note, as provided for in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes.
      SECTION 3.12. Cancellation.
     All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section 3.12, except as expressly permitted by this Supplemental Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of as directed by a Company Order.
      SECTION 3.13. Computation of Interest.
     Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
      SECTION 3.14. Further Assurances. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained herein, upon the written request of any Holder of Initial Notes that are Non-Global Notes to the Company, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such Non-Global Notes to be (i) rendered eligible for book-entry delivery through DTC and (ii)

51


 

assigned a valid CUSIP number in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the CUSIP Service Bureau (which shall, to the extent reasonably practicable, be the same CUSIP number as shall be assigned to the Notes held by the initial Holders of beneficial interests in the Global Notes issued pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture), in each case, as soon as reasonably practicable, but, in any event, within 120 days of the Original Issue Date. The Trustee shall, upon instruction from the Company, reasonably cooperate with the Company and such Holder of Initial Notes that are Non-Global Notes to achieve the foregoing. In addition, the Company shall cause to be entered into an indenture supplemental hereto in accordance with Section 8.01(m) should it be necessary to do so in order to achieve the purposes set forth in this Section 3.14.
ARTICLE 4.
DISCHARGE
     With respect to the Notes, Article IV of the Base Indenture shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:
      SECTION 4.01. Discharge of Liability on Notes.
     When (1) the Company shall deliver to the Registrar for cancellation all Notes then Outstanding not theretofore delivered to the Registrar for cancellation or (2) all the Notes then Outstanding not theretofore delivered to the Registrar for cancellation shall have (a) been deposited for conversion and the Company shall have delivered to the Holders shares of Common Stock (and cash in respect of any fractional shares, as applicable) sufficient to pay all amounts owing in respect of all such Notes or (b) become due and payable on the Maturity Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or otherwise, and the Company shall have deposited with the Trustee cash sufficient to pay all amounts owing in respect of all such Notes, including interest accrued and unpaid to the Maturity Date, Fundamental Change Repurchase Date or other such date, and if in either case of clauses (1) or (2) above, no Event of Default set forth in Section 5.01(i) or (j) hereof or event (including resulting from such deposit) that, with lapse of time or notice or both, would become an Event of Default set forth in Section 5.01(i) or (j) hereof with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Company shall have also paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then the Indenture with respect to the Notes shall cease to be of further effect (except as to (i) remaining rights of registration of transfer, substitution and exchange and conversion of Notes, (ii) rights hereunder of Holders to receive from the Trustee payments of the amounts then due, including interest with respect to the Notes and the other rights, duties and obligations of Holders, as beneficiaries hereof solely with respect to the amounts, if any, so deposited with the Trustee, and (iii) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Registrar under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes), and the Trustee, on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel as required by Section 4.03 and at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction of and discharging this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes; provided , however , the Company hereby agrees to reimburse the Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and

52


 

Registrar for any costs or expenses thereafter reasonably and properly incurred by the Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Registrar and to compensate the Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Registrar for any services thereafter reasonably and properly rendered by the Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent and Registrar in connection with this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes.
      SECTION 4.02. Reinstatement.
     If the Trustee or the Paying Agent is unable to apply any money to the Holders entitled thereto by reason of any order or judgment of any court of governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture with respect to the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 4.01 until such time as the Trustee or the Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes to the Holders entitled thereto; provided, however , that if the Company makes any payment of interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
      SECTION 4.03. Officers’ Certificate; Opinion of Counsel.
     Upon any application or demand by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under Section 4.01, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Supplemental Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with.
ARTICLE 5.
REMEDIES
     With respect to the Notes, Article V of the Base Indenture shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:
      SECTION 5.01. Events of Default.
     “ Event of Default ,” wherever used herein, means any one of the following events with respect to the Notes (whatever the reason for such Event of Default or whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):
     (a) default in any payment of interest on any Note when due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 calendar days; or
     (b) default in the payment of principal of any Note when due and payable at Maturity, upon required repurchase, upon redemption, upon acceleration or otherwise; or

53


 

     (c) failure by the Company to comply with its obligation to convert the Notes into shares of Common Stock (together with cash in place of any fractional shares, as applicable) or Reference Property, upon exercise of a Holder’s conversion right; or
     (d) failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 7.01; or
     (e) failure by the Company for two Business Days to comply with its notice obligations under Section 11.02(b) when due; or
     (f) failure by the Company for 60 calendar days after written notice from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes has been received by the Company to comply with any of its other agreements contained in the Notes or the Indenture; or
     (g) default by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company with respect to any mortgage, indenture, credit agreement, contract, agreement or other instrument under which there may be outstanding, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any Indebtedness in excess of $50.0 million in the aggregate of the Company and/or any such Subsidiary of the Company, whether such Indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created; or
     (h) failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay any judgments entered by a court of competent jurisdiction in excess of $50.0 million (to the extent not covered by insurance or bonded, in each case provided by a solvent, reputable and unaffiliated insurance company that has acknowledged coverage or covered by a valid standby letter of credit), which judgments remain unpaid, undischarged or unstayed for a period of more than 60 calendar days; or
     (i) the Company shall commence a voluntary case or other proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any substantial part of its property, or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or shall fail generally to pay its debts as they become due; or
     (j) an involuntary case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any substantial part of its property, and such involuntary case or other proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of 30 consecutive calendar days; or
     (k) the revocation, termination, suspension or other cessation of effectiveness of any Gaming License, which results in the cessation or suspension of gaming operations of the

54


 

Company or its subsidiaries in any gaming jurisdiction for a period of more than 60 consecutive days; or
     (l) any breach by the Company of, or failure of the Company to comply with, Section 10.09 hereof.
      SECTION 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity.
     If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(i) or Section 5.01(j) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, then in every such case (except as provided in the immediately following paragraph) the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare 100% of the aggregate principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration of acceleration, all principal and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(i) or Section 5.01(j) with respect to the Company occurs, the aggregate accreted principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on, all of the Notes shall become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act of the Holders or any act on the part of the Trustee.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the election of the Company, the sole remedy of Holders for an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(f) relating to the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 10.06 and for any failure by the Company to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act, shall for the first 90 calendar days after the occurrence of such an Event of Default consist exclusively of the right to receive an extension fee on the Notes in an amount equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of the Notes (the “ Extension Fee ”). If the Company elects to pay the Extension Fee as the sole remedy for an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(f) relating to the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 10.06 and for any failure by the Company to comply with the requirements of Section 314(a)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Company (i) shall notify, in the manner provided for in Section 1.6 of the Base Indenture, the Holders and the Trustee and Paying Agent of such election prior to the close of business on the first Business Day following the date on which such Event of Default is known by the Company to have occurred and (ii) pay the Extension Fee, on or before the close of business on the first business day following the date on which such Event of Default is known by the Company to have occurred, on all Notes then Outstanding. Upon the Company’s failure to give such notice or to pay the Extension Fee when due, the Notes shall be subject to acceleration as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 5.02. On and after the 91st calendar day after such Event of Default occurs, if such Event of Default is not cured or waived prior to such 91st calendar day, the Notes shall be subject to acceleration as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 5.02. If an Extension Fee is payable under this Section 5.02, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Extension Fee that is payable and (ii) the date on which such Extension Fee is payable. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives at the Corporate Trust Office such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that the Extension Fee is not payable. If the Extension Fee has been paid by the

55


 

Company directly to the Holders, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment.
      SECTION 5.03. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest and to Convert.
     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Supplemental Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and (subject to Section 3.11) interest on such Note on the Maturity Date, and to convert such Note in accordance with ARTICLE 12, and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment and right to convert, and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.
      SECTION 5.04. Waiver of Past Defaults and Rescission of Acceleration.
     With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), any past Default hereunder and its consequences may be waived on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes, except a Default (A) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note or in the delivery of amounts due upon conversion, or (B) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under ARTICLE 8 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected, and rescind any acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (1) rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (2) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of principal of and interest on the Notes or failure to deliver amounts due upon conversion that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.
     Upon the waiver of any such Default, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of the Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
      SECTION 5.05. Waiver of Stay, Usury or Extension Laws.
     The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, usury or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it shall not hinder, delay or impede by reason of such law the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
      SECTION 5.06. Control by Holders.

56


 

     The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that
          (a) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with the Indenture;
          (b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction; and
          (c) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture, or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or would involve the Trustee in personal liability;
provided , further that, prior to taking any action under the Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
      SECTION 5.07. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.
     The Company covenants that if:
     (1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Note when such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of 30 calendar days, or
     (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at the Maturity thereof,
the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and on any overdue interest, at the rate borne by the Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in the Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.
      SECTION 5.08. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.
     In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its property or its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the Trust Indenture Act in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee allowed in any such proceeding. In

57


 

particular, the Trustee shall be authorized to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.6 of the Base Indenture.
     No provision of the Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
      SECTION 5.09. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes.
     All rights of action and claims under the Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
      SECTION 5.10. Application of Money Collected.
     Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:
     FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07 of the Base Indenture; and
     SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of and interest on the Notes in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, respectively.
      SECTION 5.11. Limitation on Suits.
     Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal or interest when due or to receive amounts due to a Holder upon conversion, no Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

58


 

     (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes;
     (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
     (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against any costs, liability or expense to be incurred in compliance with such request;
     (4) the Trustee for 60 calendar days after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
     (5) no direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60 calendar day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;
it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Supplemental Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders or to enforce any right under the Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders.
      SECTION 5.12. Restoration of Rights and Remedies.
     If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under the Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.
      SECTION 5.13. Rights and Remedies Cumulative.
     Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 3.10, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
      SECTION 5.14. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

59


 

     No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.
      SECTION 5.15. Undertaking for Costs.
     In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under the Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to file an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any such party litigant, in the manner and to the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that neither this Section 5.15 nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in any suit instituted by the Company or in any suit for the enforcement of the right to convert any Note in accordance with Article 12.
ARTICLE 6.
[RESERVED.]
ARTICLE 7.
CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
     With respect to the Notes, Article VIII of the Base Indenture shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:
      SECTION 7.01. Company May Consolidate, Etc., Only on Certain Terms.
     The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into any other Person or convey, transfer, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets, whether held directly or indirectly, to any Person, unless:
     (1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person, if not the Company, is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, and such Person, if not the Company, expressly assumes by supplemental indenture, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture;
     (2) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture, if any, comply with this Indenture;
     (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

60


 

     (4) such transaction will not result in the loss or suspension or material impairment of any material Gaming License of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
     (5) such transaction would not require any Holder (other than any Person acquiring the Company or its assets and any affiliate thereof) to obtain a Gaming License or be qualified under the law of any applicable gaming jurisdiction; provided that such Holder would not have been required to obtain a Gaming License or be qualified under the laws of any applicable gaming jurisdiction in the absence of such transaction.
     For purposes of this Section 7.01, the sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, which properties and assets, if held by the Company instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company; provided , that a sale, lease, conveyance, assignment, transfer or other disposition of properties or assets between or among Subsidiaries of the Company (including by way of any merger, consolidation, or other corporate transaction) shall not be deemed to be a transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company.
      SECTION 7.02. Successor Substituted.
     Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company in accordance with Section 7.01, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease of all or substantially all of the Company’s properties and assets, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Indenture and the Notes.
ARTICLE 8.
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
      SECTION 8.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.
     With respect to the Notes, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:
     Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Request, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto for any of the following purposes:

61


 

          (a) to cure any ambiguity or correct any omission, manifest error, defect or inconsistency under this Supplemental Indenture, so long as such action will not adversely affect the interests of the Holders; or
          (b) to provide for the assumption by a successor corporation of the Company’s obligations under this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture; or
          (c) to add guarantees or additional obligors with respect to the Notes; or
          (d) to provide for a successor Trustee or other agents in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture or to otherwise comply with any requirement of this Supplemental Indenture; or
          (e) to provide for the conversion of the Notes into Reference Property, to the extent that the Company and the Trustee deem such amendment necessary or advisable in connection with the conversion of the Notes into Reference Property; provided that no such amendment or supplement may impair the rights or interests of any Holder of the Outstanding Notes; or
          (f) to increase the Conversion Rate; or
          (g) to secure the Notes; or
          (h) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company; or
          (i) to provide for the conversion of Notes in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture; or
          (j) to make any changes to this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder;
          (k) to comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Supplemental Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, as contemplated by this Supplemental Indenture or otherwise;
          (l) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Securities and to provide for bearer Securities; provided that uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of such Internal Revenue Code; or
          (m) to enable the purposes set forth in Section 3.14 to be achieved.
     Upon a Company Request, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture (except as otherwise provided below), and subject to and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.03 of the Base Indenture, the

62


 

Trustee shall (subject to the last sentence Section 9.03 of the Base Indenture) join with the Company in the execution of any supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained. Notwithstanding the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision in the Base Indenture, in connection with the execution of this First Supplemental Indenture and the authentication and delivery of an aggregate principal amount of $475 million of the Notes, the Company shall not be required to deliver to the Trustee a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture or the documents described in Section 9.03 of the Base Indenture prior to the execution, and delivery, or authentication and delivery, as applicable, thereof, but shall be required to deliver such documents to the Trustee no later than four (4) Business Days following the Original Issue Date.
      SECTION 8.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.
     With respect to the Notes, Section 9.02 of the Base Indenture shall be replaced in its entirety with the following:
     With the written consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), by the act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Supplemental Indenture; provided , however , that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:
          (a) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of Notes the Holders of which must consent to an amendment; or
          (b) reduce the rate, or extend the stated time for payment, of interest on any Note or reduce the amount, or extend the stated time for payment, of the Extension Fee; or
          (c) reduce the principal, or extend the Maturity Date, of any Note; or
          (d) make any change that adversely affects the conversion rights of any Note; or
          (e) reduce the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price of any Note or amend or modify in any manner adverse to the Holders of the Notes the Company’s obligations to make such payments, whether through an amendment or waiver of provisions in the covenants, definitions or otherwise; or
          (f) change the place or currency of payment of principal or interest or the Extension Fee in respect of any Note; or
          (g) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, and interest on, such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; or

63


 

          (h) adversely affect the ranking as to contractual right of payment of the Notes as the Company’s senior unsecured Indebtedness; or
          (i) make any change in the provisions of this Article 8 that require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions in Section 5.04.
     It shall not be necessary for the consent of Holders under this Section 8.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof.
     This Section 8.02 shall be subject to Section 9.03 of the Base Indenture.
      SECTION 8.03. Notice of Supplemental Indentures.
     Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.02, the Company shall promptly give notice in the manner provided in Section 1.06 of the Base Indenture briefly setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Company to give such notice, or any defect therein, shall not in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.
      SECTION 8.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures.
     Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this ARTICLE 8, this Supplemental Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Supplemental Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.
      SECTION 8.05. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.
     Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this ARTICLE 8 shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.
ARTICLE 9.
HOLDERS LISTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
      SECTION 9.01. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.
     The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee
          (a) quarterly, not more than 15 calendar days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date, and
          (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

64


 

excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Registrar of the Notes.
      SECTION 9.02. Preservation of Information.
          (a) The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 9.01 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Registrar. The Trustee may dispose of any list furnished to it as provided in Section 9.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.
          (b) The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Supplemental Indenture or under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and duties of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust Indenture Act.
          (c) Every Holder, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act.
ARTICLE 10.
COVENANTS
      SECTION 10.01. Payment of Principal and Interest.
     The Company covenants and agrees that it shall duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture. The Company shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee or its nominee, no later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Maturity Date of the Notes or no later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the due date for any installment of interest, all payments so due, which payments shall be in immediately available funds on the date of such Maturity Date or due date, as the case may be.
      SECTION 10.02. Maintenance of Offices or Agencies.
     The Company shall maintain an office or agency where the Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange or for presentation for payment or for conversion or repurchase and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency not designated or appointed by the Trustee. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office.
     The Company may at any time and from time to time vary or terminate the appointment of any such agent or appoint any additional agents for any or all of such purposes; provided ,

65


 

however , that until all of the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or moneys sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes have been made available for payment and either paid or returned to the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.05, the Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment and conversion, where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee, and notice to the Holders in accordance with Section 1.06 of the Base Indenture, of the appointment or termination of any such agents and of the location and any change in the location of any such office or agency.
     The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as Paying Agent, Registrar, and Conversion Agent, and the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as the office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes.
     Any rights or immunities of the Trustee under the Indenture shall apply to the Trustee when acting under any or all of the aforementioned capacities.
      SECTION 10.03. Existence.
     Subject to Section 7.01, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence.
      SECTION 10.04. Annual Statement by Officers.
     The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 calendar days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate as to the signing officers’ knowledge of the Company’s compliance with all conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Supplemental Indenture. For purposes of this Section 10.04, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided under this Supplemental Indenture.
     Any notice required to be given under this Section 10.04 shall be delivered to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office.
      SECTION 10.05. Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust.
     If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay all amounts payable to the Trustee under Section 6.6 of the Base Indenture and the principal or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
     Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of or interest on any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

66


 

     The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.05, that such Paying Agent will (i) comply with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (ii) during the continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment in respect of the Notes, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent as such.
     The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.
     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a Press Release, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 calendar days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.
      SECTION 10.06. Reports by Company.
          (a) Whether or not the Company is then subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will, within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations if the Company were subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, file the following reports with the Commission, even if it is not required by the Commission to do so:
          (i) All quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required to file reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s certified independent accountants; and
          (ii) All current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

67


 

If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Commission will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company will post the reports referred to in the preceding paragraph on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were required to file those reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. If such filings with the Commission are not then permitted by the Commission, and such filings are not generally available on the internet free of charge within the time periods in which the Company would be required to file a report if it were subject to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will, without charge to the Holders, furnish the Holders with copies of any such reports.
          (b) For so long as the Notes remain outstanding and constitute “restricted securities” under Rule 144, if at any time the Company is not required to file with the Commission the reports required by paragraph (a) of this Section 302, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the Notes and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
      SECTION 10.07. Lien
     The Company will not create any Lien upon any Principal Property (other than Permitted Liens) (the “ Initial Lien ”) without securing the Notes equally with such Principal Property and ratably with all other Indebtedness of the Company secured thereby for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured. Any Lien created for the benefit of the Holders pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Initial Lien. This covenant shall not limit or restrict any Subsidiary of the Company.
      SECTION 10.08. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
          The Company shall not enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company of any Principal Property (except for temporary leases of a term of not more than three years and except for leases between the Company and its Subsidiaries or between Subsidiaries of the Company) which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company to such Person more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition thereof or the completion of construction and commencement of full operation thereof (a “ Sale and Lease-Back Transaction ”), unless:
     (1) the Company applies an amount equal to the greater of the fair value (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors) of such property or the net proceeds of such sale, within 180 days, to the retirement of the Notes (to the extent permitted pursuant to the terms hereof) or other Indebtedness ranking on a parity with the Notes, or to the acquisition, construction, development or improvement of properties, facilities or equipment used for operating purposes that are owned by the Company, or to the acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of another Person; or

68


 

     (2) at the time of entering into such transaction, such Principal Property could have been subjected to a Lien securing Indebtedness of the Company in a principal amount equal to the Capitalized Lease-Back Obligation with respect to such Principal Property under clause (16) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” without securing the Notes as contemplated by that provision.
          This covenant shall not limit or restrict any Subsidiary of the Company.
ARTICLE 11.
REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF NOTES
      SECTION 11.01. Mandatory Gaming Redemption.
     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Supplemental Indenture, if any Gaming Authority requires a Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes must be licensed, qualified or found suitable under any applicable gaming laws in order to maintain any Gaming License or franchise of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any applicable gaming laws, and the Holder or beneficial owner fails to apply for a license, qualification or finding of suitability within 30 calendar days after being requested to do so by the Gaming Authority (or such lesser period that may be required by such Gaming Authority) or if such Holder or beneficial owner is denied such license or qualification or found not be suitable, the Company shall have the right, at its option, (1) to require such Holder or beneficial owner to dispose of such Holder’s or beneficial owner’s Notes within 30 calendar days of receipt of such finding by the applicable Gaming Authority (or such earlier date as may be required by the applicable Gaming Authority) or (2) to call for redemption on the Notes of such Holder or beneficial owner at a redemption price equal to (i) the lesser or (a) 100% of the principal amount thereof, (b) the price at which such Holder or beneficial owner acquired the Notes or (c) the fair market value of the Notes as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the earlier of the date of redemption or such earlier date as may be required by the Gaming Authority or the date of the finding of unsuitability by such Gaming Authority, which may be less than 30 calendar days following the notice of redemption, if so ordered by such Gaming Authority or (ii) such other price as may be ordered by the Gaming Authority.
     Immediately upon a determination that a Holder or beneficial owner will not be licensed, qualified or found suitable, the Holder or beneficial owner will have no further rights (a) to exercise any right conferred by the Notes, directly or indirectly, through any Trustee, nominee or any other Person or (b) to receive any interest or other distribution or payment with respect to the Notes except the redemption price of the Notes described in this Section 11.01; provided , however , such Holder or beneficial holder may, to the extent permitted by such Gaming Authority, transfer the Notes to any unaffiliated third party, who shall then be entitled to exercise all rights of a Holder or beneficial holder under the Notes.
     The Company shall not be required to pay or reimburse any Holder of the Notes or beneficial owner who is required to apply for such license, qualification or finding of suitability

69


 

for the costs of the licensure or investigation for such qualification or finding of suitability. Such expenses will, therefore, be the obligation of such Holder or beneficial owner.
     Each Note shall bear a legend regarding the applicability of this Section 11.01, as set forth in the form of Note included in Section 2.02.
      SECTION 11.02. Right to Require Repurchase Upon a Fundamental Change.
          (a) If a Fundamental Change occurs at any time, then each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to require the Company to repurchase all of such Holder’s Notes or any portion of the principal amount thereof that is equal to $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000, for cash on the date (the “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Date ”) specified by the Company that is not less than 15 calendar days and not more than 45 calendar days after the date of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice at a repurchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (the “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Price ”), unless such Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the corresponding Interest Payment Date, in which case the Company shall pay the full amount of accrued and unpaid interest payable on such Interest Payment Date to the Holder of record at the close of business on the corresponding Regular Record Date. Any Notes repurchased by the Company will be paid for in cash.
     Repurchases of Notes under this Section 11.02 shall be made, at the option of the Holder thereof, upon:
          (i) if the Notes are held in certificated form, delivery to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) by a Holder of a duly completed notice (the “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice ”) in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note or, if the Notes are held in global form, a notice that complies with the Applicable Procedures, prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date; and
          (ii) delivery or book-entry transfer of the Notes to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (together with all necessary endorsements) at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company), such delivery being a condition to receipt by the Holder of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price therefor; provided that such Fundamental Change Repurchase Price shall be so paid pursuant to this Section 11.02 only if the Note so delivered to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) shall conform in all respects to the description thereof in the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice.
     The Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice shall state:
     (i) if certificated, the certificate numbers of Notes to be delivered for repurchase;

70


 

     (ii) the portion of the principal amount of Notes to be repurchased, which must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof; and
     (iii) that the Notes are to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture.
     Any purchase by the Company contemplated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.02 shall be consummated by the delivery of the consideration to be received by the Holder promptly following the later of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date and the time of the book-entry transfer or delivery of the Note.
     The Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice or written notice of withdrawal thereof in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of this Section 11.02.
     Any Note that is to be repurchased only in part shall be surrendered to the Trustee (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, containing identical terms and conditions, each in an authorized denomination in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.
          (b) After the occurrence of a Fundamental Change, but on or before the 10th calendar day after the Effective Date of such Fundamental Change, the Company shall provide to all Holders of record of the Notes and the Trustee and Paying Agent a notice (the “ Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice ”) of the occurrence of such Fundamental Change and of the resulting repurchase right, if any, at the option of the Holders arising as a result thereof.
     Each Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice shall specify (if applicable):
          (i) the events causing the Fundamental Change;
          (ii) the date of the Fundamental Change;
          (iii) the last date on which a Holder may exercise the repurchase right arising as a result of a Fundamental Change, if applicable;
          (iv) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price, if applicable;
          (v) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, if applicable;
          (vi) the name and address of the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent, if applicable;
          (vii) the applicable Conversion Rate and any adjustments to the applicable Conversion Rate, including any Additional Shares, if applicable;

71


 

          (viii) that the Notes with respect to which a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice has been delivered by a Holder may be converted only if the Holder withdraws the Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the terms of this Supplemental Indenture; and
          (ix) the procedures that Holders must follow to require the Company to repurchase their Notes, if applicable.
     No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notices and no defect therein shall limit the Holders’ repurchase rights or affect the validity of the proceedings for the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 11.02.
          (c) A Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice may be withdrawn in whole on in part by means of a written notice of withdrawal delivered to the Paying Agent in accordance with the Fundamental Change Repurchase Right Notice at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, specifying:
          (i) the principal amount of the Notes with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted;
          (ii) if certificated Notes have been issued, the certificate numbers of the withdrawn Notes, or if not certificated, such Holder’s notice must comply with the applicable DTC procedures; and
          (iii) the principal amount, if any, of such Note that remains subject to the original Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice, which portion must be in principal amounts of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000;
provided , however , that if the Notes are not in certificated form, the notice must comply with the Applicable Procedures.
          (d) In connection with any repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 11.02, the Company shall
          (i) comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4, Rule 14e-1 (or any successor provision) and any other tender offer rules under the Exchange Act that may then be applicable; and
          (ii) otherwise comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws.
     To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 11.02, the Company’s compliance with such laws and regulations shall not in and of itself cause a breach of its obligations under this Section 11.02.
          (e) On or prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company or if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, set aside, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 10.05) an amount of money sufficient to

72


 

repurchase all of the Notes to be repurchased on such date at the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price. Subject to receipt of funds and/or Notes by the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) from the Company or the Holders, as applicable, payment for Notes surrendered for repurchase (and not withdrawn) prior to the close of business on the Business Day prior to the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date shall be made promptly after the later of (x) the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date with respect to such Note ( provided the Holder has satisfied the conditions to the payment of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price in this Section 11.02), and (y) the time of book-entry transfer or the delivery of such Note to the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) by the Holder thereof in the manner required by this Section 11.02. The Trustee shall, promptly after such payment and upon written demand by the Company, return to the Company any funds in excess of the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price.
          (f) Subject to a Holder’s right to receive interest on the related Interest Payment Date where the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date falls between a Regular Record Date and the Interest Payment Date to which it relates, if the Trustee (or other Paying Agent appointed by the Company) holds money sufficient to repurchase on the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date all the Notes or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of the Business Day following the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date, then on and after the Fundamental Change Repurchase Date (i) such Notes shall cease to be outstanding, (ii) interest shall cease to accrue on such Notes, and (iii) all other rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate, whether or not book-entry transfer of the Notes has been made or the Notes have been delivered to the Trustee or Paying Agent, other than the right to receive the Fundamental Change Repurchase Price upon delivery of the Notes.
ARTICLE 12.
CONVERSION OF NOTES
      SECTION 12.01. Conversion Privilege and Conversion Rate.
          (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of this ARTICLE 12, a Holder shall have the right, at such Holder’s option, to convert all or any portion (if the portion to be converted is $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of any Notes at any time prior to the close of business on the second Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding October 1, 2013, into cash and, if applicable and at the election of the Company, shares of Common Stock (or, if applicable, Reference Property), as described herein, at a rate of 20.1410 shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment by the Company as provided in Sections 12.01(e) and 12.04 hereof) per $1,000 in principal amount of the Notes (the “ Conversion Rate ”) under the circumstances and during the periods set forth below.

73


 

          (b) [Reserved].
          (c) [Reserved].
          (d) [Reserved].
          (e) If a Holder elects to convert Notes in connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change, the Conversion Rate applicable to each $1,000 in principal amount of Notes so converted shall be increased by an additional number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Additional Shares ”) as described below. Settlement of Notes tendered for conversion to which Additional Shares shall be added to the Conversion Rate as provided in this subsection (e) shall be settled pursuant to Section 12.02(e). For purposes of this subsection (e), a conversion shall be deemed to be “ in connection with ” such Make-Whole Fundamental Change if such conversion occurs on or after the Make-Whole Reference Date and prior to the close of business on the second Business Day immediately prior to the related Fundamental Change Repurchase Date for such Make-Whole Fundamental Change, but in no event later than the second Scheduled Trading Day prior to the Maturity of the Notes. The Company will notify Holders and the Trustee in writing of the occurrence of any Make-Whole Fundamental Change applicable to this subsection (e) and issue a Press Release on the Make-Whole Reference Date.
          (i) The number of Additional Shares by which the Conversion Rate will be increased in the event of a Make-Whole Fundamental Change shall be determined by the Company by reference to the table attached as Schedule A hereto, based on the Make-Whole Reference Date and the Stock Price; provided that, for purposes of determining the number of Additional Shares, the Make-Whole Reference Date of a transaction described in clause (1) or (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change shall be deemed to be the earlier of (x) the date on which such transaction occurs or becomes effective and (y) the date of the first public announcement of such transaction by the Company or the counterparty to the transaction; provided, that if the actual Stock Price is between two Stock Price amounts in the table or the Make-Whole Reference Date is between two Make-Whole Reference Dates in the table, the number of Additional Shares by which the Conversion Rate will be increased shall be determined by a straight-line interpolation between the number of Additional Shares set forth for the next higher and next lower Stock Price amounts and the two nearest Make-Whole Reference Dates, as applicable, based on a 365-day year; provided, further, that if (1) the Stock Price is greater than $400.00 per share of Common Stock (subject to adjustment in accordance with clause (ii) below), no adjustments will be made in the Conversion Rate, and (2) the Stock Price is less than $33.10 per share (subject to adjustment in accordance with clause (ii) below), no adjustments will be made in the Conversion Rate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Conversion Rate exceed 30.2115 shares per $1,000 in principal amount of Notes (subject to adjustment in the same manner as set forth in Section 12.04).
          (ii) The Stock Prices set forth in the first row of the tables in Schedule A hereto shall be adjusted by the Company as of any date on which the Conversion Rate of the Notes is adjusted (except pursuant to this Section 12.01(e). The adjusted Stock Prices shall equal the Stock Prices applicable immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied

74


 

by a fraction, the numerator of which is the applicable Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the adjustment giving rise to the Stock Price adjustment and the denominator of which is the Conversion Rate as so adjusted. The number of Additional Shares within the table shall be adjusted in the same manner as the Conversion Rate as set forth in Section 12.04 (other than by operation of an adjustment to the Conversion Rate by adding Additional Shares).
      SECTION 12.02. Exercise of Conversion Privilege.
          (a) (i) The Company will satisfy the Conversion Obligation with respect to the aggregate principal amount of Notes tendered for conversion by delivering, on the third Trading Day immediately following the Conversion Date shares of fully paid Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate times the aggregate principal amount of Notes so tendered, divided by $1,000; provided that the Company will deliver cash in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock as provided in Section 12.03; or
          (ii) The Company shall treat all Holders of Notes converting on the same Trading Day in the same manner. The Company shall not, however, have any obligation to settle its Conversion Obligations arising on different Trading Days in the same manner.
          (b) [Reserved].
          (c) [Reserved].
          (d) Before any Holder of a Note shall be entitled to convert the same as set forth above, such Holder shall (1) in the case of a Global Note, comply with the procedures of the Depositary in effect at that time and, if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in subsection (i) of this Section 12.02(d) and, if required, pay all taxes or duties, if any, in connection therewith and (2) in the case of a Note issued in certificated form, (A) complete and manually sign and deliver an irrevocable written notice to the Conversion Agent in the form set forth under Section 2.03 (or a facsimile thereof) (a “ Notice of Conversion ”) at the office of the Conversion Agent and shall state in writing therein the principal amount of Notes to be converted and the name or names (with addresses) in which such Holder wishes the certificate or certificates for any shares of Common Stock, if any, to be delivered upon settlement of the Conversion Obligation to be registered, (B) surrender such Notes, duly endorsed to the Company or in blank (and accompanied by appropriate endorsement and transfer documents), at the office of the Conversion Agent, (C) if required, pay funds equal to interest payable on the next Interest Payment Date to which such Holder is not entitled as set forth in subsection (i) of Section 12.02(a), and (D) if required, pay all taxes or duties, if any, in connection therewith, and (E) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. As used herein, “ Conversion Date ” shall mean the date that the Holder has complied with the requirements set forth in this subsection (d).
     No Notice of Conversion with respect to any Notes may be tendered by a Holder thereof if such Holder has also tendered a Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice and not validly

75


 

withdrawn such Fundamental Change Repurchase Notice in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 11.02.
     If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the Conversion Obligation with respect to such Notes, if any, that shall be payable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof to the extent permitted thereby) so surrendered.
          (e) Delivery of the amounts owing in satisfaction of the Conversion Obligation shall be made by the Company in no event later than the date specified in subsection (a) of this Section 12.02. The Company shall make such delivery by issuing, or causing to be issued, and delivering to such Holder, or such Holder’s nominee or nominees, certificates or a book-entry transfer through the Depositary for the number of full shares of Common Stock to which such Holder shall be entitled as part of such Conversion Obligation (together with any cash in lieu of fractional shares).
          (f) In case any Note shall be surrendered for partial conversion, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, as provided in a Company Order, authenticate and deliver to or upon the written order of the Holder of the Note so surrendered, without charge to such Holder, a new Note or Notes in authorized denominations in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of the surrendered Notes.
          (g) If a Holder submits a Note for conversion, the Company shall pay all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due, if any, which may be imposed by the United States or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock, if any, upon the conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests any shares of Common Stock to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. The Company may refuse to deliver the certificates representing the shares of Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder’s name until the Company receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares are to be issued in a name other than the Holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulations.
          (h) Except as provided in Section 12.04, no adjustment shall be made for dividends on any shares issued upon the conversion of any Note as provided in this ARTICLE 12.
          (i) Upon the conversion of an interest in a Global Note, the Trustee, or the Custodian at the direction of the Trustee, shall make a notation on such Global Note as to the reduction in the principal amount represented thereby. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any conversion of Notes effected through any Conversion Agent other than the Trustee.
          (j) Upon conversion, a Holder shall not receive any separate cash payment for accrued and unpaid interest except as set forth below. The Company’s settlement of the Conversion Obligation as described above shall be deemed to satisfy its obligation to pay the principal amount of the Notes and accrued and unpaid interest to, but not including, the Conversion Date. As a result, accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes to, but not including, the Conversion Date shall be deemed to be paid in full rather than cancelled, extinguished or

76


 

forfeited. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if Notes are converted after 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on a Regular Record Date, Holders of such Notes as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Regular Record Date shall receive the interest payable on such Notes on the corresponding Interest Payment Date notwithstanding the conversion. Notes surrendered for conversion during the period from 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Regular Record Date to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the corresponding Interest Payment Date must be accompanied by payment of an amount in cash equal to the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the Notes so converted; provided , however , that no such payment need be made (i) if the Company has specified a Fundamental Change Repurchase Date that is after a Regular Record Date and on or prior to the next Scheduled Trading Day following the corresponding Interest Payment Date; (ii) to the extent of any overdue interest, if any overdue interest remains unpaid at the time of conversion with respect to such Note; or (iii) in connection with any conversions that occur on or after the last Regular Record Date prior to the Maturity Date. Except as described above, no payment or adjustment shall be made for accrued interest on converted Notes. The Company shall not be required to convert any Notes that are surrendered for conversion without payment of interest as required by this Section 12.02(j). The Conversion Rate will not be adjusted for accrued and unpaid interest or accreted principal in excess of the $1,000 principal amount of the Notes.
      SECTION 12.03. Fractions of Shares.
     No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of any Note or Notes. If more than one Note shall be surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full shares which shall be issuable upon conversion thereof shall be computed on the basis of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes (or specified portions thereof) so surrendered. Instead of any fractional share of Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable upon conversion of any Note or Notes (or specified portions thereof), the Company shall calculate and pay a cash adjustment in respect of such fraction (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a share) based on the Daily VWAP on the last VWAP Trading Day prior to the Conversion Date.
      SECTION 12.04. Adjustment of Conversion Rate.
     The Conversion Rate shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows; provided that the Company shall not make any adjustments to the Conversion Rate if Holders of the Notes participate (as a result of holding the Notes, and at the same time as holders of the Common Stock participate) in any of the transactions described below as if such Holders held a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the applicable Conversion Rate, multiplied by the principal amount of Notes held by such Holders divided by $1,000, without having to convert their Notes:
          (a) In case the Company shall issue shares of Common Stock as a dividend or distribution on shares of Common Stock, or shall effect a share split or share combination, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:
         
 
  CR’ = CR 0 ×   OS’
 
       
 
      OS 0

77


 

where,
CR 0 = the Conversion Rate in effect as of the close business on the date immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such share split or combination, as the case may be;
CR’ = the Conversion Rate in effect as of the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such share split or combination, as the case may be;
OS 0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or the effective date of such share split or combination, as the case may be; and
OS’ = the number of shares of Common Stock that will be outstanding as of the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution and immediately after giving effect to such dividend or distribution or immediately after the effective date of such share split or combination, as the case may be.
     Such adjustment shall become effective immediately on the Ex-Date fixed for such dividend or distribution, or the effective date for such share split or share combination. If any dividend or distribution of the type described in this Section 12.04(a) is declared but not so paid or made, or the outstanding shares of Common Stock are not split or combined, as the case may be, the Conversion Rate shall be immediately readjusted, effective as of the date the Board of Directors determines not to pay such dividend or distribution, or split or combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, as the case may be, to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend, distribution, share split or share combination had not been declared.
     (b) In case the Company shall distribute to all or substantially all holders of its outstanding shares of Common Stock any rights or warrants (other than rights issued pursuant to a stockholders’ rights plan) entitling them for a period expiring not more than 60 calendar days after the date of such distribution to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:
         
 
  CR’ = CR 0 ×   (OS 0 + X)
 
       
 
      (OS 0 + Y)
where,
CR 0 = the Conversion Rate in effect as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding to the Ex-Date for such distribution;
CR’ = the Conversion Rate in effect as of the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;

78


 

OS 0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution;
X = the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to such rights or warrants; and
Y = the number of shares of Common Stock equal to the aggregate price payable to exercise such rights or warrants divided by the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution.
     Such adjustment shall be successively made whenever any such rights or warrants are distributed and shall become effective immediately on the Ex-Date for such distribution. The Company shall not issue any such rights or warrants in respect of shares of the Common Stock held in treasury by the Company. To the extent that shares of the Common Stock are not delivered after the expiration of such rights or warrants, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted to the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect had the adjustments made upon the issuance of such rights or warrants been made on the basis of delivery of only the number of shares of Common Stock actually delivered. If such rights or warrants are not so issued, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such Ex-Date for such distribution had not been fixed.
     In determining whether any rights or warrants entitle the holders to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at less than the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution, and in determining the aggregate offering price of such shares of Common Stock, there shall be taken into account any consideration received by the Company for such rights or warrants and any amount payable on exercise or conversion thereof, with the value of such consideration, if other than cash, to be determined by the Board of Directors.
     (c) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, distribute to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock shares of any class of Capital Stock of the Company, evidences of its Indebtedness or other assets or property of the Company excluding (i) dividends and distributions covered by subsections (a), (b) or (d) of this Section 12.04 and (ii) distributions described below in this subsection (c) with respect to Spin-Offs) (any of such shares of Capital Stock, Indebtedness, or other asset or property hereinafter in this subsection (c) called the “ Distributed Property ”), then, in each such case the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:
         
 
  CR' = CR 0 ×   SP 0
 
       
 
      SP 0 — FMV
where,
CR 0 = the Conversion Rate in effect as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding to the Ex-Date for such distribution;

79


 

CR’ = the Conversion Rate in effect as of the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such distribution;
SP 0 = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution; and
FMV = the fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof of the Distributed Property with respect to each outstanding share of Common Stock on the Ex-Date for such distribution.
     Such adjustment shall become effective immediately on the Ex-Date for such distribution; provided that if “FMV” as set forth above is equal to or greater than “SP 0 ” as set forth above, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder has the right to receive, for each $1,000 in principal amount of Notes, the amount of Distributed Property such Holder would have received had such Holder owned a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate on the Ex-Date for such distribution, without being required to convert the Notes. If such distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. If the Board of Directors determines “FMV” for purposes of this Section 12.04(c) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any securities, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such distribution.
     With respect to an adjustment pursuant to this subsection (c) where there has been a payment of a dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock, in shares of Capital Stock of any class or series, or similar equity interest, of or relating to a subsidiary or other business unit (a “ Spin-Off ”), the Conversion Rate in effect immediately before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the 10th Trading Day immediately following, and including, the effective date of the Spin-Off shall be increased based on the following formula:
         
 
  CR’ = CR 0 ×   FMV 0 + MP 0
 
       
 
      MP 0
where,
CR 0 = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following the effective date of the Spin-Off;
CR’ = the Conversion Rate in effect immediately after the close of business on the 10th Trading Day immediately following the effective date of the Spin-Off;
FMV 0 = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Capital Stock or similar equity interest distributed to holders of Common Stock applicable to one share of

80


 

Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on and including the Trading Day immediately following the effective date of the Spin-Off; and
MP 0 = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on and including immediately following the effective date of the Spin-Off.
     Such adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this subsection (c) shall occur immediately after 5:00 pm New York City time on the 10th Trading Day from the effective date of the Spin-Off; provided , that for any conversion within the 10 Trading Days beginning on the Trading Day immediately following the effective date of any Spin-Off, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the number of Trading Days between the effective date of such Spin-Off and the Conversion Date.
     Rights, warrants or options distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock, entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company’s Capital Stock, including Common Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights, warrants or options, until the occurrence of a specified event or events (“ Trigger Event ”): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 12.04 (and no adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 12.04 shall be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Rate shall be made under this subsection (c). If any such rights, warrants or options are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights, warrants or options become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of Indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and record date with respect to new rights, warrants or options with such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing rights, warrants or options without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights, warrants or options, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Rate under this Section 12.04 was made, (1) in the case of any such rights, warrants or options that shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights, warrants or options (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (2) in the case of such rights or warrants that shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Rate shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not been issued.
     For purposes of this subsection (c) and subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 12.04, any dividend or distribution to which this subsection (c) is applicable that also includes shares of Common Stock to which subsection (a) of this Section 12.04 applies or rights, warrants or

81


 

options to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock to which subsection (a) or (b) of this Section 12.04 applies (or both), shall be deemed instead to be (1) a dividend or distribution of the evidences of Indebtedness, assets or shares of Capital Stock other than such shares of Common Stock or rights, warrants or options, to which this subsection (c) applies (and any Conversion Rate adjustment required by this subsection (c) with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made) immediately followed by (2) a dividend or distribution of such shares of Common Stock or such rights, warrants or options (and any further Conversion Rate adjustment required by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 12.04 with respect to such dividend or distribution shall then be made), except (A) the Ex-Date of such dividend or distribution shall under this subsection (c) be substituted as the “Ex-Date” within the meaning of subsection (a) and subsection (b) and (B) any shares of Common Stock included in such dividend or distribution shall not be deemed “outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution or immediately prior to the effective date of such share split or combination, as the case may be” within the meaning of subsection (a) or “outstanding immediately prior to the Ex-Date for such distribution” within the meaning of subsection (b).
          (d) In case the Company shall pay any cash dividends or distributions to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock, the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted based on the following formula:
         
 
  CR’ = CR 0 ×   SP 0
 
       
 
      SP 0 - C
where,
CR 0 = the Conversion Rate in effect as of the close of business on the day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
CR’ = the Conversion Rate in effect as of the opening of business on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution;
SP 0 = the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of Common Stock for the 10 consecutive Trading Day period ending on and including the Trading Day immediately preceding the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution; and
C = the amount in cash per share the Company distributes to holders of Common Stock in such dividend or distribution.
     Such adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall become effective immediately on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution; provided that if the portion of the cash so distributed applicable to one share of the Common Stock is equal to or greater than SP 0 as set forth above, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each Holder shall receive on the date on which such cash dividend is distributed to holders of Common Stock, for each $1,000 in principal amount of Notes, the amount of cash such Holder would have received had such Holder owned a number of shares equal to the Conversion Rate on the Ex-Date for such dividend or distribution, without being required to convert the Notes. If such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the

82


 

Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared.
     For the avoidance of doubt, for purposes of this subsection (d), in the event of any reclassification of the Common Stock, as a result of which the Notes become convertible into more than one class of Common Stock, if an adjustment to the Conversion Rate is required pursuant to this subsection (d), references in this Section 12.04 to one share of Common Stock or Last Reported Sale Price of one share of Common Stock shall be deemed to refer to a unit or to the price of a unit consisting of the number of shares of each class of Common Stock into which the Notes are then convertible equal to the numbers of shares of such class issued in respect of one share of Common Stock in such reclassification. The above provisions of this paragraph shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications.
          (e) In case the Company or any of its Subsidiaries make a payment in respect of a tender offer or exchange offer for all or any portion of the Common Stock, to the extent that the cash and value of any other consideration included in the payment per share of Common Stock exceeds the average of the Last Reported Sale Prices of the Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Days beginning on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to such tender or exchange offer, the Conversion Rate shall be increased based on the following formula:
         
 
  CR’ = CR 0 ×   AC+ (SP’ × OS’)
 
       
 
      OS 0 × SP’
where,
CR 0 = the Conversion Rate in effect on the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
CR’ = the Conversion Rate in effect at the close of business on the 10 th Trading Day from the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
AC = the aggregate value of all cash and any other consideration as determined by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof paid or payable for shares purchased in such tender or exchange offer;
OS 0 = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the date such tender or exchange offer expires;
OS’ = the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the date such tender or exchange offer expires (after giving effect to such tender offer or exchange offer); and
SP’ = the average of the Last Reported Sale Price of Common Stock over the 10 consecutive Trading Day period beginning on, and including, the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender or exchange offer expires.
     Such adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall become effective immediately at the close of business on the 10 th Trading Day from the Trading Day next succeeding the date such tender

83


 

or exchange offer expires; provided that in respect of any conversion with 10 Trading Days immediately following, and including, the expiration date of any tender or exchange offer, references in this Section 12.04(e) with respect to 10 consecutive Trading Days shall be deemed replaced with such lesser number of Trading Days as have elapsed between the expiration date of such tender or exchange offer and the Conversion Rate in determining the applicable Conversion Rate. If the Company or its subsidiary is obligated to purchase shares of Common Stock pursuant to any such tender or exchange offer, but the Company or its subsidiary is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting all or any such purchases or all or any portion of such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Rate shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Rate that would then be in effect if such tender or exchange offer had not been made or had only been made in respect of the purchases that had been effected.
     If the application of any of the foregoing formulas (other than in respect of a share combination) would result in a decrease in the Conversion Rate, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate will be made.
     For purposes of this Section 12.04 the term “ record date ” shall mean, with respect to any dividend, distribution or other transaction or event in which the holders of Common Stock have the right to receive any cash, securities or other property or in which the Common Stock (or other applicable security) is exchanged for or converted into any combination of cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determination of shareholders entitled to receive such cash, securities or other property (whether such date is fixed by the Board of Directors or by statute, contract or otherwise).
          (f) In addition to those required by subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this Section 12.04, and to the extent permitted by applicable law and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange or any other securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed, the Company from time to time may increase the Conversion Rate by any amount for a period of at least 20 Trading Days if the Board of Directors determines that such increase would be in the Company’s best interest. If the Company makes such determination, it will be conclusive and the Company will notify the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee of the increased Conversion Rate and the period during which it will be in effect at least 15 calendar days prior to the date the increased Conversion Rate takes effect, in accordance with applicable law. The Company may also, but is not required to, increase the Conversion Rate to avoid or diminish any income tax to holders of Common Stock or rights to purchase Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of shares or rights to acquire shares or similar event.

84


 

          If the Company has in effect a rights plan upon a conversion of the Notes into Common Stock and the rights have not separated from the Common Stock, Holders will receive, upon a conversion of the Notes in respect of which the Company is required to deliver shares of Common Stock, in addition to such shares of Common Stock, rights under the Company’s rights plan. If prior to any conversion, the rights have separated from the Common Stock, the Conversion Rate will be adjusted at the time of separation as if the Company had distributed to all holders of Common Stock, Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness or other assets or property pursuant to Section 12.02(c) hereof, subject to readjustment upon the subsequent expiration, termination or redemption of such rights.
          (g) Except as described in this Section 12.04 or in Section 12.01(e), the Company will not adjust the Conversion Rate. Without limiting the foregoing, no adjustment to the Conversion Rate need be made:
          (i) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future plan providing for the reinvestment of dividends or interest payable on securities of the Company and the investment of additional optional amounts in shares of Common Stock under any plan;
          (ii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock or options or rights to purchase or acquire those shares of Common Stock pursuant to any present or future employee, director or consultant benefit plan or program of or assumed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;
          (iii) upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any option, warrant, right or exercisable, exchangeable or convertible security not described in clause (ii) above and outstanding as of the date of this Supplemental Indenture;
          (iv) for a change in the par value of the Common Stock; or
          (v) for accrued and unpaid interest.
          (h) All calculations and other determinations under this ARTICLE 12 shall be made by the Company and shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-ten thousandth (1/10,000) of a share, as the case may be. No adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Rate unless such adjustment would require an increase of at least 1% in the Conversion Rate then in effect at such time. The Company shall carry forward any adjustments that are less than 1% of the Conversion Rate and make such carried forward adjustments, regardless of whether the aggregate adjustment is less than 1%, upon the earliest of (1) any Notes that are converted upon such conversion (with such adjustments to be made on each day and for each adjustment event occurring during the applicable Observation Period) and (2) such time as all adjustments that have not been made prior thereto would have the effect of adjusting the Conversion Rate by at least 1%.
          (i) In any case in which this Section 12.04 provides that an adjustment shall become effective immediately (1) on the Ex-Date for an event or (2) after the last date on which tenders or exchanges may be made pursuant to any tender or exchange offer pursuant to

85


 

subsection (e) of this Section 12.04 (each an “ Adjustment Determination Date ”), the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of the applicable Adjustment Event (as hereinafter defined) (x) issuing to the Holder of any Note converted after such Adjustment Determination Date and before the occurrence of such Adjustment Event, the additional shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon such conversion by reason of the adjustment required by such Adjustment Event over and above the amounts deliverable upon such conversion before giving effect to such adjustment and (y) paying to such Holder any amount in cash in lieu of any fraction pursuant to Section 12.03. For purposes of this subsection (i), the term “ Adjustment Event ” shall mean:
          (i) in any case referred to in clause (1) hereof, the date any dividend or distribution of Common Stock, shares of Capital Stock, evidences of Indebtedness, other assets or property or cash is paid or made, the effective date of any share split or combination or the date of expiration of any rights or warrants, and
          (ii) in any case referred to in clause (2) hereof, the date a sale or exchange of Common Stock pursuant to such tender or exchange offer is consummated and becomes irrevocable.
          (j) For purposes of this Section 12.04, the number of shares of Common Stock at any time outstanding shall not include shares held in the treasury of the Company but shall include shares issuable in respect of scrip certificates issued in lieu of fractions of shares of Common Stock.
          (k) [Reserved].
          (l) With respect to a conversion of Notes pursuant to this ARTICLE 12, on the date the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes are delivered to the converting Holder pursuant to Section 12.02(a) (the “ Delivery Date ”), the Person in whose name any certificate representing any shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion is registered shall be treated as a stockholder of record of the Company on such Delivery Date. On and after the Delivery Date with respect to a conversion of Notes pursuant hereto, all rights of the Holders of such Notes shall terminate. A Holder of a Note is not entitled, as such, to any rights of a holder of Common Stock unless and until such Holder converts such Note and receives shares of Common Stock in respect of such conversion on the Delivery Date with respect to such conversion.
          (m) Whenever any provision of this ARTICLE 12 requires a calculation of Last Reported Sale Prices over a span of multiple days, the Company shall make appropriate adjustments to account for any adjustment to the Conversion Rate that becomes effective, or any event requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Rate where the Ex-Date of the event occurs, at any time during the period from which such calculation is to be calculated; provided that such adjustments shall only be made to the Conversion Rate relating to days prior to the date that the adjustment to the Conversion Rate becomes effective.
          (n) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained herein, but subject to the limitations and exceptions contained in Section 12.04(g), in the event that, at any time or from

86


 

time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Company shall issue Common Stock or securities convertible, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock at a price, conversion price or exercise price (as the case may be, assuming that any such security is designed to be converted into Common Stock) less than the Conversion Price then in effect hereunder, then the Conversion Rate shall be adjusted such that the Conversion Price is reduced to such lower price, conversion price or exercise price, as the case may be, set in such issuance of Common Stock or securities convertible, directly or indirectly, into Common Stock. If an adjustment is to the Conversion Rate may be made under this Section 12.04(n) and any of paragraphs (a) through (e) of this Section 12.04, then only the adjustment that results in the largest adjustment to the Conversion Rate shall be made.
           SECTION 12.05. Notice of Adjustments of Conversion Rate.
          Whenever the Conversion Rate is adjusted as herein provided:
          (a) the Company shall compute the adjusted Conversion Rate in accordance with Section 12.04 and shall prepare a certificate signed by an authorized officer of the Company setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based, and such certificate shall promptly be filed with the Trustee and with each Conversion Agent (if other than the Trustee); and
          (b) upon each such adjustment, a notice stating that the Conversion Rate has been adjusted and setting forth the adjusted Conversion Rate shall be required, such notice shall be provided by the Company to all Holders in accordance with Section 1.6 of the Base Indenture.
          Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be under any duty or responsibility with respect to any such certificate or the information and calculations contained therein, except to exhibit the same to any Holder desiring inspection thereof at its office during normal business hours or in such other manner of inspection as the Trustee deems reasonably practicable.
           SECTION 12.06. Company to Reserve Common Stock.
          The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of Notes, the full number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon the conversion of all Outstanding Notes.
          The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Notes shall be fully paid and non-assessable by the Company and free from all liens created by the Company.
           SECTION 12.07. Taxes on Conversions.
          Except as provided in the next sentence, the Company shall pay all documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of Notes pursuant hereto. The Company shall not, however, be required, and the Holder shall instead be required, to pay any tax or duty that may be payable in respect of (i) income of the Holder, or (ii) any transfer involved in the issue and

87


 

delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that of the Holder of the Note or Notes to be converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or duty, or has established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax or duty has been paid.
           SECTION 12.08. Certain Covenants.
          (a) Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Rate below the then par value, if any, of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes, the Company shall take all corporate action, if any, which it reasonably determines may be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue shares of such Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Rate.
          (b) The Company covenants that, if any shares of Common Stock to be provided for the purpose of conversion of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such shares may be validly issued upon conversion, the Company will use all commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission or such other applicable governmental authority, to secure such registration or approval in connection with the conversion of Notes.
          (c) The Company further covenants that if at any time the Common Stock shall be listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system the Company will, if permitted and required by the rules of such exchange or automated quotation system, list and keep listed, so long as the Common Stock shall be so listed on such exchange or automated quotation system, all Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes.
           SECTION 12.09. Cancellation of Converted Notes.
          All Notes delivered for conversion shall be delivered to the Trustee or its agent and canceled by the Trustee as provided in Section 3.12.
           SECTION 12.10. Provision in Case of Effect of Reclassification, Consolidation, Merger or Sale.
          If there shall occur (i) any Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change, (ii) any reclassification or change of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a split, subdivision or combination), (iii) any consolidation, binding share exchange, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, combination or other similar event, or (iv) any sale or conveyance of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company to any other Person, in any case as a result of which holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive cash, securities or other property or assets with respect to or in exchange for their shares of Common Stock (any such event described in clauses (i) through (iv) a “ Merger Event ”), then:
          (a) the Company or the successor or purchasing Person, as the case may be, shall execute with the Trustee (subject to the Trustee’s rights as provided herein) a supplemental

88


 

indenture (which shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of execution of such supplemental indenture if such supplemental indenture is then required to so comply) permitted under Section 8.01(i) providing for the conversion and settlement of the Notes as set forth in this Supplemental Indenture. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this ARTICLE 12 and the Trustee may conclusively rely on the determination by the Company of the equivalency of such adjustments. If, in the case of any Merger Event, the Reference Property includes shares of stock or other securities and assets of a company other than the successor or purchasing company, as the case may be, in such change of control, consolidation, binding share exchange, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, combination, sale or conveyance or Fundamental Change described in clause (2) of the definition of Fundamental Change, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other company and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Notes as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing, including to the extent required by the Board of Directors and practicable the provisions providing for the repurchase rights set forth in ARTICLE 11.
          In the event a supplemental indenture is executed pursuant to this Section 12.10, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate (and the documents and information provided for in Section 9.03 of the Base Indenture) briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of cash, securities, property or assets that will constitute the Reference Property after any such Merger Event, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly mail notice thereof to all Holders, and the Trustee shall be protected in relying on such Officers’ Certificate; it being understood that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Section 12.10.
          If any securities to be provided for the purpose of conversion of Notes hereunder require registration with or approval of any governmental authority under any federal or state law before such securities may be validly issued upon conversion, each supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Section 12.10 shall provide that the Company or the successor or the purchasing Person, as the case may be, or if the Reference Property includes shares of stock or other securities and assets of a company other than the successor or purchasing company, as the case may be, then such company, shall use all commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent then permitted by the rules and interpretations of the Commission (or any successor thereto), to secure such registration or approval in connection with the conversion of Notes.
          Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.02 and Section 12.03, and subject to the provisions of Section 12.01, at the effective time of such Merger Event, the right to convert each $1,000 in principal amount of Notes shall be changed to a right to convert such Notes by reference to the kind and amount of cash, securities, or other property that a holder of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Conversion Rate immediately prior to such transaction would have owned or been entitled to receive (the “ Reference Property ”) such that from and after the effective time of such transaction, a Holder shall be entitled thereafter to convert its Notes into the same type (and in the same proportion) of Reference Property, subject to the Company’s right to settle conversions, if applicable, in shares of Common Stock; provided that, upon conversion, Holders will receive Reference Property as follows: (x) cash and (y) in lieu of

89


 

the shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable, Reference Property. The amount of consideration, and, consequently, Reference Property, Holders receive upon conversion will be based on the Daily Conversion Values of Reference Property and the applicable Conversion Rate, as described in Section 12.02. For purposes of determining the constitution of Reference Property, the type and amount of consideration that a holder of Common Stock would have been entitled to in the case of any Merger Event that causes the Common Stock to be converted into the right to receive more than a single type of consideration determined, based in part upon any form of stockholder election, such consideration will be deemed to be (i) if holders of the majority of shares of Common Stock affirmatively make such an election, the weighted average of the types and amounts of consideration received by the holders of Common Stock, or (ii) if the holders of a majority of Common Stock do not affirmatively make such an election, the types and amount of consideration actually received by such holders. The Company shall not become a party to any such transaction unless its terms are consistent with the preceding. None of the foregoing provisions shall affect the right of a Holder to convert its Notes in accordance with the provisions of this ARTICLE 12 prior to the effective date.
          (b) The Company shall cause notice of the execution of such supplemental indenture to be mailed to each Holder, at his address appearing on the Securities Register provided for in this Supplemental Indenture, within 20 calendar days after execution thereof. Failure to deliver such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such supplemental indenture.
          (c) The above provisions of this Section 12.10 shall similarly apply to successive Merger Events.
           SECTION 12.11. Company Responsible for Making Calculations.
          Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company will be responsible for making all calculations required under the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture. The Company will make these calculations in good faith and absent manifest error, these calculations will be final and binding on the Holders. The Company will provide a schedule of such calculations to each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent, and each of the Trustee and the Conversion Agent is entitled to conclusively rely upon the accuracy of such calculations without independent verification. The Trustee will forward the Company’s calculations to any Holder upon the written request of such Holder.
           SECTION 12.12. Responsibility of Trustee for Conversion Provisions.
          The Trustee and any Conversion Agent shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holder to determine whether any facts exist which may require any adjustment of the Conversion Rate, or with respect to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the method employed, herein or in any supplemental indenture provided to be employed, in making the same, or whether a supplemental indenture need be entered into. Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or the kind or amount) of any Common Stock, or of any other securities or property or cash, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the conversion of any Notes; and it or they do not make any representation with respect thereto. Neither the Trustee nor any Conversion Agent shall be responsible for any failure of the Company to make or

90


 

calculate any cash payment or to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of Common Stock or share certificates or other securities or property or cash upon the surrender of any Note for the purpose of conversion; and the Trustee and any Conversion Agent shall not be responsible for any failure of the Company to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in this ARTICLE 12.
 
          This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

91


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.
         
  LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ William P. Weidner    
    Name:   William P. Weidner   
    Title:   President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary   
 
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 


 

         
  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
as Trustee
 
 
  By:   /s/ Richard Prokosch    
    Name:   Richard Prokosch   
    Title:   Vice President   
 
[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 


 

SCHEDULE A
          The following table sets forth the hypothetical “Stock Price,” “Make-Whole Reference Date” and the adjustments to the Conversion Rate, expressed as a number of Additional Shares by which the Conversion Rate shall be increased in the event of a Fundamental Change (other than events described in clauses (3) of the definition of a Fundamental Change), in accordance with the Supplemental Indenture:
                                                     
        Make-Whole Reference Date
        September   October   October   October   October   October
Stock Price   30, 2008   1, 2009   1, 2010   1, 2011   1, 2012   1, 2013
$ 33.10       10.0705       10.0705       10.0705       10.0705       10.0705       10.0705  
$ 34.00       9.6662       9.2708       9.2708       9.2708       9.2708       9.2708  
$ 35.00       9.2600       8.7659       8.4304       8.4304       8.4304       8.4304  
$ 36.00       8.8822       8.3739       7.8525       7.6368       7.6368       7.6368  
$ 37.00       8.5303       8.0100       7.4655       6.9683       6.8860       6.8860  
$ 38.00       8.2019       7.6716       7.1072       6.5682       6.1748       6.1748  
$ 40.00       7.6075       7.0624       6.4666       5.8588       5.1808       4.8590  
$ 42.00       7.0849       6.5308       5.9131       5.2533       4.4603       3.6685  
$ 45.00       6.4115       5.8522       5.2154       4.5033       3.5905       2.0812  
$ 50.00       5.5155       4.9628       4.3200       3.5704       2.5656       0.0000  
$ 55.00       4.8248       4.2899       3.6611       2.9134       1.9048       0.0000  
$ 60.00       4.2790       3.7677       3.1636       2.4399       1.4754       0.0000  
$ 65.00       3.8388       3.3534       2.7792       2.0907       1.1921       0.0000  
$ 70.00       3.4771       3.0183       2.4757       1.8271       1.0007       0.0000  
$ 80.00       2.9198       2.5118       2.0312       1.4628       0.7710       0.0000  
$ 90.00       2.5116       2.1487       1.7237       1.2267       0.6422       0.0000  
$ 100.00       2.1999       1.8761       1.4987       1.0616       0.5586       0.0000  
$ 125.00       1.6692       1.4199       1.1315       0.8020       0.4293       0.0000  
$ 150.00       1.3337       1.1354       0.9065       0.6455       0.3488       0.0000  
$ 175.00       1.1012       0.9392       0.7519       0.5375       0.2919       0.0000  
$ 200.00       0.9301       0.7949       0.6380       0.4576       0.2494       0.0000  
$ 250.00       0.6942       0.5957       0.4804       0.3465       0.1898       0.0000  
$ 300.00       0.5392       0.4644       0.3761       0.2725       0.1501       0.0000  
$ 350.00       0.4298       0.3714       0.3019       0.2197       0.1218       0.0000  
$ 400.00       0.3487       0.3021       0.2464       0.1802       0.1005       0.0000  
[Schedule A]

 

Exhibit 10.1
Execution Version
CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
          CONVERTIBLE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated September 30, 2008 (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Las Vegas Sands Corp. (the “ Company ”) and the person listed on Schedule A (the “ Purchaser ”), and relates to the purchase by the Purchaser of $475,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined below).
          WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company and a Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have determined it is in the best interests of the Company to issue and sell to the Purchaser the Notes (as defined below) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
          WHEREAS, the Company wishes to issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser wishes to purchase, the Notes (as defined below) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
          1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, and unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
          “ 10-Q Reference Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 of this Agreement.
          “ 2004 Equity Award Plan ” means the Las Vegas Sands Corp. 2004 Equity Award Plan, as amended by the First Amendment thereto, dated February 5, 2007.
          “ Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2008, among the Company and the stockholders named therein.
          “ Approval Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7 of this Agreement.
          “ Approval Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7 of this Agreement.
          “ Approvals ” means (i) obtaining an Effective Stockholder Consent or any other shareholder approval required under the rules and regulations of the New

 


 

York Stock Exchange, (ii) the listing of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange, (iii) the receipt of any approval required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents (and the issuance of the Underlying Shares upon conversion of the Notes) pursuant to any regulations of the Nevada Gaming Commission, the general laws, specific gaming laws, various regulations and licensing and regulatory control of the Macau government and Gaming Inspection and Coordination Bureau, the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board and the government of the State of Pennsylvania, the Singapore Tourism Board and the Singapore government and any other Governmental Authority charged with regulating any gaming activity conducted by the Company and (iv) receipt of any approval of any other applicable Governmental Authority necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents (and the issuance of the Underlying Shares upon conversion of the Notes) (including Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance, to the extent necessary) and the expiration of all applicable waiting periods.
          “ Authorization ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21 of this Agreement.
          “ Capital Stock ” (i) of any Person that is a corporation, means any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; and (ii) of any other Person, means any and all partnership, membership or other equity interests of such Person.
          “ Code ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.26 of this Agreement.
          “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.
          “ Common Stock ” means the shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.
          “ Consolidated Historical Financial Statements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20 of this Agreement.
          “ Convertibility Date ” means the date on which the Company obtains each of the required Approvals.
          “ Credit Agreement ” means the Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2007, by and among Las Vegas Sands, LLC, the affiliates of Las Vegas Sands, LLC named therein as guarantors, the lenders party hereto from time to time, The Bank of Nova Scotia, as administrative agent for the lenders and as collateral agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., Lehman Brothers Inc. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners and as syndication agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as documentation agent.
          “ Effective Stockholder Consent ” means the effectiveness of the Stockholder Consent upon the passage of 20 calendar days following the distribution of
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 2 of 26

 


 

the Information Statement to the holders of Common Stock pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof and in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission.
          “ Equity Interests ” of any Person means (i) Capital Stock of such Person or (ii) warrants or options exercisable for, other securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or other rights to acquire (whether by conversion, exercise, exchange or otherwise) Capital Stock of such Person.
          “ Environmental Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.28 of this Agreement.
          “ ERISA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.26 of this Agreement.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
          “ FF&E Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated FF&E Credit and Guarantee Agreement, dated as of August 21, 2007, by and among Las Vegas Sands, LLC, as the borrower, certain affiliates of the borrower as guarantors, the lenders party thereto from time to time, General Electric Capital Corporation, as administrative agent for the lenders and as collateral agent and GE Capital Markets, Inc., as lead arranger and bookrunner.
          “ Governmental Authority ” means the government of any nation, state, city, locality or other political subdivision of any thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.
          “ Indenture ” means the indenture, dated as of September 30, 2008, as supplemented by the supplemental indenture, dated as of September 30, 2008, between U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, and the Company, in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.
          “ Information Statement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2 of this Agreement.
          “ Intellectual Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.22 of this Agreement.
          “ Investor Rights Agreement ” means the Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by and among the Company and the Purchaser.
          “ Material Adverse Effect ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 of this Agreement.
          “ Material Subsidiaries ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9 of this Agreement.
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 3 of 26

 


 

          “ Money Laundering Laws ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.30 of this Agreement.
          “ Note Documents ” means this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes and the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement.
          “ Notes ” means the Company’s 6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013, issued by the Company pursuant to the Indenture.
          “ Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, Governmental Authority or other entity of any kind.
          “ Recent Public Filings ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 of this Agreement.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
          “ Stockholder Consent ” means the written consent of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock approving the issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of the Notes in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.
          “ Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation more than 50% of the Voting Stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by such Person, and any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person owns more than 50% of the equity interests or has the power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other governing body.
          “ Trustee ” means U.S. Bank, National Association, or any successor trustee under the Indenture.
          “ Underlying Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock into which the Notes are convertible.
          “ Voting Stock ”, as applied to the stock of any corporation, means stock of any class or classes (however designated) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or other governing body) of such corporation other than stock having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency.
ARTICLE 2
PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES
          2.1 Issue and Sale of Notes . Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Purchaser the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth opposite the Purchaser’s name on Schedule A to this
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 4 of 26

 


 

Agreement, and the Purchaser agrees to pay the Company the purchase price set forth opposite the Purchaser’s name on Schedule A to this Agreement (the “ Purchase Price ”).
          2.2 Closing . The purchase of Notes shall take place at the closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, on the date hereof (the “ Closing Date ”). Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions relating to the Closing set forth in Section 2.3 and Section 2.4 , at the Closing, (x) the Company shall issue a Note in the aggregate principal amount set forth opposite the Purchaser’s name on Schedule A to this Agreement, dated the Closing Date and registered in the Purchaser’s name (or in the name of its nominee), the Trustee will authenticate such Note, and the Company shall deliver such issued and authenticated Note to the Purchaser and (y) the Purchaser shall pay to the Company the Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts designated by the Company in writing to the Purchaser prior to the Closing.
          2.3 Company Conditions to Closing . The obligations of the Company to be performed at the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction of the condition that the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV of the Purchaser shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date.
          2.4 Purchaser Conditions to Closing . The obligations of the Purchaser to be performed at the Closing shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:
               (a)  Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties set forth in Article III shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date.
               (b)  Certificates; Resolutions . The Purchaser shall have received a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company setting forth (a) resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to the authorization of the Company to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each Note Document to which it is a party, issue the Notes and enter into the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents, (b) the officers of the Company who are authorized to sign the Notes and the other Note Documents, (c) specimen signatures of such authorized officers, and (d) the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company certified as being true and complete. The Purchaser shall have received a copy of resolutions of the Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company recommending that the Board of Directors of the Company approve the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents. The Purchaser shall have received a certificate of an officer of the Company certifying as to such matters as the Purchaser may reasonably specify.
               (c)  Note Documents . The Purchaser shall have received from the Company counterparts of each Note Document (other than the Notes) signed on behalf of each party thereto other than the Purchaser.
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 5 of 26

 


 

               (d)  Notes . The Purchaser shall have received each Note that is to be issued to the Purchaser at the Closing.
               (e)  Opinions . The Purchaser shall have received written opinions, addressed to it, issued by (i) Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, securities counsel to the Company, (ii) Lionel Sawyer & Collins, Nevada counsel to the Company, and (iii) Snell & Wilmer LLP, Nevada gaming counsel to the Company, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser.
               (f)  Purchase Permitted by Applicable Law, etc . On the Closing Date, (a) the Purchaser’s purchase of the Notes to be purchased by the Purchaser at the Closing shall (i) be permitted by the laws and regulations of each jurisdiction to which the Purchaser is subject, (ii) not violate any applicable law or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and (iii) not subject the Purchaser to any tax, penalty or liability under or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation, and (b) no litigation shall be pending or threatened, which does or, with respect to any threatened litigation, seeks to, enjoin, prohibit or restrain, the purchase or repayment of any Notes or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Note Document. If requested by the Purchaser, the Purchaser shall have received a certificate of an officer of the Company certifying as to such matters of fact as the Purchaser may reasonably specify to enable the Purchaser to determine whether the Purchaser’s receipt of such Notes is so permitted.
               (g)  Default . At the time of and immediately after giving effect to each purchase of the Notes contemplated hereby, no event that would constitute a “Default” or “Event of Default” under the terms of the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing.
               (h)  Note Documents . Each of the Note Documents relating to the Purchaser’s investment in the Notes shall have been executed and delivered in a form acceptable to the Purchaser.
ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
          The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Purchaser as follows:
          3.1 The Company has the full power and authority to execute and deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Note Documents and to issue and sell the Notes and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the other Note Documents, the issuance and sale of the Notes, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 6 of 26

 


 

and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are necessary to approve this Agreement or any other Note Document, the issuance and sale of the Notes, or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the stockholders of the Company to act by written consent to approve the issuance of Common Stock upon conversion of the Notes. The Company has duly executed and delivered this Agreement and the other Note Documents, and, assuming due execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Purchaser, due execution and delivery of the Indenture by the Trustee, and due authentication of the Notes by the Trustee, this Agreement and the other Note Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability and (ii) to the extent that the indemnification and contribution provisions of the Investor Rights Agreement and the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement may be unenforceable by virtue of contravening public policy.
          3.2 The Underlying Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued upon conversion of the Notes against payment of the conversion price, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the description of the Common Stock set forth under the caption “Description of Capital Stock” in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131845) filed on February 14, 2006.
               (a) The Board of Directors of the Company has duly and validly adopted resolutions initially reserving 9,566,975 shares of Common Stock for the purpose of enabling the Company to satisfy any obligations to issue and deliver Underlying Shares upon conversion of the Notes.
               (b) Other than pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, no Person is entitled to preemptive or other rights to subscribe for the Notes or Underlying Shares.
          3.3 Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes, the issuance and sale of the Notes, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will conflict with or result in any violation of or constitute a default under any term of any material agreement, mortgage, indenture, license, permit, lease, or other instrument, judgment, decree, order, law, or regulation by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound.
          3.4 Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties and compliance with the covenants contained herein by the Purchaser, and the compliance by the Purchaser with the transfer restrictions on the Notes set forth in the Indenture, no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required by the Company or its Subsidiaries for the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes, the
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 7 of 26

 


 

issuance and sale of the Notes, or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except the filing with the Commission of the Information Statement, the filing with the Commission of a Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes and the issuance and sale of the Notes, and the listing of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes on the New York Stock Exchange, and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations and qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.
          3.5 Neither the Company nor any person acting on its behalf has offered to sell the Notes by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Rule 502(c) under the Securities Act.
          3.6 Except for the execution of the Stockholder Consent by holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, no vote of the holders of any class or series of Capital Stock of the Company (in their capacity as such holders) is necessary to approve or consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture and the Notes, including the issuance of the Notes to the Purchaser and the conversion of the Notes into Common Stock.
          3.7 Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has sustained since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Company’s most recent quarterly report filed with the Commission on Form 10-Q (the “ 10-Q Reference Date ”) any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth in or contemplated by the Company’s Annual Report filed with the Commission on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2007 and any other periodic or current reports filed with the Commission thereafter (the Form 10-K together with such subsequent reports, the “ Recent Public Filings ”); and, since the 10-Q Reference Date, there has not been any change in the Capital Stock other than issuance of Common Stock pursuant to awards made under the 2004 Equity Award Plan or any increase in the long-term debt (except as previously disclosed to the Purchaser) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the general affairs, management, business, properties, prospects or condition (financial or other), stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Recent Public Filings (any such change or event, a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).
          3.8 The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple to all material real property and good and marketable title to all material personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Recent Public Filings or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company and its
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 8 of 26

 


 

Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are described in the Recent Public Filings or are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries.
          3.9 The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Nevada with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct its business as described in the Recent Public Filings and has been duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; and each of Las Vegas Sands, LLC, Venetian Casino Resort, LLC, Interface Group-Nevada, Inc., Palazzo Condo Tower, LLC, Sands Pennsylvania, Inc., Sands Bethworks Gaming, LLC, Venetian Venture Development, LLC, Venetian Venture Development Intermediate I, Venetian Venture Development Intermediate II, Venetian Venture Development Intermediate Limited, Venetian Macau Limited, Venetian Cotai Limited, Venetian Orient Limited, Cotai Waterjets (Macau) Limited, Cotai Waterjets (HK) Limited, CotaiJet Holdings (II) Limited and Marina Bay Sands Pte. Ltd. (collectively, the “ Material Subsidiaries ”), each of which is a Subsidiary of the Company, has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, as the case may be; and each of the Subsidiaries of the Company, other than the Material Subsidiaries, has been duly incorporated or organized and is validly existing as a corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, as the case may be, except where the failure to be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.10 The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the Recent Public Filings, all of the issued shares of Capital Stock of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and all of the issued shares of Capital Stock or other ownership interests, as the case may be, of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except as otherwise set forth in the Recent Public Filings) and, except for certain of the Company’s Subsidiaries are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims.
          3.11 Prior to the Closing Date, neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has taken any action which is designed to or which has constituted or which might have been expected to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company in connection with the offering of the Notes.
          3.12 The issuance and sale of the Notes and the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of the Notes, the Indenture and this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 9 of 26

 


 

with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, (ii) the provisions of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company or (iii) except for obtaining any Approvals in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents and assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties and compliance with the covenants contained herein by the holders of the Notes with the transfer restrictions on the Notes described in the Indenture, any statute applicable to the Company or any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their properties except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii), for such conflicts, breaches, violations or defaults as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties and compliance with the covenants contained herein by the holders of the Notes with the transfer restrictions on the Notes described in the Indenture, no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required by the Company or its Subsidiaries for the issue and sale of the Notes or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Indenture, except filings made pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, filings related to the transactions contemplated hereby on Schedule 13D or 13G, Form 4 and Form 8-K or under applicable gaming laws with the Commission and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws or foreign securities laws, as applicable, in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Notes and such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders, registrations and qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the Closing Date.
          3.13 Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or Amended and Restated By-laws or limited liability company agreement or similar organizational document, as applicable, or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound, except in the case of clause (ii) as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.14 Other than as set forth in the Recent Public Filings, there are no legal or governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is the subject which now have or could reasonably be expected in the future to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the Company’s knowledge, no such proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or threatened by others.
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 10 of 26

 


 

          3.15 The Company is not, and after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Notes and the application of the proceeds thereof, will not be an “investment company,” as such term is defined in the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
          3.16 The Company maintains a system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect thereto.
          3.17 The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act; such disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries is made known to the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer by others within those entities; and such disclosure controls and procedures are effective.
          3.18 PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, which has audited certain financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
          3.19 The consolidated historical financial statements (the “ Consolidated Historical Financial Statements ”) from the Company’s preceding three full fiscal years and any fiscal quarters since the conclusion of the Company’s latest fiscal year contained in the Recent Public Filings fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company at the respective dates indicated and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the respective periods indicated, in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied throughout such periods (except as otherwise disclosed therein). Except as otherwise disclosed in such Consolidated Historical Financial Statements or in any Recent Public Filings, the Consolidated Historical Financial Statements are, in all material respects, prepared on a basis consistent with such financial statements and the books and records of the Company.
          3.20 Except for obtaining any Approvals in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has complied in all respects with all laws, regulations and orders applicable to it or its
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 11 of 26

 


 

businesses including, without limitation, all applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, the laws of the State of Nevada, various regulations of the Nevada Gaming Commission and the general laws, specific gaming laws, various regulations and licensing and regulatory control of the Macau government and Gaming Inspection and Coordination Bureau, the Pennsylvania Gaming Control Board and the government of the State of Pennsylvania, and the Singapore Tourism Board and the Singapore government, in each case, other than as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, or as otherwise described in the Recent Public Filings.
          3.21 Except for obtaining any Approvals in respect of the transactions contemplated by the Note Documents and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or as otherwise described in the Recent Public Filings, (i) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has all certificates, consents, exemptions, orders, permits, licenses, authorizations or other approvals (each, an “ Authorization ”) of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all federal, state, local and other governmental authorities, all self-regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals, necessary or required to engage in the business currently conducted by it in the manner described in the Recent Public Filings; (ii) all such Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect; and (iii) each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the terms and conditions of all such Authorizations and with the rules and regulations of the regulatory authorities and governing bodies having jurisdiction with respect thereto.
          3.22 Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries owns or possesses or has the right to use the licenses, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks and trade names (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”) presently employed by it in connection with, and material to, individually or in the aggregate, its operations, except where the failure to own, possess or have the right to use would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have received any notice of infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to the foregoing which, individually or in the aggregate, has, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company and its subsidiaries, the use of such Intellectual Property in connection with the business and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries as described in the Recent Public Filings does not infringe on the rights of any person, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.23 All income tax returns required to be filed by the Company and its Subsidiaries in all jurisdictions have been timely and duly filed, other than those filings being contested in good faith, except where the failure to so file any such returns could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Recent Public Filings, there are no income tax returns of the Company or its Subsidiaries that are currently being audited by state, local or federal taxing authorities or agencies (and with respect to which the Company
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 12 of 26

 


 

or its Subsidiaries has received notice), where the findings of such audit could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material taxes, including withholding taxes, penalties and interest, assessments, fees and other charges due or claimed to be due from such entities, have been paid, other than those being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves have been provided or those currently payable without penalty or interest.
          3.24 Except as disclosed under the caption in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that our properties could suffer. In addition our insurance costs may increase and we may not be able to obtain the same insurance coverage in the future,” each of the Company and its Subsidiaries maintains insurance covering its properties, operations, personnel and businesses which insures against such losses and risks as are adequate in accordance with the Company’s reasonable business judgment to protect the Company, its Subsidiaries and their businesses. Except as disclosed in the Recent Public Filings, including, without limitation, under the caption entitled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover all possible losses that our properties could suffer. In addition our insurance costs may increase and we may not be able to obtain the same insurance coverage in the future,” in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, all such insurance is outstanding and duly in force in all material respects on the Closing Date.
          3.25 Except as disclosed in the Recent Public Filings, and except for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, there are no material business relationships or related party transactions which would be required to be disclosed therein by Item 404 of Regulation S-K of the Commission and such business relationship or related party transaction described therein is a fair and accurate description in all material respects of the relationships and transactions so described.
          3.26 Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all presently applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (“ ERISA ”), except for any non-compliance which would not have a Material Adverse Effect; no “reportable event” (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any “pension plan” (as defined in ERISA) for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries would have any liability, except such as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has not incurred and does not expect to incur liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any “pension plan” or (ii) Section 412 or 4971 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including the regulations and published interpretations thereunder (the “ Code ”), in each case, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and each “pension plan” for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries would have any liability, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect, that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 13 of 26

 


 

nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification, except, in each case, as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.27 There is, except as set forth in the Recent Public Filings, (i) no material unfair labor practice complaint pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of each of the Company and its Subsidiaries threatened against it, before the National Labor Relations Board or any state or local labor relations board, and no significant grievance or significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement is so pending against the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or, to the best knowledge of each of the Company and its subsidiaries, threatened against it, (ii) no material strike, labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the best knowledge of each of the Company and its subsidiaries, threatened against it and (iii) to the best knowledge of each of the Company and its subsidiaries, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and, to the best knowledge of each of the Company and its subsidiaries, no union organizing activities are taking place, except, in each case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), as would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.28 Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has reviewed the effect of Environmental Laws (as defined below) and the disposal of hazardous or toxic substances, wastes, pollutants and contaminants on the business, assets, operations and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, as applicable, and identified and evaluated associated costs and liabilities (including, without limitation, any material capital and operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties and compliance with environmental, safety or similar laws or regulations applicable to it or its business or property relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (“ Environmental Laws ”), all permits, licenses and approvals, all related constraints on operating activities and all potential liabilities to third parties). On the basis of such reviews, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would not have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any Environmental Laws, lacks any permit, license or other approval required of it under applicable Environmental Laws or is violating any term or condition of such permit, license or approval, in each case, which could reasonably be expected to, either individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.29 Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or to any of their knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) has used any corporate funds during the last five years for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to any foreign or domestic government official or employee from corporate funds, (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or (iv) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 14 of 26

 


 

or other unlawful payment, except, in each case, such as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.30 Except as described in the Recent Public Filings, the operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
          3.31 Other than as contemplated by or described in this Agreement, there is no broker, finder or other party that is entitled to receive from the Company or any of its Subsidiaries any brokerage or finder’s fee or other fee or commission as a result of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
          3.32 Each certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to the Purchaser or counsel to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Company to the Purchaser as to the matters covered thereby.
ARTICLE 4
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER
          The Purchaser hereby, severally with respect to itself only, makes the following representations and warranties for the benefit of the Company as of the Closing Date:
          4.1 Organization, Standing and Power . If the Purchaser is an entity, the Purchaser is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized.
          4.2 Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability . The Purchaser has the full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. If the Purchaser is an entity, the execution and delivery by the Purchaser of this Agreement and the consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser and no other proceedings on the part of the Purchaser are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The Purchaser has duly executed and delivered this Agreement, and, assuming due execution and delivery by the Company, this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 15 of 26

 


 

Purchaser, enforceable against the Purchaser in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.
          4.3 Securities Act . The Notes are being acquired for investment only and not with a view to any public distribution thereof, and the Purchaser shall not offer to sell or otherwise dispose of the Notes so acquired by it and the Underlying Shares issuable upon conversion thereof in violation of any of the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
          4.4 Accredited Investor .
               (a) The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act).
               (b) The Purchaser has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and the Purchaser is capable of utilizing the information that is available to the Purchaser concerning the Company to evaluate the risks of investment in the Company including the risk that the Purchaser could lose its entire investment in the Notes (and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof).
          4.5 Investment Representations and Warranties . The Purchaser understands that neither the Notes nor the Underlying Shares have been registered under the Securities Act or under the securities laws of any state or any other jurisdiction. The Purchaser understands that there is no public market for the sale or other transfer of the Notes, such a market may not develop and that the sale or other transfer of the Notes is restricted by federal and state securities law and this Agreement. The Purchaser understands that the Purchaser may be required to bear the economic risk of the investment indefinitely.
          4.6 No Conflicts . Neither the execution nor the delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will conflict with or result in any violation of or constitute a default under any term of any material agreement, mortgage, indenture, license, permit, lease, or other instrument, judgment, decree, order, law, or regulation by which the Purchaser is bound.
ARTICLE 5
AGREEMENTS
          5.1 Restrictions on Conversion of the Notes . The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that it shall not have the right to convert any Notes into Common Stock unless and until the Convertibility Date occurs. Prior to the Convertibility Date, the Purchaser agrees that it will not sell, assign or transfer any Notes unless the purchaser, assignee or transferee thereof agrees in writing, for the benefit of the Company, to comply with the terms of this Section 5.1 as if such
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 16 of 26

 


 

purchaser, assignee or transferee was the Purchaser; provided, however, that a transfer from the Purchaser to any Adelson Holder (as such term is defined in the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement) (or a transfer from an Adelson Holder to another Adelson Holder) shall not require execution of such a writing if such a writing has already been provided by such Adelson Holder.
          5.2 Information Statement . Promptly following the date of this Agreement, the Company shall prepare and, in no event more than 40 days after the date hereof, file with the Commission an information statement describing the Stockholder Consent and containing the information required by Schedule 14C in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission (the “ Information Statement ”). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Commission to clear the Information Statement for mailing to stockholders. As soon as reasonably practicable after the Commission has cleared the Information Statement, the Company shall mail the Information Statement to the holders of its Common Stock. The Company shall provide the Purchaser with a copy of the Information Statement and all modifications thereto prior to filing or delivery to the Commission and shall consult with the Purchaser in connection therewith. The Company shall not mail any Information Statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, to which the Purchaser reasonably and timely object.
          5.3 Legends and Restrictions on Transfer . The Purchaser agree that all certificates or other instruments representing the Notes and the Underlying Shares contemplated by this Agreement will bear the restrictive legends set forth in the Indenture and be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture.
          5.4 Listing of Common Stock . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Underlying Shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes to be authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange as soon as practicable.
          5.5 Use of Proceeds . The Company agrees that it will apply the net proceeds it derives from the sale of the Notes to the Purchaser in accordance with the funds flow memorandum, dated as of the Closing Date.
          5.6 Expenses . The Company agrees to pay promptly, and in any event within 5 days following written demand therefor, all the actual and reasonable costs and expenses of preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Note Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto, including the fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to the Purchaser.
          5.7 Approvals . The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain each of the Approvals as soon as practicable, but in any event, within 120 days of the date hereof. In the event that the Company fails to obtain each of the Approvals within 120 days of the date hereof (an “ Approval Default ”) and such failure is not the direct result of action (or inaction) taken by the Principal Stockholder (as such term is defined in the Indenture) that was designed to prevent the Approvals from being obtained, a fee (the “ Approval Fee ”) will accrue from the date on which such Approval
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 17 of 26

 


 

Default occurs to, but not including, the date on which such Approval Default is cured, at a rate of 2.00% per annum on the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then held directly or beneficially by the Purchaser(s) and any other Related Party (as such term is defined in the Indenture) of the Principal Stockholder, it being understood that (i) such ownership of the Notes shall be reasonably documented to the Company and (ii) payment of the Approval Fee shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to obtain each of the Approvals hereunder. Such Approval Fee shall be payable by the Company to the Purchaser or any designee of the Purchaser on a monthly basis commencing on the one month anniversary of the occurrence of the Approval Default.
ARTICLE 6
MISCELLANEOUS
          6.1 Notices . All notices or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telecopied or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telecopied or sent by certified, registered or express mail, as follows:
         
            
  (a)   if to the Company:
 
       
 
      Las Vegas Sands Corp.
 
      3555 Las Vegas Boulevard South
 
      Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
 
      Attention: Scott D. Henry
 
      Telecopy: 702-733-5110
 
       
 
  (b)   If to the Purchaser, to the Purchaser’s address set forth on Schedule A .
Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 6.1 designate another address or person for receipt of notices hereunder.
          6.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto. No Person other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement.
          6.3 Amendment and Waiver .
               (a) No failure or delay on the part of the Company or any of the Purchaser in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the Company or the Purchaser at law, in equity or otherwise.
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 18 of 26

 


 

               (b) Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the Company and the Purchaser.
          6.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, all of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and both of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          6.5 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
          6.6 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF. THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK OVER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THEY MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, BY WAY OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE, ANY CLAIM THAT THEY ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT, ANY OBJECTION THAT THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
          6.7 Specific Performance . The parties hereto intend that each of the parties have the right to seek damages or specific performance in the event that any other party hereto fails to perform such party’s obligations hereunder. Therefore, if any party shall institute any action or proceeding to enforce the provisions hereof, any party against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives any claim or defense therein that the plaintiff party has an adequate remedy at law.
          6.8 Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions hereof.
          6.9 Entire Agreement; Survival . This Agreement, together with the schedules hereto are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 19 of 26

 


 

intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. The agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement shall survive the issuance and purchase of the Notes.
          6.10 [ Intentionally Omitted .]
[Agreement Continues on Page 21]
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 20 of 26

 


 

          6.11 Further Assurances . Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, without limitation, obtaining any consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.
         
     
  /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
  Dr. Miriam Adelson   
     
     
    Page 21 of 26
[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

 


 

         
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.
         
  LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ William P. Weidner    
    Name:   William P. Weidner   
    Title:   President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary   
 
     
    Page 22 of 26
[Signature Page to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement]

 


 

Schedule A
                     
    Aggregate Principal        
    Amount of Notes to        
Name of Purchaser   be Purchased   Purchase Price   Address for Notices
Dr. Miriam Adelson
  $ 475,000,000     $ 475,000,000     c/o Las Vegas Sands Corp.
 
                  3555 Las Vegas Boulevard South
 
                  Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
 
                  Attention: Dr. Miriam Adelson
 
                  Telecopy: 702-733-5710
 
                   
 
                  With Copies To:
 
                   
 
                  c/o Las Vegas Sands Corp.
 
                  3555 Las Vegas Boulevard South
 
                  Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
 
                  Attention: Sheldon G. Adelson
 
                  Telecopy: 702-733-5710
 
                   
 
                  and
 
                   
 
                  Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy, LLP
 
                  601 S. Figueroa St., 30 th Floor
 
                  Los Angeles, California 90017
 
                  Attention: Ken Baronsky, Esq.
 
                  Telecopy: 213-892-4733
     
Schedule A to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 23 of 26

 


 

Exhibit A
Indenture
     
Exhibit A to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 24 of 26

 


 

Exhibit B
Form of Stockholder Consent
     
Exhibit B to Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 25 of 26

 


 

[This Page Intentionally Left Blank]
     
Convertible Note Purchase Agreement   Page 26 of 26

 

Exhibit 10.2
Execution Version
AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
by and among
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
and the STOCKHOLDERS named therein
 
Dated: September 30, 2008
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
            Page  
 
1.   Definitions 4  
 
               
2.   General; Securities Subject to this Agreement 10  
 
  (a)   Grant of Rights     10  
 
  (b)   Registrable Securities     10  
 
  (c)   Holders of Registrable Securities     10  
 
  (d)   Transfer of Registration Rights     11  
 
               
3.   Demand Registration 11  
 
  (a)   Request for Demand Registration     11  
 
  (b)   Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Rights with Respect to a Demand Registration     12  
 
  (c)   Effective Demand Registration     13  
 
  (d)   Expenses     13  
 
  (e)   Underwriting Procedures     13  
 
  (f)   Selection of Underwriters     13  
 
  (g)   Withdrawal     14  
 
               
4.   Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Registration 14  
 
  (a)   Request for Incidental Registration     14  
 
  (b)   Expenses     15  
 
               
5.   Form S-3 Registration 15  
 
  (a)   Request for a Form S-3 Registration     15  
 
  (b)   Form S-3 Underwriting Procedures     16  
 
  (c)   Limitations on Form S-3 Registrations     17  
 
  (d)   Expenses     17  
 
               
6.   Hedging Transactions 17  
 
               
7.   Holdback Agreements 18  
 
  (a)   Restrictions on Public Sale by Designated Holders     18  
 
  (b)   Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company     19  
 
               
8.   Registration Procedures 19  
 
  (a)   Obligations of the Company     19  
 
  (b)   Seller Information     22  
 
  (c)   Notice to Discontinue     23  
 
  (d)   Registration Expenses     23  
 
               
9.   Indemnification; Contribution 24  
 
  (a)   Indemnification by the Company     24  
 
  (b)   Indemnification by Designated Holders     24  
 
  (c)   Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings     24  
 
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 2 of 37

 


 

                 
            Page  
 
 
  (d)   Contribution     25  
 
               
10.   Rule 144 26  
 
               
11.   Miscellaneous 26  
 
  (a)   Registration Defaults; Effect Under Indenture and Convertible Senior Notes     26  
 
  (b)   Stock Splits, etc.     27  
 
  (c)   No Inconsistent Agreements     27  
 
  (d)   Remedies     27  
 
  (e)   Amendments and Waivers     27  
 
  (f)   Notices     27  
 
  (g)   Permitted Assignees; Third Party Beneficiaries     28  
 
  (h)   Counterparts     28  
 
  (i)   GOVERNING LAW     28  
 
  (j)   Severability     28  
 
  (k)   Rules of Construction     28  
 
  (l)   Entire Agreement     29  
 
  (m)   Further Assurances     29  
 
  (n)   Other Agreements     29  
 
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 3 of 37

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of September 30, 2008, by and among Las Vegas Sands Corp., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”), Dr. Miriam Adelson (the “ Adelson Purchaser ”), the other Adelson Holders (as defined below) and the Other Holders (as defined below) that are party to this Agreement from time to time.
          WHEREAS, the Company consummated an Initial Public Offering (as hereinafter defined) on December 20, 2004;
          WHEREAS, the Company and U.S. Bank National Association (the “ Trustee ”) have executed an Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Base Indenture ”);
          WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Base Indenture, the Company has executed and delivered to the Trustee, a First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the date hereof (the “ First Supplemental Indenture ,” and together with the Base Indenture, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance, and setting forth the terms, of the Company’s 6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 (the “ Convertible Senior Notes ”);
          WHEREAS, under the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and between the Adelson Purchaser and the Company, the Company has agreed to sell, and the Adelson Purchaser has agreed to purchase, Convertible Senior Notes of the Company;
          WHEREAS, in order to induce the Adelson Purchaser to purchase the Notes pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and to provide for the grant of registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities (as hereinafter defined), the Company is willing to enter into this Agreement.
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
          1. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement, and unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
          “ Adelson Holders ” means collectively Sheldon G. Adelson, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2002 Remainder Trust, the Adelson Purchaser, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2005 Family Trust u/d/t dated April 25, 2005, the Dr. Miriam and Sheldon G. Adelson Charitable Trust u/d/t dated December 12, 1994, the ESBT Y TRUST u/d/t dated October 1, 2002, the ESBT S TRUST u/d/t dated October 1, 2002, the QSST A TRUST u/d/t dated October 1, 2002, the QSST M TRUST u/d/t dated October 1, 2002, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2004 Remainder Trust u/d/t dated May 31, 2004, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2007 Two Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated May 1, 2007, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2007 Three Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated May 1, 2007, the Sheldon G. Adelson July 2007 Two Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated July 30, 2007, the Sheldon G. Adelson July 2007 Three Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated July 30, 2007, the Sheldon G. Adelson April 2008 Two Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 4 of 37

 


 

April 1, 2008, the Sheldon G. Adelson April 2008 Three Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated April 1, 2008, the Sheldon G. Adelson July 2008 Two Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated July 28, 2008, the Sheldon G. Adelson July 2008 Three Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated July 28, 2008 and the assignees of each of the foregoing as permitted by Section 2(d) of this Agreement.
          “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to a Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
          “ Agreement ” means this Registration Rights Agreement as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified in accordance with the terms hereof.
          “ Approved Underwriter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(f) of this Agreement.
          “ Base Indenture ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.
          “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
          “ Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the State of New York or Nevada are authorized or required by law or executive order to close.
          “ Closing Price ” means, with respect to the Registrable Securities, as of the date of determination, (a) if the Registrable Securities are listed on a national securities exchange, the closing price per share or per $1,000 in principal amount with respect to Convertible Senior Notes of a Registrable Security on such date published in The Wall Street Journal (National Edition) or, if no such closing price on such date is published in The Wall Street Journal (National Edition) , the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such date, as officially reported on the principal national securities exchange on which the Registrable Securities are then listed or admitted to trading; or (b) if the Registrable Securities are not then listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange but are designated as national market system securities by the NASD, the last trading price per share or per $1,000 in principal amount with respect to Convertible Senior Notes of a Registrable Security on such date; or (c) if there shall have been no trading on such date or if the Registrable Securities are not designated as national market system securities by the NASD, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices of the Registrable Securities on such date as shown by The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc. (or its successor) and reported by any member firm of The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. selected by the Company; or (d) if none of (a), (b) or (c) is applicable, a market price per share or per $1,000 in principal amount with respect to Convertible Senior Notes determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. If trading is
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 5 of 37

 


 

conducted on a continuous basis on any exchange, then the closing price shall be as set forth at 4:00 P.M. New York City time.
          “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any similar agency then having jurisdiction to enforce the Securities Act.
          “ Common Stock ” means (i) the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company, (ii) any other common stock of the Company, (iii) any securities of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company into which such stock described in clauses (i) and (ii) is reclassified or reconstituted or into which such stock is converted or otherwise exchanged in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, sale of assets, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise or (iv) any securities received as a dividend or distribution in respect of the securities described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) above.
          “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “ Company Underwriter ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Convertible Note Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Registration Default.”
          “ Convertible Senior Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
          “ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Designated Holder ” means each of the Adelson Holders and Other Holders.
          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
          “ First Supplemental Indenture ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
          “ Hedging Counterparty ” means a broker-dealer registered under Section 15(b) of the Exchange Act or an Affiliate thereof.
          “ Hedging Transaction ” means any transaction involving a security linked to the Registrable Securities or any security that would be deemed to be a “derivative security” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) with respect to the Registrable Securities or transaction (even if not a security) which would (were it a security) be considered such a derivative security, or which transfers some or all of the economic risk of ownership of the Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, any forward contract, equity swap, put or call, put or call equivalent position, collar, non-recourse loan, sale of
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 6 of 37

 


 

exchangeable security or similar transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, the following transactions shall be deemed to be Hedging Transactions:
          (a) transactions by a Designated Holder in which a Hedging Counterparty engages in short sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Prospectus and may use Registrable Securities to close out its short position;
          (b) transactions pursuant to which a Designated Holder sells short Registrable Securities pursuant to a Prospectus and delivers Registrable Securities to close out its short position;
          (c) transactions by a Designated Holder in which the Designated Holder delivers, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, Registrable Securities to the Hedging Counterparty who will then publicly resell or otherwise transfer such Registrable Securities pursuant to a Prospectus or an exemption from registration under the Securities Act; and
          (d) a loan or pledge of Registrable Securities to a Hedging Counterparty who may then become a selling stockholder and sell the loaned shares or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, then sell the pledged shares, in each case, in a public transaction pursuant to a Prospectus.
          “ Holders’ Counsel ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(i) of this Agreement.
          “ Incidental Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) of this Agreement.
          “ Indemnifying Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(c) of this Agreement.
          “ Indenture ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
          “ Initial Public Offering ” means the initial public offering of the shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to an effective Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act.
          “ Initiating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Inspector ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(vii) of this Agreement.
          “ IPO Effectiveness Date ” means the date upon which the Company consummates the Initial Public Offering.
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 7 of 37

 


 

          “ Liability ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Liquidated Damages ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Lock-up Agreement ” means, with respect to each Designated Holder, the lock-up agreement, dated the IPO Effectiveness Date, entered into by such Designated Holder with the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering.
          “ Majority Designated Holders ” means beneficial owners of Registrable Securities representing more than 50% of the total number of outstanding Registrable Securities (on an as-converted basis).
          “ Market Price ” means, on any date of determination, the average of the daily Closing Price of the Registrable Securities for the immediately preceding thirty (30) days on which the national securities exchanges are open for trading; provided , however , that if the Closing Price is determined pursuant to clause (d) of the definition of Closing Price, the “Market Price” means such Closing Price on the date of determination.
          “ NASD ” means the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
          “ Other Holders ” means collectively William P. Weidner, Weidner Holdings, LLC, Bradley H. Stone, The Stone Crest Trust, Robert G. Goldstein, The Robert and Sheryl Goldstein Trust, SC Goldstein Holdings, LLC, David Friedman, Richard Heller, Dan Raviv, Harry D. Miltenberger and Charles D. Forman and the assignees of each of the foregoing as permitted by Section 2(d) of this Agreement.
          “ Permitted Assignee ” means, with respect to any Person, to the extent applicable, (i) such Person’s parents, spouse, siblings, children (including stepchildren and adopted children), childrens’ spouses, grandchildren or grandchildrens’ spouses thereof (“ Family Members ”), (ii) a trust, corporation, partnership or limited liability company, a majority of the beneficial interests of which shall be held by such Person, such Person’s Affiliates and/or such Person’s Family Members, (iii) such Person’s heirs, executors, administrators, estate or a trust under such Person’s will, (iv) an entity described in Section 501(c)(3) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that is established by such Person and (v) any Person to whom such Person transfers Registrable Securities representing at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock as of the date of such transfer.
          “ Permitted Withdrawal ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(g) of this Agreement.
          “ Person ” means any individual, firm, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, joint stock company, limited liability company, government (or an agency or political subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 8 of 37

 


 

          “ Pledgee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(d).
          “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus related to any Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance on Rule 415 (or any successor rule or regulation) under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any amendment or prospectus supplement, including post-effective amendments, and all materials incorporated by reference in such prospectus.
          “ Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
          “ Records ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(a)(vii) of this Agreement.
          “ Registrable Securities ” means, subject to Section 2(d)(i), (i) any and all shares of Common Stock now or hereafter owned by the Designated Holders or issued or issuable upon conversion of any convertible securities or exercise of any warrants or options now or hereafter held by any of the Designated Holders, (ii) the Convertible Senior Notes held by the Adelson Purchaser (or any Permitted Assignee or Affiliate of the Adelson Purchaser that hereafter holds any Convertible Senior Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture) and (iii) any shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of any Convertible Senior Notes held by the Adelson Purchaser (or any Adelson Holder or Permitted Assignee to which the Adelson Purchaser may assign any Convertible Senior Notes) pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
          “ Registration Default ” means (i) the failure of the Company to file any registration statement in respect of Registrable Securities described in clauses (ii) and (iii) of the definition thereof required to be filed pursuant to Section 5 hereof with the Commission within 90 days after request is made pursuant to the terms hereof (each, a “ Convertible Note Registration Statement ”), (ii) the failure of the Company to cause any Convertible Note Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission within 120 days after a request is made pursuant to the terms hereof or (iii) in the event that any Convertible Note Registration Statement required by this Agreement that is filed and declared effective and thereafter ceases to be effective or fails to be usable for its intended purpose prior to the end of the period specified in Section 8(a)(ii) hereof, the failure of the Company to succeed such Convertible Note Registration Statement immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Convertible Note Registration Statement or a new registration statement that cures such failure and that is itself immediately declared effective.
          “ Registration Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8(d) of this Agreement.
          “ Registration Statement ” means a Registration Statement filed pursuant to the Securities Act.
          “ S-3 Initiating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of this Agreement.
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 9 of 37

 


 

          “ S-3 Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
          “ Specified Holder ” means (i) Daniel Raviv, (ii) any Permitted Assignee of Daniel Raviv and (iii) any Pledgee of any Person described in clauses (i) and (ii) above that complies with Section 2(d) of this Agreement.
          “ Transfer Restricted Notes ” means each Convertible Senior Note and each share of Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof (and any security issued with respect thereto upon any stock dividend, split or similar event) until the earliest of the date on which such Convertible Senior Note or share of Common Stock, or any security issued with respect thereto upon any stock dividend, split or similar event, as the case may be: (i) has been transferred pursuant to a Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act or another Registration Statement covering such Convertible Senior Note or shares of Common Stock which has been filed with the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, in either case after such Registration Statement has become effective and while such Registration Statement is effective under the Securities Act; (ii) has been transferred pursuant to Rule 144 (or any similar provision then in force); (iii) may be sold or transferred pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision promulgated by the Commission); or (iv) ceases to be outstanding.
          “ Trustee ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
          “ Valid Business Reason ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) of this Agreement.
          2. GENERAL; SECURITIES SUBJECT TO THIS AGREEMENT.
               (a)  Grant of Rights . The Company hereby grants registration rights to the Designated Holders upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
               (b)  Registrable Securities . For the purposes of this Agreement, Registrable Securities held by any Designated Holder will cease to be Registrable Securities, when (i) a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared effective under the Securities Act by the Commission and such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement (except as provided by Section 2(d)), (ii) the entire amount of the Registrable Securities held by any Designated Holder may be sold in a single sale, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, without any limitation as to volume pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor rule or regulation) under the Securities Act or (iii) they have ceased to be outstanding.
               (c)  Holders of Registrable Securities . A Person is deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities whenever such Person owns of record Registrable Securities, or holds an option to purchase, or a security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, Registrable Securities whether or not such acquisition or conversion has actually been
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 10 of 37

 


 

effected. If the Company receives conflicting instructions, notices or elections from two or more Persons with respect to the same Registrable Securities, the Company may act upon the basis of the instructions, notice or election received from the registered owner of such Registrable Securities. Registrable Securities issuable upon exercise of an option or upon conversion of another security, whether or not currently exercisable, shall be deemed outstanding for the purposes of this Agreement.
               (d)  Transfer of Registration Rights .
                    (i) Each Designated Holder may transfer or pledge Registrable Securities with the associated registration rights under this Agreement (including transfers occurring by operation of law or by reason of intestacy) to a Permitted Assignee, Affiliate of such Permitted Assignee or pledgee (“ Pledgee ”) only if (1) subject to the penultimate sentence of this Section 2(d), such Permitted Assignee or Pledgee agrees in writing to be bound as a Designated Holder by the provisions of this Agreement and (2) immediately following such transfer or pledge, the further disposition of such Registrable Securities by such Permitted Assignee or Pledgee would be restricted under the Securities Act and the entire amount of all such Registrable Securities could not be sold in a single sale, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company, without any limitation as to volume pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor rule or regulation) under the Securities Act. Upon any transfer of Registrable Securities other than as set forth in this Section 2(d), such securities shall no longer constitute Registrable Securities, except that any Registrable Securities that are pledged or made the subject of a Hedging Transaction, which Registrable Securities are not ultimately disposed of by the Designated Holder pursuant to such pledge or Hedging Transaction shall, to the extent such Registrable Securities remain “restricted securities” under the Securities Act, be deemed to remain “Registrable Securities” notwithstanding the release of such pledge or the completion of such Hedging Transaction.
                    (ii) If a Designated Holder assigns its rights under this Agreement in connection with the transfer of less than all of its Registrable Securities, the Designated Holder shall retain its rights under this Agreement with respect to its remaining Registrable Securities. If a Designated Holder assigns its rights under this Agreement in connection with the transfer of all of its Registrable Securities, such Designated Holder shall have no further rights or obligations under this Agreement, except under Section 8 hereof in respect of offerings in which it participated.
          3. DEMAND REGISTRATION.
               (a)  Request for Demand Registration . Any Adelson Holder or Adelson Holders (each, an “ Initiating Holder ”) may make a written request to the Company to register, and the Company shall register, under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto) (a “ Demand Registration ”) the number of Registrable Securities stated in such request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect (i) a Demand Registration if the Initiating Holders, together with the Designated Holders (other than the Initiating Holders) which have requested to register securities in such registration pursuant to Section 3(b), propose to sell their Registrable Securities at an aggregate price (calculated based upon the Market Price of
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 11 of 37

 


 

the Registrable Securities on the last date on which the Company could receive requests for inclusion in such Demand Registration under Section 3(b)) to the public of less than $20,000,000, (ii) any such Demand Registration commencing prior to the time permitted under the Lock-up Agreement of the Designated Holder, as such Lock-up Agreement may be amended or waived, or (iii) any such Demand Registration within ninety (90) days after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto or an “automatic shelf registration” on Form S-3). If the Board of Directors, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other material transaction involving the Company (a “ Valid Business Reason ”), the Company may (x) postpone filing a Registration Statement relating to a Demand Registration until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date when the Demand Registration was requested or, if later, after the occurrence of the Valid Business Reason and (y) in case a Registration Statement has been filed relating to a Demand Registration, the Company, upon the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, may cause such Registration Statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated or may postpone amending or supplementing such Registration Statement (in which case, if the Valid Business Reason no longer exists or if more than forty-five (45) days have passed since such withdrawal or postponement, the Initiating Holders may request a new Demand Registration). The Company shall give written notice of its determination to postpone or withdraw a Registration Statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may not postpone or withdraw a filing under this Section 3(a) more than once in any six (6) month period. Each request for a Demand Registration by the Initiating Holders shall state the amount of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method of disposition thereof.
               (b)  Incidental or “Piggy-Back” Rights with Respect to a Demand Registration . Each of the Designated Holders (other than Initiating Holders which have requested a registration under Section 3(a)) may offer its Registrable Securities under any Demand Registration pursuant to this Section 3. Within five (5) days after the receipt of a request for a Demand Registration from an Initiating Holder, the Company shall (i) give written notice thereof to all of the Designated Holders (other than Initiating Holders which have requested a registration under Section 3(a)) and (ii) subject to Section 3(e), include in such registration all of the Registrable Securities held by such Designated Holders from whom the Company has received a written request for inclusion therein within ten (10) days of the date on which the Company sent the written notice referred to in clause (i) above. Each such request by such Designated Holder shall specify the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be registered. The failure of any Designated Holder to respond within such 10-day period referred to in clause (ii) above shall be deemed to be a waiver of such Designated Holder’s rights under this Section 3(b) with respect to such Demand Registration. Any Designated Holder may waive its rights under this Section 3(b) prior to the expiration of such 10-day period by giving written notice to the Company.
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 12 of 37

 


 

               (c)  Effective Demand Registration . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause any such Demand Registration to become effective not later than the later of (i) ninety (90) days after it receives a request under Section 3(a) hereof and (ii) 90 days after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto or an “automatic shelf registration” on Form S-3) that had been filed but not yet declared effective at the time such Demand Registration was made, in each case, subject to obtaining all required approvals from all applicable gaming authorities, and to remain continuously effective for the lesser of (i) the period during which all Registrable Securities registered in the Demand Registration are sold or (ii) 120 days.
               (d)  Expenses . Except as provided in Section 8(d), the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with a Demand Registration, whether or not such Demand Registration becomes effective.
               (e)  Underwriting Procedures . If the Initiating Holders so elect, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Demand Registration to be in the form of a firm commitment underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such offering shall be the Approved Underwriter selected in accordance with Section 3(f). In connection with any Demand Registration under this Section 3 involving an underwritten offering, none of the Registrable Securities held by any Designated Holder making a request for inclusion of such Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof shall be included in such underwritten offering unless such Designated Holder accepts the terms of the offering as agreed upon by the Company, the Initiating Holders and the Approved Underwriter, and then only in such quantity as set forth below. If the Approved Underwriter advises the Company that the aggregate amount of such Registrable Securities requested to be included in such offering is sufficiently large to have a material adverse effect on the success of such offering, then the Company shall include in such registration, to the extent of the amount that the Approved Underwriter believes may be sold without causing such material adverse effect, first , such number of Registrable Securities of the Designated Holders participating in the offering, which Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among such Designated Holders participating in the offering (on an as converted basis), based on the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Designated Holder, second , any other securities of the Company requested by holders thereof to be included in such registration, which such securities shall be allocated pro rata among such stockholders, based on the number of the Company’s securities held by each such stockholder, and third , securities offered by the Company for its own account.
               (f)  Selection of Underwriters . If any Demand Registration or S-3 Registration, as the case may be, of Registrable Securities is in the form of an underwritten offering, the Company shall select and obtain one or more investment banking firms of national reputation to act as the managing underwriter or underwriters of the offering; provided , however , that such firm shall, in any case, also be approved by the Initiating Holders or S-3 Initiating Holders, as the case may be, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any S-3 Registration of Registrable Securities is in the form of a Hedging Transaction, the S-3 Initiating Holders shall select and
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 13 of 37

 


 

obtain an investment banking firm of national reputation to act as the managing underwriter (or the equivalent position) of the Hedging Transaction; provided , however , that such firm shall, in any case, also be approved by the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably delayed or withheld. An investment banking firm or firms selected pursuant to this Section 3(f) shall be referred to as the “ Approved Underwriter ” in this Agreement.
               (g)  Withdrawal . An Initiating Holder shall be entitled to withdraw or revoke a request for a Demand Registration without the prior written consent of the Company if (i) as a result of facts or circumstances arising after the date on which such request was made relating to the Company or to market conditions, such Initiating Holder reasonably determines that participation in such registration would have a material adverse effect on such Initiating Holder or (ii) if the Closing Price declines by more than ten percent (10%) from the date the Initiating Holder or Holders requested such Demand Registration (a “ Permitted Withdrawal ”). An Initiating Holder shall also be entitled to withdraw or revoke a request for a Demand Registration, notwithstanding that such withdrawal or revocation does not constitute a Permitted Withdrawal; provided, that, in such case, (i) the Initiating Holder receives the prior written consent of the Company to such withdrawal or (ii) the Initiating Holder pays all fees and expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such withdrawn registration. Any withdrawal of or revocation of a request for any Demand Registration by an Initiating Holder under this Section 3(g) (including the following sentence) shall constitute and effect an automatic withdrawal by all other Initiating Holders and by any Designated Holder participating in such Demand Registration pursuant to the provisions of Section 3(b). In addition, immediately upon determination of the price at which such Registrable Securities are to be sold, if such price is below the price which any Designated Holder participating in the Demand Registration finds acceptable, such Designated Holder shall then have the right, by written notice to the Company, to withdraw its Registrable Securities from being included in such Registration Statement.
          4. INCIDENTAL OR “PIGGY-BACK” REGISTRATION.
               (a)  Request for Incidental Registration . If the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering by the Company for its own account (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto) or for the account of any stockholder of the Company other than Designated Holders pursuant to Sections 3 and 5 hereof, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to each of the Designated Holders at least twenty (20) days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the proposed registration and distribution and offer such Designated Holders the opportunity to register the number of Registrable Securities that each such Designated Holder may request (an “ Incidental Registration ”). The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (within twenty (20) days of the notice provided for in the preceding sentence) to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters in the case of a proposed underwritten offering (the “ Company Underwriter ”) to permit each of the Designated Holders who has requested in writing to participate in the Incidental Registration pursuant to this Section 4(a) to include its Registrable Securities in such offering on the same terms and conditions as the securities of the Company or the account of such other stockholder, as the case may be, included therein.
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 14 of 37

 


 

Prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement with respect to which such Incidental Registration has been requested, immediately upon determination of the price at which such Registrable Securities are to be sold, if such price is below the price which any Designated Holder who requested to participate in the Incidental Registration finds acceptable, such Designated Holder shall then have the right, by written notice to the Company, to withdraw its request to have its Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement. Any withdrawal of the Registration Statement by the Company for any reason shall constitute and effect an automatic withdrawal of any Incidental Registration related thereto. In connection with any Incidental Registration under this Section 4(a) involving an underwritten offering, the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Securities in such underwritten offering unless the Designated Holders thereof accept the terms of the underwritten offering as agreed upon between the Company, such other stockholders, if any, and the Company Underwriter, and then only in such quantity as set forth below. If the Company Underwriter determines that the registration of all or part of the securities that have been requested to be included would materially adversely affect the success of such offering, then the Company shall be required to include in such Incidental Registration, to the extent of the amount that the Company Underwriter believes may be sold without causing such material adverse effect, first , all of the securities to be offered for the account of the Company, in the case of a Company initiated Incidental Registration, or the stockholders who have requested such Incidental Registration, in the case of a stockholder initiated Incidental Registration, second , such number of Registrable Securities of the Designated Holders requested to be included in such offering, which Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among such Designated Holders participating in the offering (on an as converted basis), based on the number of Registrable Securities held by each such Designated Holder, and third , any other securities of the Company requested by the Company or stockholders to be included in such offering. The Majority Designated Holders may waive any right to participate in an Incidental Registration under this Section 4(a) in respect of any registration on behalf of all holders of Registrable Securities.
               (b)  Expenses . Except as provided in Section 8(d), the Company shall bear all Registration Expenses in connection with any Incidental Registration pursuant to this Section 4, whether or not such Incidental Registration becomes effective.
          5. FORM S-3 REGISTRATION.
               (a)  Request for a Form S-3 Registration . Upon the Company becoming eligible for use of Form S-3 (or any successor form thereto) under the Securities Act in connection with a public offering of its securities, in the event that the Company shall receive from (x) any Adelson Holder or Adelson Holders or (y) any Specified Holder or Specified Holders (collectively, the “ S-3 Initiating Holders ”) a written request that the Company register under the Securities Act on Form S-3 (or any successor form then in effect) (an “ S-3 Registration ”) all or a portion of the Registrable Securities owned by such S-3 Initiating Holders, the Company shall give written notice of such request to all of the other Designated Holders (other than S-3 Initiating Holders which have requested an S-3 Registration under this Section 5(a)) at least twenty (20) days before the anticipated filing date of such Form S-3, which notice shall describe the proposed registration and offer such
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 15 of 37

 


 

other Designated Holders the opportunity to register the number of Registrable Securities that each such Designated Holder may request in writing to the Company, given within ten (10) days of the date on which the Company sent the written notice of such registration. Each request for an S-3 Registration by the S-3 Initiating Holders shall state the amount of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method of disposition thereof; provided that no S-3 Initiating Holder that is a Specified Holder may request that the S-3 Registration be a firm commitment underwritten offering. With respect to each S-3 Registration, the Company shall, subject to Section 5(b), (i) include in such offering the Registrable Securities of the S-3 Initiating Holders and the Designated Holders (who have requested in writing to participate in such registration on the same terms and conditions as the Registrable Securities of the S-3 Initiating Holders included therein) and (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration pursuant to this Section 5(a) to become and remain effective as soon as practicable but in no event earlier than 90 days after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto or an “automatic shelf registration” on Form S-3) that had been filed with the Commission but not yet declared effective at the time such registration was requested, subject to obtaining all required approvals from all applicable gaming authorities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, immediately upon determination of the price at which such Registrable Securities are to be sold in a S-3 Registration that is a firm commitment underwritten offering, if such price is below the price which any Designated Holder participating in the S-3 Registration finds acceptable, such Designated Holder shall then have the right, by written notice to the Company, to withdraw its Registrable Securities from being included in such offering; provided, that such a withdrawal by any one of the S-3 Initiating Holders shall constitute and effect an automatic withdrawal by all other S-3 Initiating Holders and Designated Holders participating in such S-3 Registration.
               (b)  Form S-3 Underwriting Procedures . If the S-3 Initiating Holders so elect, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such S-3 Registration pursuant to this Section 5 to be in the form of a firm commitment underwritten offering and the managing underwriter or underwriters selected for such offering shall be the Approved Underwriter selected in accordance with Section 3(f). In connection with any S-3 Registration under Section 5(a) involving an underwritten offering, the Company shall not be required to include any Registrable Securities in such underwritten offering unless the Designated Holders thereof accept the terms of the underwritten offering as agreed upon between the Company, the Approved Underwriter and the S-3 Initiating Holders, and then only in such quantity as set forth below. If the Approved Underwriter believes that the registration of all or part of the Registrable Securities which the S-3 Initiating Holders and the other Designated Holders have requested to be included would materially adversely affect the success of such public offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the underwritten offering, to the extent of the amount that the Approved Underwriter believes may be sold without causing such material adverse effect, first , such number of Registrable Securities of the Designated Holders requested to be included in the offering pursuant to the terms of Section 5(a) hereof, which such Registrable Securities shall be allocated pro rata among such Designated Holders participating in the offering (on an as converted basis), based on the number of Registrable Securities held by such Designated Holder, and second , any
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 16 of 37

 


 

other securities of the Company requested by the Company or other stockholders to be included in such registration.
               (c)  Limitations on Form S-3 Registrations . If the Board of Directors has a Valid Business Reason, the Company may (x) postpone filing a Registration Statement relating to a S-3 Registration until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date when the S-3 Registration was requested or, if later, after the occurrence of the Valid Business Reason and (y) in case a Registration Statement has been filed relating to a S-3 Registration, the Company, upon the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, may cause such Registration Statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated or may postpone amending or supplementing such Registration Statement (in which case, if the Valid Business Reason no longer exists or if more than forty-five (45) days have passed since such withdrawal or postponement, the S-3 Initiating Holder may request the prompt amendment or supplement of such Registration Statement or a new S-3 Registration). The Company shall give written notice of its determination to postpone or withdraw a Registration Statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company may not postpone or withdraw a filing, under either this Section or Section 3(a), due to a Valid Business Reason more than once in any six (6) month period. In addition, the Company shall not be required to effect any registration pursuant to Section 5(a), (i) within ninety (90) days after the effective date of any other Registration Statement of the Company (other than a Registration Statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto or an “automatic shelf registration” on Form S-3), (ii) if the Specified Holders are the S-3 Initiating Holders and a Registration Statement on Form S-3 has previously been requested by the Specified Holders under Section 5(a) and declared effective (subject to the first sentence of this Section 5(c)), (iii) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the S-3 Initiating Holders or (iv) if the S-3 Initiating Holders, together with the Designated Holders (other than S-3 Initiating Holders which have requested an S-3 Registration under Section 5(a)) registering Registrable Securities in such registration, propose to sell their Registrable Securities at an aggregate price (calculated based upon the Market Price of the Registrable Securities on the last date on which the Company could receive requests for inclusion in such S-3 Registration under Section 5(a)) to the public of less than $20,000,000 (except with respect to a S-3 Registration requested by the Specified Holders in which all of the Registrable Securities held by the Specified Holders are registered).
                    (d)  Expenses . Except as provided in Section 8(d), the Company shall bear all Registration Expenses in connection with any S-3 Registration pursuant to this Section 5, whether or not such S-3 Registration becomes effective.
          6. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS.
               (a) In any S-3 Registration, the S-3 Initiating Holders may elect to engage in a Hedging Transaction. The Company agrees that, in connection with any proposed Hedging Transaction, if, in the reasonable judgment of a firm of legal counsel designated by the Majority Designated Holders (after good-faith consultation with counsel to the Company),
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 17 of 37

 


 

it is necessary or desirable to register under the Securities Act such Hedging Transaction or sales or transfers (whether short or long) of Registrable Securities in connection therewith, then the Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to file a Registration Statement on Form S-3 as may reasonably be required to register such Hedging Transactions or sales or transfers of Registrable Securities in connection therewith under the Securities Act in a manner consistent with the rights and obligations of the Company hereunder with respect to the registration of Registrable Securities. Any information regarding the Hedging Transaction included in a Registration Statement or Prospectus pursuant to this Section 6(a) shall be deemed to be information provided by the Designated Holders selling Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement for purposes of Section 9.
               (b) If in connection with a Hedging Transaction, a Hedging Counterparty or any Affiliate thereof is (or may be considered) an underwriter or selling stockholder, then it shall be required to provide customary indemnities to the Company regarding the Plan of Distribution and like matters.
               (c) The Company further agrees to include, under the caption “Plan of Distribution” (or the equivalent caption), in each Registration Statement and any related prospectus (to the extent such inclusion is permitted under applicable Commission regulations and is consistent with comments received from the Commission during any Commission review of the Registration Statement), language substantially in the form of Annex A hereto, and to include in each prospectus supplement filed in connection with any proposed Hedging Transaction language mutually agreed upon by the Company, the relevant Designated Holder and the Hedging Counterparty describing such Hedging Transaction.
     7. HOLDBACK AGREEMENTS.
               (a)  Restrictions on Public Sale by Designated Holders .
                    (i) To the extent requested by the Approved Underwriter or the Company Underwriter, as the case may be, in the case of an underwritten public offering, each Designated Holder (other than any Pledgee or Hedging Counterparty), agrees (x) not to effect any public sale or distribution of any Registrable Securities or of any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such Registrable Securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor rule or regulation) under the Securities Act, or offer to sell, contract to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option to purchase or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of any Registrable Securities and (y) except as otherwise consented to by the Company, not to make any request for a Demand Registration or S-3 Registration under this Agreement during the period beginning on the effective date of any Registration Statement relating to a registration in which Designated Holders of Registrable Securities are participating and ending on the ninetieth (90 th ) day following the actual effective date of such Registration Statement, or such other period (not to extend past 180 days after such effective date), if any, mutually agreed upon by such Designated Holder and the requesting party (except as part of such registration). In connection with the Initial Public Offering, in lieu of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7(a), each Designated Holder shall comply with the terms of its Lock-up Agreement.
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 18 of 37

 


 

                    (ii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Pledgee or Hedging Counterparty shall be required to agree to any restriction on its ability to trade in any securities, including the restrictions set forth in this Section 7(a). The Designated Holders hereby agree that they shall act in good faith with respect to the restrictions set forth in Section 7(a) and shall take no action or omit to take any action with the intention of circumventing or evading the restrictions applicable to them under this 7(a).
               (b)  Restrictions on Public Sale by the Company . Unless the Company shall have received the prior written consent of an Adelson Holder or Adelson Holders, in each case holding a majority of the aggregate Registrable Securities held by all Adelson Holders, the Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of any of its securities, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such securities (except pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form thereto), during the period beginning on the effective date of any Registration Statement relating to a registration in which the Designated Holders of Registrable Securities are participating and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which all Registrable Securities registered on such Registration Statement are sold and (ii) 90 days after the actual effective date of such Registration Statement (except as part of such registration).
          8. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.
               (a)  Obligations of the Company . Whenever registration of Registrable Securities has been requested pursuant to Section 3, Section 4, or Section 5 of this Agreement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration and sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof as quickly as practicable, and in connection with any such request, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:
                    (i) prepare and file with the Commission (as promptly as practicable, but in any event not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request to file a Registration Statement with respect to Registrable Securities) a Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof, and cause such Registration Statement to become effective; provided , however , that (x) before filing a Registration Statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall provide one firm of legal counsel selected by the Designated Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered in such registration (“ Holders’ Counsel ”) and any other Inspector (as hereinafter defined) with an opportunity to review and comment on such Registration Statement and each prospectus included therein (and each amendment or supplement thereto) to be filed with the Commission, subject to such documents being under the Company’s control, and (y) the Company shall notify the Holders’ Counsel and each seller of Registrable Securities of any stop order issued or threatened by the Commission and take all reasonable actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if entered;
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 19 of 37

 


 

                    (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective for the lesser of (x) 120 days (except in the case of a registration filed pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act or any successor rule or regulation) and (y) such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement have been sold, and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement;
                    (iii) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities such number of copies of such Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto), and the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and any prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation) as each such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller;
                    (iv) register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any seller of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, and to continue such qualification in effect in such jurisdiction for as long as permissible pursuant to the laws of such jurisdiction, or for as long as any such seller requests or until all of such Registrable Securities are sold, whichever is shortest, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable any such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (x) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 8(a)(iv), (y) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (z) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;
                    (v) notify each seller of Registrable Securities at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, upon discovery that, or upon the happening of any event as a result of which, the prospectus included in such Registration Statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company shall promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such prospectus and furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities a reasonable number of copies of such supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, after delivery to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
                    (vi) enter into and perform customary agreements (including an underwriting agreement in customary form with the Approved Underwriter or Company Underwriter, if any, selected as provided in Section 3, Section 4 or Section 5, as the case may
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 20 of 37

 


 

be) and take such other actions as are reasonably required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including causing its officers to participate in “road shows” and other information meetings organized by the Approved Underwriter or Company Underwriter;
                    (vii) make available at reasonable times for inspection by any managing underwriter or broker/dealer participating in any disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement, any attorney retained by any such managing underwriter or broker/dealer and Holders’ Counsel (each, an “ Inspector ” and collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Records ”) as shall be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence responsibility, and cause the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ officers, directors and employees, and the independent public accountants of the Company, to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement. Records that the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors (and the Inspectors shall confirm their agreement in writing in advance to the Company if the Company shall so request) unless (x) the disclosure of such Records is necessary, in the Company’s judgment, to avoid or correct a misstatement or omission in the Registration Statement, (y) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction after exhaustion of all appeals therefrom or (z) the information in such Records was known to the Inspectors on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure by the Company or has been made generally available to the public. Each seller of Registrable Securities agrees that it shall, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at the Company’s expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential. In the event that the Company is unsuccessful in preventing the disclosure of such Records, such seller agrees that it shall furnish only portion of those Records which it is advised by counsel is legally required and shall exercise all reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to those Records;
                    (viii) if such sale is pursuant to an underwritten offering, obtain “cold comfort” letters dated the effective date of the Registration Statement and the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters as the managing underwriter reasonably requests;
                    (ix) furnish, at the request of any seller of Registrable Securities on the date such securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date the Registration Statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, an opinion, dated such date, of counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the seller making such request, covering such legal matters with respect to the registration in respect of which such opinion is being given as
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 21 of 37

 


 

the underwriters, if any, and such seller may reasonably request and are customarily included in such opinions;
                    (x) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable but no later than fifteen (15) months after the effective date of the Registration Statement, an earnings statement covering a period of twelve (12) months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement, in a manner which satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;
                    (xi) cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed, provided that the applicable listing requirements are satisfied;
                    (xii) cooperate with each seller of Registrable Securities and each underwriter participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with the NASD;
                    (xiii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities, including but not limited to gaming authorities, as may be reasonably necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to enable the seller or sellers of Registrable Securities to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities; and
                    (xiv) take all other steps reasonably necessary to effect the registration of the Registrable Securities contemplated hereby and reasonably cooperate with the holders of such Registrable Securities to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities pursuant thereto.
               (b)  Seller Information . The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish, and such seller shall furnish, to the Company such information required to be included in such Registration Statement by applicable securities laws or otherwise necessary or desirable in connection with the disposition of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. If any seller of Registrable Securities fails to provide such information required to be included in such Registration Statement by applicable securities laws or otherwise necessary or desirable in connection with the disposition of such Registrable Securities in a timely manner after written request therefor, the Company may exclude such seller ‘s Registrable Securities from a registration under Sections 3, 4 or 5 hereof. Each Designated Holder shall promptly furnish to the Company in writing all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company for use in connection with any such Registration Statement by such Designated Holder not materially misleading or necessary to cause such Registration Statement not to omit a material fact with respect to such Designated Holder necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 22 of 37

 


 

               (c)  Notice to Discontinue . Each Designated Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 8(a)(v), such Designated Holder shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Designated Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 8(a)(v) and, if so directed by the Company, such Designated Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Designated Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities which is current at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall give any such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which such Registration Statement shall be maintained effective pursuant to this Agreement (including, without limitation, the period referred to in Section 8(a)(ii)) by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 8(a)(v) to and including the date when sellers of such Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by and meeting the requirements of Section 8(a)(v).
               (d)  Registration Expenses . The Company shall pay all expenses arising from or incident to its performance of, or compliance with, this Agreement, including, without limitation, (i) Commission, stock exchange and NASD registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in complying with State securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any underwriter incurred in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) the fees, charges and expenses of counsel to the Company and of its independent public accountants and any other accounting fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, any expenses arising from any “cold comfort” letters or any special audits incident to or required by any registration or qualification) and, if any Adelson Holder is participating in the registration, the reasonable legal fees, charges and expenses of one law firm designated by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities participating in any registration incurred by the Designated Holders in any such registration and (v) any liability insurance or other premiums for insurance obtained in connection with any Demand Registration or piggy-back registration thereon, Incidental Registration or S-3 Registration pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, regardless of whether such Registration Statement is declared effective. All of the expenses described in the preceding sentence of this Section 8(d) are referred to herein as “ Registration Expenses .” The Designated Holders of Registrable Securities sold pursuant to a Registration Statement shall bear the expense of any broker’s commission or underwriter’s discount or commission relating to registration and sale of such Designated Holders’ Registrable Securities and shall, other than as set forth in clause (iv) above, bear the fees and expenses of their own counsel. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Designated Holder (other than the Adelson Holders) agrees to pay or reimburse the Company for its pro rata portion of all Registration Expenses for any registration in which its Registrable Securities are included (based upon the number of Registrable Securities included in such registration (on an as converted basis)) and agrees that
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 23 of 37

 


 

such expenses may be withheld by the Company from the offering proceeds payable to such Designated Holder.
          9. INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION.
               (a)  Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Designated Holder, its partners, directors, officers, affiliates, members, employees, trustees and each Person who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) such Designated Holder from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (each, a “ Liability ” and collectively, “ Liabilities ”), arising out of or based upon any untrue, or allegedly untrue, statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or notification or offering circular (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) or arising out of or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading under the circumstances such statements were made, except insofar as such Liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission contained in such Registration Statement, preliminary prospectus or final prospectus in reliance and in conformity with information concerning such Designated Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Designated Holder expressly for use therein, including, without limitation, the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Sections 8(b) and 9(b). The Company shall also provide customary indemnities to any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their officers, directors and employees and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Designated Holders of Registrable Securities.
               (b)  Indemnification by Designated Holders . Each Designated Holder agrees severally to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the other Designated Holders who participate in the Registration Statement, any underwriter retained by the Company and each Person who controls the Company, the other Designated Holders who participate in the Registration Statement or such underwriter (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act) to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Designated Holders (including indemnification of their respective partners, directors, officers, members, employees and trustees), but only to the extent that Liabilities arise out of or are based upon a statement or alleged statement or an omission or alleged omission that was made in reliance upon and in conformity with information with respect to such Designated Holder furnished in writing to the Company by such Designated Holder expressly for use in such Registration Statement or prospectus, including, without limitation, the information furnished to the Company pursuant to Section 8(b) and this Section 9(b); provided , however , that the total amount to be indemnified by such Designated Holder pursuant to this Section 9(b) shall be limited to the net proceeds received by such Designated Holder in the offering to which the Registration Statement or prospectus relates.
               (c)  Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings . Any Person entitled to indemnification or contribution hereunder (the “ Indemnified Party ”) agrees to give
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 24 of 37

 


 

prompt written notice to the indemnifying party (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) after the receipt by the Indemnified Party of any written notice of the commencement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation or threat thereof made in writing for which the Indemnified Party intends to claim indemnification or contribution pursuant to this Agreement; provided , however , that the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any Liability that it may have to the Indemnified Party hereunder (except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced or otherwise forfeits substantive rights or defenses by reason of such failure). If notice of commencement of any such action is given to the Indemnifying Party as above provided, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in and, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly notified, to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it and reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party. Each Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party agrees to pay the same, (ii) the Indemnifying Party fails to assume the defense of such action with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and such parties have been advised by such counsel that either (x) representation of such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct or (y) there may be one or more legal defenses available to the Indemnified Party which are different from or additional to those available to the Indemnifying Party. In any of such cases, the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Parties and all such expenses shall be reimbursed as incurred. No Indemnifying Party shall be liable for any settlement entered into without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the consent of such Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which such Indemnified Party is a party and indemnity has been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability for claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an Indemnified Party shall have requested the Indemnifying Party to reimburse the Indemnified Party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this Section 9, the Indemnifying Party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without the Indemnifying Party’s written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than thirty (30) business days after receipt by the Indemnifying Party of the aforesaid request and (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Party in accordance with such request or contested the reasonableness of such fees and expenses prior to the date of such settlement.
               (d)  Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 from the Indemnifying Party is unavailable to an Indemnified Party hereunder or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party in respect of any Liabilities referred to herein, then each Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, shall
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 25 of 37

 


 

contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such Liabilities in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party in connection with the actions which resulted in such Liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, such Indemnifying Party or Indemnified Party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the Liabilities referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 9(a), 9(b) and 9(c), any legal or other fees, charges or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with any investigation or proceeding; provided that the total amount to be contributed by any Designated Holder shall be limited to the net proceeds received by such Designated Holder in the offering.
          The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9(d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
          10. RULE 144. The Company covenants that from and after the IPO Effectiveness Date it shall take such action as may be required from time to time to enable such Designated Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or (ii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the Commission. The Company shall, upon the request of any Designated Holder, deliver to such Designated Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.
          11. MISCELLANEOUS.
               (a)  Registration Defaults; Effect Under Indenture and Convertible Senior Notes. In the event that a Registration Default shall occur, the Company shall pay to each holder of the Convertible Senior Notes issued to the Adelson Purchaser pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (whether such Convertible Senior Notes continue to be held by the Adelson Purchaser or another Adelson Holder) that are Transfer Restricted Securities during any period in which a Registration Default has occurred or is continuing in an amount (the “ Liquidated Damages ”) equal to: (i) one-half of one percent (50 basis points) per annum per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes constituting Transfer Restricted Notes held by any such holder for the period up to and including the 90th day during which such Registration Default has occurred and is continuing; and (ii) one percent (100 basis points) per annum per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes constituting Transfer Restricted Notes held by any such holder for the period including and
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 26 of 37

 


 

subsequent to the 91st day during which such Registration Default has occurred and is continuing. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, Liquidated Damages will cease to accrue with respect to such Registration Defaults. All accrued Liquidated Damages shall be paid by the Company on each Interest Payment Date (as such term is defined in the Indenture) in cash to the date of such cure and Liquidated Damages will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The parties hereto agree that the Liquidated Damages provided for in this Section 11(a) constitute a reasonable estimate of the damages that may be incurred by holders of Convertible Senior Notes by reason of a Registration Default and that such Liquidated Damages are the only monetary damages available to such holders in the event of a Registration Default.
               (b)  Stock Splits, etc. The provisions of this Agreement shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividends, splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date hereof.
               (c)  No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company hereby represents and warrants that it has not previously entered into any agreement granting registration rights to any Person with respect to any securities of the Company. The Company shall not enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Designated Holders in this Agreement or grant any additional registration rights to any Person or with respect to any securities that are not Registrable Securities which rights are inconsistent with the rights granted in this Agreement.
               (d)  Remedies . The Designated Holders, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, shall be entitled to specific performance of their rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.
               (e)  Amendments and Waivers . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless consented to in writing by the Company and Designated Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities; provided , however , that no amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof shall be effective if such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consent to depart from the provisions hereof materially and adversely affects the substantive rights or obligations of one Designated Holder, or group of Designated Holders, without a similar and proportionate effect on the substantive rights or obligations of all Designated Holders, unless each such disproportionately affected Designated Holder consents in writing thereto.
               (f)  Notices . All notices, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing and shall be made by registered or certified first-class mail, return receipt requested, telecopier, courier service or personal delivery.
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 27 of 37

 


 

          All such notices, demands and other communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered; when delivered by courier, if delivered by commercial courier service; five (5) Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; and when receipt is mechanically acknowledged, if telecopied. Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 11(e) designate another address or Person for receipt of notices hereunder.
               (g)  Permitted Assignees; Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the permitted assignees of the parties hereto as provided in Section 2(d). Except as provided in Section 9, no Person other than the parties hereto and their permitted assignees is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement.
               (h)  Counterparts; Headings .
          This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
          The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
               (i)  GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THEREOF.
               (j)  Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired.
               (k)  Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires, references to sections or subsections refer to sections or subsections of this Agreement.
[Agreement Continues on Page 29]
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 28 of 37

 


 

               (l)  Entire Agreement .
          This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect to such subject matter.
               (m) Further Assurances . Each of the parties shall execute such documents and perform such further acts as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement.
               (n) Other Agreements . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of, or release from, any obligations any party hereto may have under, or any restrictions on the transfer of Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company imposed by, any other agreement.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.
         
     
  /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
  Sheldon G. Adelson   
     
 
  SHELDON G. ADELSON 2002
REMAINDER TRUST
 
 
  By:   /s/ Timothy D. Stein    
    Timothy D. Stein   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
    Dr. Miriam Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
     
Registration Rights Agreement   Page 29 of 37

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON 2005 FAMILY TRUST U/D/T DATED APRIL 25, 2005
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
    Dr. Miriam Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
  DR. MIRIAM AND SHELDON G. ADELSON CHARITABLE TRUST U/D/T DATED DECEMBER 12, 1994
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
    Dr. Miriam Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
  ESBT Y TRUST U/D/T DATED OCTOBER 1, 2002
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
    Dr. Miriam Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Timothy D. Stein    
    Timothy D. Stein   
    Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
Page 30 of 37

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.
         
  ESBT S TRUST U/D/T DATED OCTOBER 1, 2002
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
    Dr. Miriam Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Timothy D. Stein    
    Timothy D. Stein   
    Trustee   
 
  QSST A TRUST U/D/T DATED OCTOBER 1, 2002
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
    Dr. Miriam Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Timothy D. Stein    
    Timothy D. Stein   
    Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
Page 31 of 37

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.
         
  QSST M TRUST U/D/T DATED OCTOBER 1, 2002
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
    Dr. Miriam Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Timothy D. Stein    
    Timothy D. Stein   
    Trustee   
 
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON 2004 REMAINDER TRUST U/D/T MAY 31, 2004
 
 
  By:   /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
    Dr. Miriam Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Timothy D. Stein    
    Timothy D. Stein   
    Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
Page 32 of 37

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON 2007 TWO YEAR LVS ANNUITY TRUST U/D/T DATED MAY 1, 2007
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON 2007 THREE YEAR LVS ANNUITY TRUST U/D/T DATED MAY 1, 2007
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON JULY 2007 TWO YEAR LVS ANNUITY TRUST U/D/T DATED JULY 30, 2007
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
Page 33 of 37

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON JULY 2007 THREE YEAR LVS ANNUITY TRUST U/D/T DATED JULY 30, 2007
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON APRIL 2008 TWO YEAR LVS ANNUITY TRUST U/D/T DATED APRIL 1, 2008
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON APRIL 2008 THREE YEAR LVS ANNUITY TRUST U/D/T DATED APRIL 1, 2008
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Irwin Chafetz    
    Irwin Chafetz   
    Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
Page 34 of 37

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON JULY 2008 TWO YEAR LVS ANNUITY TRUST U/D/T DATED JULY 28, 2008
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Timothy D. Stein    
    Timothy D. Stein   
    Trustee   
 
         
  SHELDON G. ADELSON JULY 2008 THREE YEAR LVS ANNUITY TRUST U/D/T DATED JULY 28, 2008
 
 
  By:   /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson    
    Sheldon G. Adelson   
    Trustee   
 
     
  By:   /s/ Timothy D. Stein    
    Timothy D. Stein   
    Trustee   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
Page 35 of 37

 


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed, or have caused to be executed, this Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement on the date first written above.
         
  LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ William P. Weidner    
    Name:   William P. Weidner   
    Title:   President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary   
 
[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]
Page 36 of 37

 


 

Annex A
Plan of Distribution
          A selling stockholder may also enter into hedging and/or monetization transactions. For example, a selling stockholder may:
  enter into transactions with a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party in connection with which that other party will become a selling stockholder and engage in short sales of our common stock under this prospectus, in which case the other party may use shares of our common stock received from the selling stockholder to close out any short position;
  sell short our common stock under this prospectus and use shares of our common stock held by the selling stockholder to close out any short position;
  enter into options, forwards or other transactions that require the selling stockholder to deliver, in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, shares of our common stock to a broker-dealer or an affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party who may then become a selling stockholder and publicly resell or otherwise transfer shares of our common stock under this prospectus;
  loan or pledge shares of our common stock to a broker-dealer or affiliate of a broker-dealer or other third party who may then become a selling stockholder and sell the loaned shares or, in an event of default in the case of a pledge, become a selling stockholder and sell the pledged shares, under this prospectus; or
  enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by the selling stockholder or borrowed from the selling stockholder or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from the selling stockholder in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third party in such sale transactions will be an underwriter and will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement (or a post effective amendment).
     
Annex A to Registration Rights Agreement   Page 37 of 37

 

Exhibit 10.3
Execution Version
INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT
          This INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is dated as of September 30, 2008 and is entered into by and between the Las Vegas Sands Corp. (the “ Company ”) and the investor identified on Schedule A hereto (the “ Investor ”), which Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Investor and the Adelson Holders (as defined below), each of which Adelson Holders is a third party beneficiary of this Agreement.
          WHEREAS, under the Convertible Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), by and between the purchaser identified therein and the Company, the Company has agreed to sell, and the Investor has agreed to purchase, $475,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Notes (as defined below) of the Company;
          WHEREAS, in order to induce the Investor to purchase the Notes pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Company is willing to enter into this Agreement for the benefit of the Rights Holders (as defined below).
          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
     1.1 Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given thereto in the Purchase Agreement. As used in this Agreement, and unless the context requires a different meaning, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:
          “ 2004 Equity Award Plan ” means the Las Vegas Sands Corp. 2004 Equity Award Plan, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated February 5, 2007.
          “ Adelson Holders ” means collectively Sheldon G. Adelson, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2002 Remainder Trust, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2005 Family Trust u/d/t dated April 25, 2005, the Dr. Miriam and Sheldon G. Adelson Charitable Trust u/d/t dated December 12, 1994, the ESBT Y TRUST u/d/t dated October 1, 2002, the ESBT S TRUST u/d/t dated October 1, 2002, the QSST A TRUST u/d/t dated October 1, 2002, the QSST M TRUST u/d/t dated October 1, 2002, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2004 Remainder Trust u/d/t dated May 31, 2004, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2007 Two Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated May 1, 2007, the Sheldon G. Adelson 2007 Three Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated May 1, 2007, the Sheldon G. Adelson July 2007 Two Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated July 30, 2007, the Sheldon G. Adelson July 2007 Three Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated July 30, 2007, the Sheldon G. Adelson April 2008 Two Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated April 1, 2008, the Sheldon G. Adelson April
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 2 of 12

2008 Three Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated April 1, 2008, the Sheldon G. Adelson July 2008 Two Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated July 28, 2008, the Sheldon G. Adelson July 2008 Three Year LVS Annuity Trust u/d/t dated July 28, 2008 and the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing who are Related Parties (as such term is defined in the Indenture) of Sheldon G. Adelson (it being understood that after giving effect to any such assignment, such assignee shall be an Adelson Holder for all purposes hereunder).
          “ Advanced Amounts ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(c) of this Agreement.
          “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “ Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
          “ Exchange Rights Holder ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Indemnified Party ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Indenture ” means that certain Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2008, entered into by and among the Company and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, as supplemented by that certain Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 30, 2008, entered into by and between U.S. Bank, National Association and the Company.
          “ Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
          “ New Securities ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Notes ” means the 6 1 / 2 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2013 issued by the Company pursuant to the Indenture.
          “ Preemptive Rights Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.1(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Pro Rata Allotment ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.1(c) of this Agreement.
          “ Proceeding ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.4(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 3 of 12

          “ Qualified Financing ” means any offering or issuance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of (i) bonds ranked below investment grade by any ratings agency or any similar debt securities or (ii) convertible notes convertible into Common Stock or similar equity securities, for cash, irrespective of the form of such offering or issuance, which offering or issuance may be accomplished, without limitation, (i) through an investment bank or similar financial institution acting as initial purchaser (in the case of an offering exempt from registration under Rule 144A or Regulation S of the Securities Act), (ii) using an investment bank as placement agent or through sales by the Company directly to third party purchasers (in the case of an offering exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) or (iii) pursuant to a public offering registered with the Commission.
          “ Qualified Financing Notice ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Qualified Financing Securities ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 2.2(a) of this Agreement.
          “ Rights Holders ” means the Investor collectively with the Adelson Holders, and each individually, a “ Rights Holder .”
ARTICLE 2
AGREEMENTS
     2.1 Preemptive Rights.
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.1 , the Company agrees that it will not sell or issue any Equity Interests of the Company for cash (the “ New Securities ”), other than additional issuances of the Notes effected subsequent to the date hereof pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (or conversion of the Notes), unless the Company first delivers a written notice (the “ Preemptive Rights Notice ”) to each Rights Holder identifying the terms of the proposed sale (including the price, number or aggregate principal amount and type of New Securities and all other material terms of the offer and sale) and offers to each Rights Holder the opportunity to purchase up to its Pro Rata Allotment (as defined below) (which Pro Rata Allotment may be assigned by each Rights Holder to any other Rights Holder at the option of such Rights Holder holding such Pro Rata Allotment) of the New Securities (subject to increase for over-allotment, if any, if all of the Rights Holder do not fully exercise their rights hereunder) on terms and conditions, including price, not less favorable in any respect than those on which the Company proposes to sell such New Securities to any third party. The Company shall deliver such Preemptive Rights Notice no later than 5 days, or earlier than 10 days, prior to such contemplated sale date of the New Securities. The Company’s offer to each Rights Holder shall remain open for a period of 5 days after the delivery of the Preemptive Rights Notice, during which time each Rights Holder may accept such offer by written notice to the Company setting forth the maximum number of New Securities sought to be purchased by such Rights Holder, including the number of New Securities which such Rights Holder would purchase if any other Rights Holder
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 4 of 12

does not elect to purchase its full Pro Rata Allotment of the New Securities, with the rights of the electing Rights Holders to purchase such unpurchased portion of the New Securities to be based on their respective Pro Rata Allotments.
          (b) Any New Securities so offered which are not purchased by the Rights Holders pursuant to such offer may be sold by the Company, but only at a price not less than the price and on other terms and conditions not more favorable to the purchasers than as set forth in the Preemptive Rights Notice, at any time within 90 days following the termination of the above-referenced 5-day period.
          (c) For purposes of this Section 2.1(c) , each Rights Holder’s “ Pro Rata Allotment ” of the New Securities shall be based on the ratio which the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock held by such Rights Holder on the date of the Preemptive Rights Notice bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the date of the Preemptive Rights Notice, in each case assuming full conversion of all outstanding Notes and conversion or exercise of any other Equity Interests of the Company.
          (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right to purchase the New Securities shall be inapplicable with respect to any issuance or proposed issuance by the Company of (i) options, stock awards or shares of Common Stock or Equity Interests issued or issuable to “eligible purchasers” (as such term is defined in the 2004 Equity Award Plan) pursuant to the 2004 Equity Award Plan or any compensatory plan, arrangement or agreement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Compensation Committee thereof, so long as such securities are issued exclusively for compensatory purposes and not for equity financing purposes, (ii) the Notes and the Underlying Shares issued or issuable pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, (iii) in connection with any Common Stock split, dividend, combination, or similar transaction or (iv) any Equity Interests issued in a merger, acquisition or similar transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.3 Qualified Financing .
          (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.3 , the Company agrees that it will not consummate a sale of securities issued pursuant to a Qualified Financing (the “ Qualified Financing Securities ”) unless the Company first delivers a written notice (the “ Qualified Financing Notice ”) to the Investor and each Adelson Holder that hereafter holds any Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture (collectively, the “ Exchange Rights Holders ”) identifying the terms of such Qualified Financing (including the price, number or aggregate principal amount and type of securities being offered in such Qualified Financing and all other material terms of such offer and sale) and offers to each Exchange Rights Holder the opportunity to purchase up to its Qualified Financing Share (as defined below) of the Qualified Financing Securities (subject to increase for over-allotment, if any, if all of the Exchange Rights Holders do not fully exercise their rights hereunder) on terms and conditions, including price, not less favorable in any respect than those on which the Company proposes to sell or otherwise offer such Qualified Financing Securities to any third party. The Company
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 5 of 12

shall deliver such Qualified Financing Notice no later than 5 days, or earlier than 10 days, prior to such contemplated sale date of the Qualified Financing Securities. The Company’s offer to each Exchange Rights Holder shall remain open for a period of 5 days after the delivery of the Qualified Financing Notice, during which time each Exchange Rights Holder may accept such offer by written notice to the Company setting forth the aggregate principal amount, or number of, Qualified Financing Securities sought to be purchased by such Exchange Rights Holder.
          (b) Any Qualified Financing Securities so offered which are not purchased by the Exchange Rights Holders pursuant to such offer may be sold by the Company, but only at a price not less than the price and on other terms and conditions not more favorable to the purchasers than as set forth in the Qualified Financing Notice, at any time within 90 days following the termination of the above-referenced 5-day period.
          (c) The purchase price payable by each Exchange Rights Holder for its purchase of Qualified Financing Securities shall be in the form of all or a portion of the Notes held by such Exchange Rights Holders, with each dollar of outstanding principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes being equivalent to one dollar of such purchase price, it being understood that the Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes may not be used to purchase Qualified Financing Securities under this Section 2.3 .
          (d) For purposes of this Section 2.3 , each Exchange Rights Holder’s “ Qualified Financing Share ” of Qualified Financing Securities shall be an amount or number of Qualified Financing Securities with an aggregate purchase price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes (plus all accrued but unpaid interest thereon) held by such Exchange Rights Holder at the time of such Qualified Financing.
          (e) As a condition precedent to the sale of Qualified Financing Securities to an Exchange Rights Holder, such Exchange Rights Holder shall either (i) deliver its Note or Notes in definitive form (or an agreement to the effect that such definitive Note or Notes has been lost, stolen or destroyed whereby such Exchange Rights Holder agrees to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such Note or Notes) or (ii) cause its beneficial ownership interest in its Note or Notes to be transferred in book-entry form in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the depositary for the Notes, if any, in either case, at the closing of the Qualified Financing for cancellation against delivery of the Qualified Financing Securities being purchased by such Exchange Rights Holder.
     2.4 Indemnification .
          (a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Rights Holder and each of its affiliates, and the former and current officers, agents and employees of each such party (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”), from and against any and all reasonable and documented expenses, liabilities and losses (including, without limitation, investigation expenses and expert witnesses’ and attorneys’ fees and expenses, judgments, penalties, fines, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 6 of 12

incurred by such Indemnified Party (net of any related insurance proceeds or other amounts received by such Indemnified Party or paid by or on behalf of the Company on such Indemnified Party’s behalf), in connection with any action, suit, arbitration or proceeding (or any inquiry or investigation, whether brought by or in the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or otherwise, that Indemnified Party in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, suit, arbitration or proceeding), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, or any appeal therefrom, in which any Indemnified Party is a party, is threatened to be made a party, is a witness or is participating (a “ Proceeding ”) arising in connection with such Indemnified Party’s direct or indirect participation in the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and based upon, arising from, relating to, or by reason of the fact that any such Indemnified Party was a director, officer, employee, stockholder or agent of the Company (or an affiliate of any of the foregoing) or an indirect source of funding for the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.
          (b) If an Indemnified Party is entitled under this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Indemnified Amounts (defined below) but not, however, for all of the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnified Party for the portion thereof to which the Indemnified Party is entitled.
          (c) The Company shall pay to each Indemnified Party, as and when incurred and in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding, the amount of any and all reasonable and documented expenses incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with such Proceeding, including, without limitation, investigation expenses, expert witnesses’ and attorney’s fees and expenses (such amounts so expended or incurred, the “ Advanced Amounts ”); provided that if an Indemnified Party is advanced such Advanced Amounts and it is later finally judicially determined in a manner not subject to further appeal that such Indemnified Party was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such Proceeding, then such Indemnified Party shall reimburse the Company for such Advanced Amounts.
          (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.4 , the Company hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnified Party to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the organizational documents of the Company, or applicable law. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, whether by case law or otherwise, which expands the right of a Nevada corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, such changes shall be, ipso facto, within the purview of Indemnified Party’s rights and Company’s obligations, under this Section 2.4 . In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Nevada corporation to indemnify a member of its Board of Directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties, rights and obligations hereunder.
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 7 of 12

          (e) The indemnification rights provided in this Section 2.4 are in addition to, and shall not replace or otherwise alter, the indemnification rights afforded to any Indemnified Party under Article 6 of the Amended and Restated By-Laws of Las Vegas Sands Corp., or under Section 7 of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Las Vegas Sands Corp.
ARTICLE 3
MISCELLANEOUS
     3.1 Notices . All notices or other communication required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telecopied or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telecopied or sent by certified, registered or express mail. Each notice contemplated to be provided to the Rights Holders pursuant to Section 2.2 and Section 2.3 shall be considered duly given upon its delivery to the two addressees under (b) below; provided , however , that the Rights Holders shall be entitled to submit a notice registry to the Company setting forth applicable notice information for each participating Rights Holder, whereupon the Company shall furnish notice to each addressee listed in such registry. In all other instances, notice shall be given as follows:
          (a) if to the Company:
Las Vegas Sands Corp.
3555 Las Vegas Boulevard South
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Attention: Scott D. Henry
Telecopy: 702-733-5110
          (b) if to the Investor or any other Rights Holder, to:
c/o Las Vegas Sands Corp.
3555 Las Vegas Boulevard South
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Attention: Dr. Miriam Adelson
Telecopy: 702-733-5710
with a copy to:
c/o Las Vegas Sands Corp.
3555 Las Vegas Boulevard South
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Attention: Sheldon G. Adelson
Telecopy: 702-733-5710
with an additional copy to:
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 8 of 12

Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy LLP
601 S. Figueroa Street, 30 th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90017
Attention: Kenneth J. Baronsky
Telecopy: 213-629-5063
Any party may by notice given in accordance with this Section 3.1 designate another address or Person for receipt of notices hereunder.
     3.2 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto, it being understood that the Company shall not be permitted to assign or transfer its obligations hereunder without the consent of the Investor and that each Rights Holder shall be permitted, in its sole and absolute discretion and without the consent of the Company, to assign or transfer its rights hereunder in whole or in part to any other Rights Holder, provided that such assignment is evidenced in writing, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such transferring Rights Holder, and furnished to the Company. No Person other than the parties hereto, the Adelson Holders and the Indemnified Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns is intended to be a beneficiary of this Agreement.
     3.3 Amendment and Waiver .
          (a) No failure or delay on the part of the Company, the Investor or any third party beneficiary hereof (including, without limitation, the Adelson Holders), in exercising any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies provided for herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies that may be available to the Company, the Investor, the Adelson Holders or the Indemnified Parties at law, in equity or otherwise.
          (b) Any amendment, supplement or modification of or to any provision of this Agreement and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective only if it is made or given in writing and signed by the Company and the Investor or her permitted assignees.
     3.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, all of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and both of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
     3.5 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
     3.6 GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 9 of 12

NEVADA WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF. THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN CLARK COUNTY, IN THE STATE OF NEVADA OVER ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT THEY MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT, BY WAY OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE, ANY CLAIM THAT THEY ARE NOT SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY SUCH COURT, ANY OBJECTION THAT THEY MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
     3.7 Specific Performance . The parties hereto intend that each of the parties hereto and the third party beneficiaries who enjoy rights hereunder have the right to seek damages or specific performance in the event that any other party hereto or third party beneficiary hereunder fails to perform such party’s obligations hereunder. Therefore, if any such party or third party beneficiary shall institute any action or proceeding to enforce the provisions hereof, any party hereto or third party beneficiary hereunder against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives any claim or defense therein that the plaintiff party has an adequate remedy at law.
     3.8 Severability . If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired, unless the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable shall substantially impair the benefits of the remaining provisions hereof.
     3.9 Entire Agreement; Survival . This Agreement, together with the schedules hereto are intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein or therein. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. The agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement shall survive the issuance and purchase of the Notes as contemplated by this Agreement.
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 10 of 12

     3.10 Further Assurances . Each of the parties hereto shall execute such documents and perform such further acts (including, without limitation, obtaining any consents, exemptions, authorizations, or other actions by, or giving any notices to, or making any filings with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person) as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or to perform the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, seeking any written affirmation from any third party beneficiary hereunder deemed necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
     
  /s/ Dr. Miriam Adelson    
  Dr. Miriam Adelson   
     
 
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 11 of 12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.
         
  LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
 
 
  By:   /s/ William P. Weidner    
    Name:   William P. Weidner   
    Title:   President, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary   
 
Investor Rights Agreement


 

Page 12 of 12

Schedule A
Name of Investor :
Dr. Miriam Adelson
Schedule A to Investor Rights Agreement

 

Exhibit 10.4
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 1st day of October 2006 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Las Vegas Sands Corporation (“Company”), a Nevada company with principal offices located at 3355 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109 and Michael Quartieri who resides at                                          ( “Employee”).
     WHEREAS, Company desires to employ Employee and to enter into this Agreement embodying the terms of such employment and Employee desires to accept such employment and to enter into this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, Company and Employee (each individually a “Party” and together the “Parties”) agree as follows.
1.   Definitions .
  1.1   Affiliates ” means parent, subsidiaries and any other companies under common control with Company.
 
  1.2   Base Salary ” means the salary provided for in Section 3 of this Agreement or any increased salary granted to Employee pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.
 
  1.3   Cause ” means:
  (a)   Conviction, or a guilty plea, or a nolo contendere plea to a felony or conviction of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude which materially affects Employee’s ability to perform duties or materially adversely affects Company’s reputation; or
 
  (b)   Misappropriation of any material funds or property of Company, commission of fraud or embezzlement with respect to Company, or any material act of dishonesty in relation to Employee’s employment by Company regardless of whether such act results or was intended to result in Employee’s direct or indirect personal gain or enrichment; or
 
  (c)   Use of alcohol or drugs that renders Employee unable to perform the functions of his job or carry out his duties; or
 
  (d)   Failure to render services in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation the licensing requirement in Section 2.4 below) or the failure to follow directions communicated by Company’s Employee management or Employee’s direct or indirect supervisors; or
 
    1   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

  (e)   Any act, or failure to act, (including disclosure of Confidential Information) that is likely to prejudice the business or reputation of Company or result in any material economic or other harm to Company; or
 
  (f)   Any act, or failure to act, on the part of Employee which brings material disrepute upon Employee, either personally or professionally; or
 
  (g)   Violation of any law, rule or regulation of any governmental or regulatory body material to the business of Company; or
 
  (h)   The loss, revocation or suspension of any license or certification of Employee necessary for Employee to discharge Employee’s duties on behalf of Company; or
 
  (i)   Any other material breach of this Agreement by Employee or any act or neglect or misconduct which Company, in its sole discretion, deems to be good and sufficient cause; or
 
  (j)   Willful and persistent failure by Employee to reasonably perform duties; or
 
  (k)   Employee’s death; or
 
  (l)   Employee’s Disability as defined below.
  1.4   Confidential Information ” means all private, personal, confidential or proprietary information, tangible or intangible, owned by or pertaining to Company or any of its Affiliates including Sheldon G. Adelson, which information was learned or acquired by Employee as a result of his employment relationship with Company. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, “Confidential Information” shall include, but not be limited to, all of Company and Affiliates’ material non-public information, trade secrets, business methods, business plans, lists of customers (whether or not customers may have been solicited or procured by Employee or by Company), secret formulas or processes, player rating and credit line information, customer information, customer data, sales data, cost data, profit data, marketing methods, credit and collections techniques, strategic planning data, and financial planning data; provided, however, that “Confidential Information” shall not include information or data: (i) generally publicly known, (ii) learned by Employee from third persons with a legal right to disclose such information to Employee, or (iii) discovered by Employee through means entirely independent from and in no way arising from the disclosure to Employee by Company provided that the source is not another employee, consultant or agent of Company or its Affiliates subject to an obligation of confidentiality.
 
    2   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

  1.5   Customer ” means all individuals contained in Company’s customer lists, customer databases, or the like whether or not those individuals have been solicited or procured by Company or Employee.
 
  1.6   Disability ” means Employee’s inability with or without accommodation to perform, for a period greater than twelve (12) consecutive weeks, the essential functions of the position by reason of permanent mental or physical disability, whether resulting from illness, accident or otherwise.
 
  1.7   Media ” means print, document-based medium, television, facsimile, telex, telephone, radio, satellite, cable, wire, computer-based network, network, magnetic means, electronic means, Internet, intranet, and any other method (now known or hereinafter developed) for the publication, retention, conveyance, possession or holding of content, including without limitation, computer software, compact and laser disc, digital video displays, video cassettes, and multi-media.
 
  1.8   Person ” means any individual, firm, partnership, association, trust, company, corporation, limited liability company or other entity.
 
  1.9   Term of Employment ” means the period specified in subsection 2.2 and any authorized extensions thereof.
 
  1.10   Trade Secrets ” mean Company and/or Affiliates’ trade secrets as such term is defined in the Uniform Trade Secrets Act, as promulgated generally in the United States of America.
 
      All of the foregoing defined terms in quotations, if defined in the singular, shall also retain such general meaning if used in the plural, and if used in the plural, shall retain the general meaning if used in the singular.
2.   Term of Employment. Positions and Duties .
  2.1   Employment Accepted . Company hereby employs Employee, and Employee hereby accepts employment with Company, for the Term of Employment, in the position and with the duties and responsibilities set forth in subsection 2.3 or in such other position or with such other responsibilities as reasonably assigned by Company from time to time and upon such other terms and conditions as are hereinafter stated.
 
  2.2   Term of Employment . The initial term of employment shall commence on the Effective Date and expire at the close of business on September 30, 2009.
 
  2.3   Duties and Responsibilities . During the Term of Employment, Employee shall be employed as Corporate Controller of Company and shall have all the responsibilities of that position as determined in the job description for that position on file with Company and as may be assigned pursuant to Section 2.1 above including working for and acting on behalf of Affiliates of Company as assigned from time to time by Company. During the period of
 
    3   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

      Employee’s employment, Employee will faithfully and diligently devote all business and professional time, attention, energy, experience and ability to promote the business and interests of Company. While employed by Company, Employee will not engage in any other employment, occupation, consultation or business pursuit which would interfere with or take time away from the discharge of Employee’s employment responsibilities without the prior written consent of Company.
  2.4   Licensing Requirement . If required by Company or Nevada gaming authorities or any other regulatory authority within or without the State of Nevada (collectively, a “Gaming Authority”) to perform the duties required of Employee by Company pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.3, Employee must apply for and obtain any registration, license, qualification or finding of suitability required by a Gaming Authority (collectively, a “License”) Company and Employee agree to cooperate with any Gaming Authority and with each other in applying for the License and in removing any objections that may be raised by any Gaming Authority in connection with the granting of the License. If the Gaming Authority shall refuse to grant the License to Employee, or at any time during the term of this Agreement revoke the License, then this Agreement shall terminate and neither Company nor Employee shall have any further obligation hereunder.
  2.5   Policies and Procedures . In addition to the terms herein, Employee agrees to be bound by Company’s policies and procedures as such may be amended by Company from time to time. In the event the terms in this Agreement conflict with Company’s policies and procedures, the terms herein shall take precedence. Employee certifies that as of the commencement of the Term of Employment Employee has read and signed off on Company’s policies and manuals and agrees to abide by the same.
3.   Base Salary . During the Term of Employment, Employee shall be entitled to receive a Base Salary of $225,000 per year (“Base Salary”), unless otherwise modified as a result of any salary review. All such amounts shall be payable in equal installments every two weeks or otherwise in accordance with the regular payroll of Company. On an annual basis, Employee shall receive a review of the Base Salary at which time the Base Salary may be raised but may not be decreased and such revised salary shall become the Base Salary for purposes of this agreement.
4.   Bonus . It is Company’s current intention to maintain an incentive bonus program by which qualified employees will be eligible to receive a discretionary quarterly incentive bonus based upon the achievement of individual and company goals and objectives as established from time to time. During the Term of this Agreement, Employee will be eligible to participate in the Company’s discretionary bonus program based upon thirty percent (30%) of Employee’s current Base Salary, issued in quarterly installments when payable. All bonuses are in the sole, absolute and unfettered and unreviewable discretion of Company. It is contemplated that, if Company continues to prosper and if Employee continues to demonstrate professional growth and development, Employee will be paid a bonus at least quarterly. Notwithstanding that contemplation, Employee shall not have any enforceable right to receive a bonus except for such bonuses as are actually paid by
 
    4   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

    Company. Upon termination of Employee’s employment for any reason whatsoever, Company shall have no obligation to pay Employee any bonus or prorated portion of a bonus Employee might have received had Employee continued employed.
5.   Employment Benefit Programs . During the Term of Employment, Employee shall be entitled to medical and dental insurance and life and disability insurance benefits and paid time off as are generally available to employees of Company from time to time under such benefit plans and as described and subject to such conditions and discretion as is reserved to Company as set forth in the associated benefit plan materials and Summary Plan Descriptions for such benefit plans.
  5.1   Stock Option Interest . Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s Stock Option Plan. The Company will recommend an equity award of options to purchase 10,000 shares of Las Vegas Sands’ (LVS) common stock to vest over a four year term with an exercise price equal to the fair market value on the date of grant to the Performance Sub-Committee of the LVS Board of Directors, subject to approval by the Performance Sub-Committee of LVS and the exact terms of the options will be governed by the terms of the standard LVS option agreement to be provided to Executive upon grant of the options.
6.   Termination .
  6.1   Termination by Company With Cause . Company may terminate Employee’s employment for Cause at any time during the Term of Employment upon and by giving written notice to Employee of the particular act(s) or failure(s) to act providing the basis for termination (the “Default”). Provided however, that with respect to a Default alleged to have occurred under Sections 1.3(d), 1.3(e) or 1.3(i) of the Agreement, Company shall have first provided Employee with notice of the acts, duties or omissions Employee has committed or failed to observe or perform and Employee shall have fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice to correct the acts or omissions with regard to such Default. In the event Company determines that Employee has not cured the Default or that Employee has not established to the satisfaction of Company that the Default did not occur, Company will give Employee notice of termination effective the fifteenth (15 th ) day following the initial notice of Default. In the event Company terminates Employee’s employment for Cause, Employee shall be entitled to:
  (a)   Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of termination through the effective date of the termination of employment;
 
  (b)   Reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred, but not paid prior to the effective date of such termination of employment, subject to Company’s policies including providing of supporting receipts; and
 
  (c)   Such rights to other compensation and benefits as may be provided in applicable plans and programs of Company, including, without limitation, applicable employee benefit plans and programs, according to the terms and conditions of such plans and programs
 
    5   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

      including COBRA benefits provided, however, that nothing in this subsection shall be read to entitle Employee to any unpaid bonus as of the effective date of termination.
  6.2   Termination by Company Without Cause . Company may terminate Employee’s employment without Cause at any time during the Term of employment by giving written notice. In the event that Company terminates Employee’s employment without Cause, Employee shall thereupon be entitled to:
  (a)   Continuation of the Base Salary for the lesser of (i) a period of twelve (12) full months or (ii) the remainder of the Term of Employment; and
 
  (b)   The provisions of Sections 6.1(b) and 6.1(c) shall also apply.
  6.3   Termination due to Expiration of the Term of Employment . If the Parties decide not to extend the Term of Employment, Employee shall not be entitled to any additional compensation as a result thereof, but, subject to the limitations described in Section 6.1(c), such termination of employment shall not otherwise affect accrued but unpaid compensation or benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise. In the event that the Term of Employment expires and the Agreement has not been extended by the Parties, should Employee remain in the employ of Company Employee will be deemed an “at-will” employee and Company may terminate such employment with or without cause without any further liability.
7.   Restrictive Covenant and Covenants not to Engage in Certain Other Acts .
  7.1   Restrictive Covenant . During the Term of Employment, Employee has no right to resign and any purported resignation constitutes an incurable material breach of this Agreement. In the event of any termination for Cause or any purported resignation described in the prior sentence, Employee shall not for a period of twelve (12) months from the termination date or for the remainder of the period that would have been Employee’s Term of Employment, whichever is less, accept employment or enter into any contractual relationship, whether as an employee or as a consultant or independent contractor or sub-contractor with any casino or hotel/casino company that operates in Clark County Nevada or any affiliate thereof. This restrictive covenant shall also apply during any period in which Employee is receiving continuation of Base Salary pursuant to Section 6.2(a). Employee acknowledges and agrees that the restrictive covenant contained in this Section is supported by valuable consideration, and is reasonable in its scope and duration, and that the covenant protects the legitimate interests of Company and imposes no undue hardship on Employee. The period, the geographical area and the scope of the restrictions on Employee’s activities are divisible so that if any provision of the restriction shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an arbitrator to exceed that maximum time period, geographical area, or scope which such court or arbitrator deems reasonable and enforceable, this provision shall be automatically modified to the extent necessary to make it reasonable and enforceable.
 
    6   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

  7.2   Non-solicitation. Employee agrees that for a period of two (2) years after the end of Employee’s employment with Company for any reason, Employee shall not induce any persons in the employment of Company or its Affiliates to (a) terminate such employment, (b) accept employment with anyone other than Company or an Affiliate of Company or (c) interfere with the business of Company in any material manner.
 
  7.3   Covenants to Protect Confidential Information:
  (a)   Non-Disclosure . During Employee’s employment and for a period of eighteen (18) months after the end of Employee’s employment with Company, Employee agrees to hold confidential all Confidential Information learned or acquired by him/her and he will take all action necessary to preserve that confidentiality. Employee represents and covenants to Company, its Affiliates and to Sheldon G. Adelson that Employee shall treat any Confidential Information disclosed to, or learned by, Employee as fiduciary agent of Company, its Affiliates, or Sheldon G. Adelson, recognizing that Company, its Affiliates, or Sheldon G. Adelson only made the Confidential Information accessible to Employee by reason of the special trust and confidence which Company, its Affiliates, or Sheldon G. Adelson placed in Employee. In perpetuity, Employee shall not disclose, disseminate, transmit, publish, distribute, make available or otherwise convey any of Company’s, its Affiliates’, or Sheldon G. Adelson’s Trade Secrets to any Person; provided, however, that Employee may disclose Company’s, its Affiliates’, or Sheldon G. Adelson’s Trade Secrets to directors, officers and employees of Company that in Employee’s actual and reasonable knowledge are entitled and authorized to view such Trade Secrets and who need to know such Trade Secrets in order to conduct bona fide activities on behalf of Company. Employee shall not make, or permit or allow to be made, copies of any Media containing, in full or in part, Confidential Information.
 
  (b)   Without the prior written approval of Sheldon G. Adelson or duly authorized representatives of Company or its Affiliates, which Company, its Affiliates, or Sheldon G. Adelson may in its or their sole discretion withhold, Employee agrees that, during the Term of Employment or at any time thereafter, Employee shall keep confidential and shall not directly or indirectly disclose, reveal, publish, exploit or otherwise make use of the Confidential Information in any manner whatsoever including, but not limited to, interviews, articles, accounts, books, plays, movies, and documentaries, whether non-fiction or fictional. In the event that Employee is requested or required to disclose any Confidential Information, it is agreed that Employee will provide Company with prompt notice of such request(s) so that Company may seek an appropriate protective order.
 
    7   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

  (c)   Security Measures . While in possession or control of Confidential Information, or any Media embodying same, Employee shall take reasonable efforts to keep such Confidential Information reasonably inaccessible from Persons not otherwise authorized to view the Confidential Information. While in possession or control of any of Company’s and/or its Affiliates’ Trade Secrets, or any Media embodying same, Employee shall use his best efforts to keep all Company’s and/or its Affiliates’ Trade Secrets inaccessible from third Persons who, in Employee’s actual and reasonable knowledge are not authorized to view same, including without limitation, keeping Company’s and/or its Affiliates’ Trade Secrets secure while not being viewed, as well as not removing any Company’s and/or its Affiliates’ Trade Secrets from Employee’s work area at any time, for any reason.
 
  (d)   Forced Disclosure . If Employee is requested or required (by oral questions, interrogatories, requests for information or documents in legal proceedings, subpoena, civil investigative demand or other similar process) to disclose any of the Confidential Information, Employee shall provide an officer of Company with prompt written notice of such request or requirement so that Company may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive compliance with the provisions of this Agreement. If, in the absence of a protective order or other remedy or the receipt of a waiver by Company, Employee nonetheless is legally compelled to disclose Confidential Information to any tribunal or else would stand liable for contempt or suffer other censure or penalty, Employee may, without liability herein, disclose to such tribunal only that portion of the Confidential Information which Employee is legally required to disclose, provided that Employee exercises his best efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the Confidential Information, including, without limitation, by cooperating with Company to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the Confidential Information by such tribunal.
  (e)   Ownership of Works . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Employee hereby acknowledges that Company owns the exclusive right, title and interest in and to the Confidential Information and the intellectual property rights embodied in, relating to, based upon or arising from Confidential Information or described in this subsection. In the course of Employee’s employment, Employee may be required to create or modify works or perform acts that create intellectual property rights including any such rights protected by any applicable law relating to copyrights, patents or any other form of intellectual property (“IP Rights”). In return for the compensation to be paid to Employee as an employee, Employee agrees that any IP Rights Employee might otherwise enjoy (but for this sentence) that are developed, designed or
 
    8   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

      improved during the course and scope of Employee’s employment or are derived from information, knowledge or data gained by Employee during Employee’s employment are the exclusive property of Company and, by Employee’s entry into this Agreement, Employee assigns all of the IP Rights to Company. Employee also agrees to execute any further form of assignment of the IP Rights to Company as may be required or desired by Company to perfect and enforce the assignment of the IP Rights whether during or after Employee’s employment with Company.
  (f)   Return of Materials . When Employee’s employment with Company ends, Employee shall return to Company all documents and data, in whatever Media, owned by Company, including, without limitation, all Confidential Information, papers, drawings, notes, memoranda, manuals, specifications, designs, devices, code, e-mail, documents, diskettes, tapes and any other material. Employee shall also return any keys, access cards, credit cards, identification cards and other property and equipment belonging to Company and/or its Affiliates. All data and information stored on or transmitted using Company owned or leased equipment is the property of Company. Notwithstanding the return or destruction of the Confidential Information, Employee shall continue to be bound by his obligations of confidentiality and security as otherwise set forth in this Agreement for a period of two (2) years with respect to Confidential Information and in perpetuity with respect to Company’s and/or its Affiliates’ Trade Secrets.
  7.4   Non-Disparagement . During the Term of Employment and in perpetuity following the effective date of termination of this Agreement, Employee shall not make any remarks disparaging the conduct or character of Sheldon G. Adelson, Company or its Affiliates, their agents, employees, officers, directors, successors, or assigns.
 
  7.5   Cooperation . At any time following the effective date of termination of this Agreement, Employee shall reasonably cooperate with Company in any litigation or administrative proceedings involving any matters with which Employee was involved during his employment by Company. Company shall reimburse Employee for reasonable expenses, if any, incurred in providing such assistance including the value of the time expended in testifying measured at the rate of pay that Employee is then receiving from a subsequent employer. For the purpose of this section, reasonable cooperation shall mean, at employees option, testifying by deposition at his principal residence or principal place of employment if different than Clark County Nevada
8.   Equitable Relief . Employee agrees and acknowledges that (a) the breach of the Restrictive Covenant and Covenants not to Engage in Certain Other Acts Section of this Agreement by Employee would cause irreparable injury to Company and/or its Affiliates, (b) such a breach would not be adequately compensated in money damages, (c) the balance of the equities between Company or its Affiliates and
 
    9   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

    Employee in the event of such a breach would favor the entry of equitable relief in favor of Company or its Affiliates, and (d) the public interest in the event of such a breach would favor the entry of equitable relief in favor of Company or its Affiliates. For the purpose of this Agreement, equitable relief shall include without limitation preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, specific performance and temporary restraining orders. Equitable relief shall be in addition to all other remedies available to Company through arbitration as provided in this Agreement. Employee also agrees not to contest the entry in favor of Company or its Affiliates of equitable relief in the event of a breach described in this section.
9.   Factors Supporting Restrictions . The restrictions placed upon Employee by the terms of this Agreement have been agreed upon in consideration of the following factors, among others:
  9.1   Employee has been provided with the Term of Employment described in Section 2.2 and the Compensation described in Section 3 above in reliance upon Employee’s agreement to the restrictions described in Section 7; and
 
  9.2   Employee has been entrusted by Company with developing close relations with customers and/or vendors on behalf of Company to further Company’s business interests; and
 
  9.3.   By reason of Employee’s position with Company, Employee has become privy to the aims, aspirations, plans, preferences, strategies and capabilities of customers and/or vendors, which are matters of great value in identifying, soliciting, obtaining, retaining and/or servicing customers and/or vendors in Company’s business; and
 
  9.4   By reason of Employee’s position with Company, Employee has become privy to confidential financial information of Company, which information would be of considerable potential interest to Company’s competitors; and
 
  9.5   By reason of Employee’s position with Company, Employee will become familiar with Company’s practices and strategies in assigning work, setting up project teams and supervising the work.
10.   Arbitration .
  10.1   Except for equitable relief sought pursuant to section 8, or as otherwise prohibited by law, any controversy or claim rising out of or relating to this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association under its Employment Dispute Resolution Rules (the “Rules”) and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court in Clark County, Nevada.
 
    10   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

  10.2   Any controversy or claim submitted for arbitration shall be submitted to a panel of three (3) arbitrators selected in the manner specified in the Rules from the panels of arbitrators of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in Las Vegas, Nevada, and the cost of the arbitration shall be paid for 100% by Company.
 
  10.3   The arbitration provisions of this Agreement provide the exclusive remedies and each party expressly waives the right to pursue redress in any other forum except only the right to pursue equitable remedies as provided in Section 8.
 
  10.4   The arbitrators shall not be empowered or authorized to add to, subtract from, delete or in any other way modify, the terms of this Agreement, nor shall the arbitrators be empowered to award punitive damages on any claim.
 
  10.5   Employee understands and agrees that Employee is waiving the right to a jury trial, or a trial before a judge in public court.
11.   Acknowledgement .
  11.1   Employee acknowledges that Employee has been given a reasonable period of time to study this Agreement before signing it. Employee certifies that Employee has fully read and completely understands the terms, nature and effect of this Agreement. Employee also certifies that Employee either had the opportunity to consult with counsel, or consulted with counsel in connection with the execution of this Agreement. Employee further acknowledges that Employee is executing this Agreement freely, knowingly and voluntarily and that Employee’s execution of this Agreement is not the result of any fraud, duress, mistake or undue influence whatsoever. In executing this Agreement, Employee does not rely on any inducements, promises or representations by Company or any person other than the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
  11.2   Employee warrants and represents that Employee does not know of any restriction or agreement to which Employee is bound which arguably conflicts with his execution of this Agreement or his employment hereunder.
12.   Controlled Substance and Alcohol Screening.
  12.1   Throughout the term of this Agreement, Employee must abide by Company’s controlled substance and alcohol policy as adopted from time to time. Employee acknowledges and agrees that these policies may include requirements that Employee submit to testing for controlled substances or alcohol on the basis of reasonable suspicion in accordance with Company’s controlled substance or alcohol policies.
 
  12.2   Employee agrees that failure to consent or cooperate in testing for controlled substances or alcohol or positive results from such testing may be the subject of disciplinary action up to and including termination.
 
    11   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

  12.3   Employee agrees that testing for controlled substance or alcohol may include taking and testing of Employee’s urine, blood or hair.
 
  12.4   Employee shall hold Company, and its Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees, agents and shareholders harmless from any and all claims, demands or liability arising from testing for controlled substances or alcohol and from any disciplinary action resulting from such proposed or actual testing.
13.   Attorneys’ Fees . In any action or proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred, whether or not the action is reduced to judgment.
 
14.   Survivorship . The respective rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall survive any termination of this Agreement to the extent necessary to the intended preservation of such rights and obligations. The provisions of this Section are in addition to the survivorship provisions of any other Section of this Agreement.
 
15.   Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, discussions, negotiations and undertakings, whether written or oral, between the Parties with respect thereto.
 
16.   Assignability: Binding Nature . This agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors, heirs and assigns. No rights or obligations of the Parties may be assigned except that such rights or obligations may be assigned or transferred pursuant to a merger or consolidation in which Company is not the continuing entity, or the sale or liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of Company, provided that the assignee or transferee is the successor to all or substantially all of the assets of Company and such assignee or transferee assumes the liabilities, obligations and duties of Company, as contained in this Agreement, either contractually or as a matter of law. In addition to the provisions of Section 2.3, Company may also assign this Agreement to an Affiliate in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this section, Employee shall have no right to assign any of his rights under this Agreement or to delegate any of his duties under this Agreement and any such assignment or delegation shall be void for all purposes.
 
17.   Amendment . No provision in this Agreement may be amended, modified or waived unless such amendment, modification or waiver is agreed to in writing.
 
18.   Construction . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be construed as a whole according to their fair meaning and not strictly for or against any party. The parties acknowledge that each of them has reviewed this Agreement and has had the opportunity to have it reviewed by their attorneys and that any rule of construction to the effect that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not apply in the interpretation of this Agreement.
 
    12   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

  19.   Necessary Action . Each of the parties shall do any act or thing and execute any or all documents or instruments necessary or proper to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.
 
  20.   Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of this Agreement and all of its terms, provisions, conditions and covenants.
 
  21.   Waiver . Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that right, remedy, power or privilege. No such waiver may occur unless in a writing signed by the party sought to be charged. No waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any particular occurrence shall be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence.
 
  22.   Partial Invalidity . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:
  a)   The validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby unless such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability would vitiate the intent of the parties with respect to any such section or the Agreement as a whole; and
 
  b)   To the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give maximum possible effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.
24.   Notices . All notices, consents, or other communications required, permitted or provided for hereunder, including without limitation notices of Default, or termination of this Agreement shall be deemed given (i) on the date when hand-delivered; (ii) on the date when forwarded by facsimile transmission provided that electronic confirmation of receipt is obtained and retained; (iii) upon the date set forth on a receipt for certified mail that is returned to the party giving notice by the United States Postal Service; or (iv) on the next day after delivery to a recognized overnight delivery service for next day delivery. All notices shall be addressed to the parties at their addresses set forth below:
     
As to Company:
  Venetian Casino Resort, LLC
3355 Las Vegas Boulevard South
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Attn: President
Telecopier: (702) 414-4421
 
    13   Employee Initials:                     

 


 

     
w/ copy to:
  Venetian Casino Resort, LLC
3355 Las Vegas Boulevard South
Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
Attn: General Counsel
Telecopier: (702)414-4421
 
   
As to Employee:
  At the Address Set
Forth at the Beginning of
this Agreement.
Telecopier: [intentionally omitted]
25.   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of Nevada without reference to the principals of conflict of laws thereof.
 
26.   Headings . The headings of the sections contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Agreement.
 
27.   Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement with the same effect as if all Parties had signed the same signature page and a signature page delivered by telecopier shall be as effective as if an original copy had been delivered.
EMPLOYEE : Michael Quartieri
         
By:
  /s/ Michael Quartieri    
 
       
 
       
Date:
  /s/ September 18, 2006    
 
       
COMPANY : Las Vegas Sands Corporation
         
By:
  /s/ Robert P. Rozek    
 
       
 
       
Print Name:
  Robert P. Rozek    
 
       
 
       
Its:
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    
 
       
 
       
Date:
  September 19, 2008    
 
       
 
    14   Employee Initials:                     

 

Exhibit 10.5
     Using the power granted by article 64 of the Macau Basic Law, and under article 107 th of the Law 6/80, of 5 of July, the Secretary for Transports and Public Works orders:
  1.   It is revised, under the conditions of the attached contract, the concession, by leasing, to Venetian Cotai, SA, of a land plot with the total area of 405 658sqm, composed of three lots designated as Lot I, Lot II and Lot III, located at the reclaimed area between the islands of Taipa and Coloane (COTAI), described at the Real Estate Registry under numbers 23225, 23223 and 23224.
 
  2.   As part of the review mentioned in the preceding paragraph, the areas of Lots I and II are changed from 292 315sqm and 52 864sqm to 291 479sqm and 53 700 sqm, with the area of Lot III being maintained at 60 479sqm.
 
  3.   An error was detected in the Order 27/2007 published at the Official Gazette Number 16, II Series, of April the 18 th , and is now corrected.
 
      In the beginning:
 
      Where we can read: “... and under article 107 of law 6/80M...”

 


 

      We should read: “...and under article 4, point c) of number 1 of article 29 th an under articles 49 th and following, all from Law 6/80M, ...”
  4.   This order comes into force immediately.
 
      October 24 th 2008
 
      The Secretary for Transport and Public Works
Attachment
      (File number 6 412.02 of DSSOPT and Process Number 25/2008 of the Lands Department)
 
      Contract between
 
      The Macau Special Administrative Region as Party A; and
 
      The company Venetian Cotai Limited, as Party B.

 


 

  Considering that:
  1.   Through the Order of the Secretary for the Transportation and Public Works nr. 27/2007, the Government of Macau conceded to Venetian Cotai, by lease, a land with the total area of 405.658 m 2 , formed by 3 lots designated as Lot I, Lot II and Lot III, with an area of 292.315m 2 , 52.864m 2 and 60.479m 2 , respectively, located at the reclaimed area between the islands of Taipa and Coloane (COTAI), west side of Estrada do Istmo and south side of Estrada da Baía de Nossa Senhora da Esperança, to construct a resort composed of casino, hotels, apart-hotels and convention and exhibitions centers, under the strata title regime.
 
  2.   The concessionaire, with registered offices in Estrada da Nossa Senhora da Esperança, The Venetian Macao Resort Hotel, Executive Offices — L2, Taipa, in Macau, is registered in Commercial and Movable Assets Registry under the nr. 19845(SO).

 


 

  3.   The mentioned lots I, II and II are described in the Real Estate Registry under the nrs 23 225, 23 224, 23 225, and the right resulting from the concession is registered in favor of the company under nr 31 681F.
 
  4.   According to its license of use, the use of Lot I is completed, while the use of Lots II and III is in an advanced stage of development.
 
  5.   An error has been detected on the implantation of Lot II, North, on the border with Lot I. Although the error does not affect the gross construction areas for buildings built or under construction on the Lots, it implies the adjustment of the respective area.
 
  6.   Under these circumstances, through an application submitted on July 1 st 2008, the concessionaire applied for the change of the object of the contract regarding the area and limits of Lots I and II, that now have areas of 291 479sqm and 53 000sqm respectively.
 
  7.   On the other hand, the dimensions and characteristics of the integrated resort planned to Lot II, composed of

 


 

      autonomous units aimed at different usages, who interact among them and are inserted in a space that is administrated by a common service management and has equipments shared by all; and are explored by specialized entities capable of assuring high quality standards, as well as the need to get access to different sources of banking funding — make it advisable to apply the strata title regime.
 
  8.   Without the separation as an autonomous unit of each of the blocks destined to the authorized usages — hotel, apart-hotel, shopping mall and parking - it is not possible to the concessionaire to use them as a guarantee to the lenders, namely through mortgage.
 
  9.   Given that fact, on August 7 th 2008, the concessionaire applied for the revision of the contract regarding Lot II, requiring that the contract contemplates the use “commerce”, currently included in the area destined to the use “hotel”, as well as the registration of the building under the strata title regime, composed of four independent units

 


 

      (hotel, apart-hotel, shopping mall and parking).
 
  10.   Later, on September 9 th 2008, after several meetings held at the DSSOPT, the concessionaire presented a new application, re-stating the previous intention and asking for the change of the gross construction area destined to the “hotel use”, given the fact that the area to the “commerce use” was going to be separated and the apart-hotel would be classified with four stars because the Macau legislation does not foresee the existence of five star apart-hotels.
 
  11.   Gathered all the documents necessary to proceed with the process, DSSOPT calculated the different owed payments to the Macau SAR and wrote the draft of the land concession revision contract, underlining that it still exists the obligation of getting previous approval for the transmission of the rights resulting of the concession, in order to allow the grantor to keep control over the ownership of the units and the introduction of new conditions in the contract if these are found necessary

 


 

      for the protection of the public interests.
  12.   After the concessionaire declared acceptance of the draft, through a declaration submitted on October 10 th 2008, the file followed the normal proceedings, being sent to the Lands Committee who, on a meeting of October 16th issued a favorable technical opinion to the project.
 
  13.   The technical opinion from the Lands Committee was approved by His Excellency the Chief Executive on October 17 th 2008.
 
  14.   The land object of the contract, with a total area of 405 658sqm, is marked and signaled with letters A1 (Lot I), A2 e A4 (Lot II) and A3 (Lot III) on the map 6124/2003, issued by the Cartography and Cadastre Bureau, of September 10 th 2008.
 
  15.   Under article 125 of Law 6/80M, the conditions of the contract attached to the present order were reported to the applicant and by it accepted through a declaration submitted on October 23 rd , signed by Stephen John Weaver, married, living in Macau, with professional address at Baía de Nossa Senhora da

 


 

      Esperança, The Venetian Macao resort Hotel, Executive Offices — L2, Taipa, as an attorney and representing Venetian Cotai, SA, quality and powers and conferred by the private notary Leonel Alberto Alves, according to the recognition in the declaration.
 
  16.   The premium stated on article two of the contract attached to this Order was paid at the Finance Bureau of the Macau SAR Government (nr 85 674) with the invoice 98/2008 issued by the Land Commission.
Article One
  1.   The object of this contract is the revision of the concession, under the lease regime, of a piece of land with the total area of 405 658 sq located at the Cotai for the construction of a casino, hotels, and exhibition, convention and congress centers, titled by the Order 27/2007 of the Secretary for Transport And Public Works; given the fact that it was authorized the reduction of the area of Lot I, the enlargement of the area of Lot II and the adding to this Lot II of the commercial purpose, and consequently the gross areas for the construction of the other purposes have also changed.
 
  2.   As a consequence of the previous number:

 


 

  1)   The parcel of the land with 863 sq meters (eight hundred and sixty three) — signaled with letter A in Plan 6124/2003, issued by the Cartography and Cadastre Bureau in 10/09/2008, and which is part of description number 23225 of the Real Estate Registry — is detached from Lot I that, from now on, has an area of 291 479 sq meters, and is signaled with “A1”, and this is from now on the total description area Number 23225;
 
  2)   The parcel of land with 863 sq meters is attached to Lot II that from now on has an area of 53 000 sq meters (fifty three thousand and seven hundred). This lot is signaled with letters A2 and A4 in the same plan and from now owns corresponds to the totality of the area described at the Real Estate Registry under Number 23223;
 
  3)   Clauses one, three and seven of the contract titled by the Order 27/2007 of the Secretary for Transports and Public Works, of April the 18 th of 2007, have from now on the following redaction:
Clause One Object of the Contract
         
1
 
 
   
 
       
1)
       
 
       
 
       
2)
       
 
       
3) The division of the land above mentioned into 3 (three) Lots, described as follows:

 


 

(1) Lot I, with an area of 291 479 sq meters (two hundred and ninety one thousand, 479 square meters)            with an attributed value of $ 1 458 574 919.00 (one billion, four hundred and fifty eight millions, five hundred and seventy four hundred, nine hundred and nineteen Patacas), described at the Real Estate Registry under Number 23225 and signaled by letter «A1»in the plan nº 6124/2003, issued by the Cartography and Cadastre Bureau on September the 10 th 2008.
(2) Lot II, with an area of 53 700 sq meters (fifty-three thousand and seven hundred)            with an attributed value of $ 688 982 508.00 (six hundred and eighty-eight million, nine hundred and eighty two thousand, five hundred and eight patacas), described at the Real Estate Registry under Number 23223 and signaled by letters «A2» and «A4» in the same plan.
(3) Lot III, with an area of 60 479 sq meters (sixty thousand and four hundred and seventy nine)            with an attributed value of $ 594 374 049.00 (five hundred and ninety four million, three hundred and seventy four thousand and forty nine patacas), described at the Real Estate Registry under Number 23224 and signaled by letter «A3» in the same plan.
2 The concession of the land with the total area of 405 658 m2 (four hundred and five thousand, six hundred and fifty-eight square meters) composed of 3 (three) Lots marked in the referred plan of DSCC, from now on referred

 


 

as the Land, is regulated by the clauses of the present contract.
Clause Three — Use and Purpose of the Land
1.   the land is used with the construction of a resort comprised of a casino, hotels, apart-hotels and of commercial centers and exhibitions and conventions centers, in strata title regime with the following gross construction areas divided by purpose of use:
  1)   Lot I, with an area of 291 479 sq meters (two hundred and ninety one thousand, 479 square meters)
                 
 
    (1 )        
 
         
 
   
 
    (2 )        
 
               
 
               
 
    (3 )        
 
               
 
               
 
    (4 )        
 
               
 
               
 
    (5 )        
 
               
2) Lot II, with an area of 53 700 sq meters (fifty-three thousand and seven hundred)
       
 
(1) 5 stars Hotel including areas for gaming, entertainment, leisure, restaurants and other supporting áreas
  112 167 sqm
 
 
   
 
(2) Four Star Apart-hotel
  101 028 sqm
 
 
   
 
1 Commercial Center
    35 218 sqm
 
   
 
2 Parking
    31 469 sqm

 


 

     
3 Free Area
  37 088 sqm
 
   
3) Lot III,
 
   
Clause Seven Rent
     
1
   
 
2. After the conclusion of the construction work at the land, the second party will start to pay to each of the Lots the following annual rents:
     1) 14 900 660, 00 for Lot I
     2) 4 441 765, 00 for Lot II
     3) 4 069 818, 00 for Lot III
Calculated upon the following gross construction areas per purpose and respective rental values:
     
Lot I:
   
 
 
   
Lot II:
   
 
               
(1 )  
5 stars Hotel:
       
     
112 167.58 m2 x $15.00/m2
    $1 682 505.00;  
     
 
       
(2 )  
5 Stars Apart-Hotel:
       

 


 

                 
       
101 028. m2 x $15.00/m2
    $1 515420.00;  
       
 
       
  (3 )  
Commercial Center :
       
       
35 218 m2 x $15.00/m2
    $  528 270.00;  
       
 
       
  (4 )  
Parking :
       
       
33 469 m2 x $10.00/m2
    $  314 690,00;  
       
 
       
  (5 )  
Free área
       
       
37 088 m2 x $10,00/m2
    $  370 880,00;  
     
Lot III:
   
 
 
   
      3
   
 
Article Two
Without prejudice of the payment of of 2 592 568 647,00 (two billion, five hundred and ninety two million, five and sixty eight thousand, six hundred and forty six patacas), under the conditions stipulated in clause ten of the Land Concession Contract Titled by the Order 27/2007 of the Secretary for Transport and Public Works, published in the Official Gazette nº 16, II Series, of April the 18 th of 2007, the second party will pay to the first party, given the revision of the contract, the amount of $142.295.956,00 (one hundred and forty two million, two hundred and ninety five thousand, nine hundred and forty six patacas) as per premium of the contract when it declares to accept the conditions of the present contract, according to the draft approved by the Chief Executive.
Article Three

 


 

For the resolution of any dispute regarding or as a consequence of this contract, the competent jurisdiction is the one of the First Instance Court of the Macau Sar.
Article Four
This contract shall be governed, in cases of omission, by the Law 6/80 and other related legislation.

 

EXHIBIT 31.1
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
CERTIFICATION
I, Sheldon G. Adelson, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Las Vegas Sands Corp.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
 
  By:    /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson
 
Sheldon G. Adelson
   
 
      Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
Date: November 10, 2008
           

 

EXHIBIT 31.2
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
CERTIFICATION
I, Michael A. Quartieri, certify that:
     1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Las Vegas Sands Corp.;
     2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
     (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
 
  By:    /s/ Michael A. Quartieri
 
Michael A. Quartieri
   
 
      Corporate Controller    
 
      (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
           
Date: November 10, 2008
           

 

EXHIBIT 32.1
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, as filed by Las Vegas Sands Corp. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
     (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
     (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Las Vegas Sands Corp.
             
 
  By:    /s/ Sheldon G. Adelson
 
Sheldon G. Adelson
   
 
      Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
Date: November 10, 2008
           

 

EXHIBIT 32.2
LAS VEGAS SANDS CORP.
CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, as filed by Las Vegas Sands Corp. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
     (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
     (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Las Vegas Sands Corp.
             
 
  By:    /s/ Michael A. Quartieri
 
Michael A. Quartieri
   
 
      Corporate Controller    
 
      (Principal Financial Officer)    
 
           
Date: November 10, 2008